zoosystema fait suite.

avec la même tomaison, au Bulletin du

Muséum national d Histoire naturelle.

4- série, section A. Zoologie.

Directeur de la publication : H. de Lumley. Directeur du Muséum national d Histoire naturelle

Rédacteur en chef ; J.-L Justine

Rédacteurs : D. Defaye ; B. G. M. Jamieson : A. Ohler.

Assistantes de rédaction : L. Bénichou : F. Kerdoncuff.

Corrections-relecture : H. Bertim : S. Hoffart-Muller : J. Thomas.

Comité scientifique :

G. Balvay, INRA, Thonon-les-barns

C. Combes, CNRS, Perpignan

J. Gènermont. UPS XI. Orsay

L. Laubier. Aix-Marseille II, Endoume

J, Lebbe. UPMC Paris VI

C, Lévèque, ORSTOM Paris

B, Salvat. EPHE. Perpignan

M. Sibuet. IFREMER. Brest

A. Thiéry. UAPV, Avignon

J. Vacelet. Aix-Marseille II. Endoume

A, Matsukuma Kyushu University, Japan

A, Minelli, University of Padova. Italy

P. Ng, University Of Smgapore

N. I. Platnick. AMNH New York, USA

J, M. Ramos. Universidade Santa Ursula, RJ. Brazil

F. Vuilleumier, AMNH New York. USA

zoosystema est un trimestriel publié par les Publications Scientifiques du Muséum. Paris

zoosystema /s a quarterly published by Publications Scientifiques du Muséum. Paris

Abonnement pour l'année 1999 (prix HT)

Annual subscription rates 1999 (excluding VAT)

1000 FF ( 152.45 euros i

zoosystema peut être obtenu par voie d'échange. Pour toutes Informations s'adresser à :

zoosystema may be obtained on an exchange basis. For further information please Write to:

Service des périodiques et des échanges de la Bibliothèque centrale

du Muséum national d'Histoire naturelle

38 rue Geoffroy Saint-Hilaire

75005 Paris

Tel. : (33) (0)1 40 79 36 41

Fax ; (33) (0)1 40 79 36 56

Les Publications Scientifiques du Muséum publient aussi :

The Publications Scientifiques du Muséum also published:

adansonia

Abonnement / Subscription : 500 FF (76.22 eurosi

geodiversitas

Abonnement / Subscription : 1000 FF (i 52.45 eurosi

Abonnement général / General subscription (adansonia + geodiversitas + zoosystema) : 1800 FF (274 eurosi

zoosystema

Publications Scientifiques du Muséum, Paris

Photocopies :

Les Publications Scientifiques du Muséum adhèrent au Centre

Français d’Exploitation du Droit de Copie (CFC), 20 rue des

Grands Augustins, 75006 Paris. Le CFC est membre de

l’International Fédération of Reproduction Rights Organisations

(IFRRO). Aux États-Unis d’Amérique, contacter le Copyright

Clearance Center, 27 Congress Street, Salem, Massachusetts 01970.

national d’Histoire naturelle, Paris, 1999

Photocopies:

The Scientific Publications of the Muséum adhéré to the Centre

Français d’Exploitation du Droit de Copie (CFC), 20 rue des Grands

Augustins, 75006 Paris. The CFC is a member of International

Fédération of Reproduction Rights Organisations (IFRRO).

In USA, contact the Copyright Clearance Center, 27 Congress Street,

Salem, Massachusetts 01970.

Éditorial / Editorial

Zoosystema entre dans sa troisième année et fait

suite à un siècle de Bulletin du Muséum muiotml

d'Histoire naturelle. Notre revue a probablement

plus évolué au Cours des dernières années, avec une

nouvelle couverture et une nouvelle maquette,

qu’au cours de plusieurs décennies. La qualité édi¬

toriale a aussi été profondément améliorée, grâce en

particulier il l’aide d’un Comité Scientifique natio¬

nal et international. C'est à Christian hrard, puis

Danielle Defaye que nous devons ce remaniement

et l’important travail éditorial des deux dernières

années. Danielle Délayé souhaitant consacrer plus

de temps â d’autres activités, Philippe Bouchet,

Directeur des Publications Scientifiques du

Muséum, m'a demandé de prendre la responsabilité

de Zoosystema. Cela impliquait, bien sûr, d aban¬

donner la direction des Mémoires du Muséum natio¬

nal d'Histoire naturelle, que j’assurais depuis six ans,

ce que je fais avec nostalgie, mais heureux que cela

donne à une nouvelle équipe l’opportunité de

prendre la relève.

L’équipe de rédaction de Zoosystema est maintenant

élargie et comprendra, en plus de Danielle Defaye

et de moi-mcmc. Annemarie Ohler, qui se chargera

des aspects nomenclaturaiix, comme elle le faisait

déjà avec efficacité, et Barrie G. M. Jamieson,

Correspondant du Muséum à Brisbane (Australie)

qui assurera la qualité de la langue anglaise et nous

fera bénéficier de sa grande culture zoologique

Zoosystema restera consacrée à l’inveiuaire, l’analyse

et l’interprétation de la biodiversité animale. Les

articles de systématique continueront à constituer

l’essentiel de notre revue, suivant la ligne éditoriale

précédemment définie (Erard & Defaye 1997).

Comme chacun le sait, ces articles, généralement

peu cités à brève échéance, le sont, par contre, sur

une très longue période, qui sc mesure en décen¬

nies.

Je remercie les auteurs qui ont fait confiance à

notre revue et les rapporteurs dont la compétence a

contribué à sa qualité actuelle. J’espère que nom¬

breux sont ceux qui continueront à désirer publier

dans Zoosystema.

Zoosystema ô nom entering ils third year, fnllowing

one tcniury as the Bulletin du Muséum national

d'Histoirv naturelle, Our journal basprobably evnl-

ved more in mise three years, with a new cover and a

new lay-out, thart dtiring several former décades. I be

éditorial quality bas bcen profonndly hnproved, parti-

eularly thanks to a national and international

Seienlific Committee. Christian bntrd and Danielle

Defaye must be thanked for tins resbaping and for

cartying the major éditorial burden for the last two

years. Danielle wished en dedicatc more ttme to ntber

activitics, and therejfore Philippe Bouchet, Dim tôt of

the Seienti/ic Publications of the Muséum, asked me

to take responsibility for Zoosystema. T ht s necessita-

ted my relinqunhing the position of Editor-m-Cbief

of the Mémoires du Muséum national d'Histoire

naturelle, which J had occupiedfat six years; I accep-

ted. albeit with sortie nostitlgid for the Mémoires, but

/ was happy to gtve a new team tbis oppartunity to

take up my former du tics.

The éditorial team of Zoosystema ir now enlarged

and wilt intitule, in addition to myself and Danielle

Defaye , Annemarie Obier, who will take tare of

nomenelatnral matters, and Barrie G. M. Jamieson,

Correspondant of the Muséum in Brisbane

(Australie!K who will take tare of the quality of the

English and will provide zoologiatl background.

Zoosystema will continue to bc devoted to the inven-

tory, analysis and interprétation of animal biodivem-

ty. Papers on systematics will continue to consiitute the

greater part of our journal, following the éditorial

scope défined prev 'tously (lirard & Defaye 1997). As

everybody knnws, thèse articles n/ay be poorly cired in

the short term. but sahsequently offert hâve a currency,

in tenus of citation, of décades.

J thank the authors who enlntstcd their work to our

journal and the référées for giving their services. Phe

compétence of ail of thèse contribttted to its présent

quality. / expert that an ever-mereasing circle of

authors willpublish in Zoosystema.

Jean-Lou JUSTINE

Rédacteur en chef/ Editor-in-chief

Erard C. & Defaye D. 1997. — Avant propos. Zoosystema, un renouveau des publications en Zoologie

du Muséum national d’Histoire naturelle. Zoosystema 19 (1) : 5.

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1999 ■ 21 (1)

Un nouveau Macrogyrodactylus (Monogenea,

Gyrodactylidae) parasite de Heterobranchus

longifilis Valenciennes, 1840 (Téléostéen,

Siluriforme) en Côte d’ivoire

Valentin N’DOUBA

Laboratoire d’Hydrobiologie, Faculté des Sciences et Techniques, Université de Cocody-Abidjan,

22 B. P. 582 Abidjan 22 (Côte d'ivoire)

Alain LAMBERT

Laboratoire de Parasitologie comparée, CC 105,

Université Montpellier II Sciences et Techniques du Languedoc,

Place E. Bataillon, F-34095 Montpellier cedex 5 (France)

lambert@crit-univ-montp2.fr

N'Douba V. & Lambert A. 1999. — Un nouveau Macrogyrodactylus (Monogenea,

Gyrodactylidae) parasite de Heterobranchus longifilis Valenciennes, 1840 (Téléostéen,

Siluriforme) en Cote d'ivoire. Zoosystema 21 (1 ) ; 7-11.

MOTS CLÉS

Macrogyrodactylus

beterobnwchii n.sp.,

Monogenea,

Heterobranchus longifilis,

SilurifiH mes.

Afrique de l’Ouest.

RÉSUMÉ

Une nouvelle espèce de rnonogène Gyrodactylidae, Macrogyrodactylus hetero-

branebii n.sp. est décrite pour la première fois chez un Siluriforme du genre

Heterobranchus, II. longifilis Valenciennes, 1840 (Téléostéen). en Côte

d’ivoire (Afrique de l'Ouest). Elle se différencie des autres espèces du genre

(A/, clam et A 1. congolensis) par la raille des pièces haptoriales et par le

nombre d’épines du bulbe génital (8-10).

KF.YWORDS

Macrogyrodactylus

heterobranchii n.sp.,

Monogenea,

Heterobranchus longifilis ,

Siluriformes,

West Africa.

ABSTRACT

A new Macrogyrodactylus (Monogenea, Gyrodactylidae) parasite of

Heterobranchus longifilis Valenciennes, 1840 (Teleostei, Siluriformes) from

Ivory Coast.

A new species of Gyrodactylidae (Monogenea), Macrogyrodactylus beterobretn-

chii n.sp. is described for the first tinte on a siluriform catfish of tlte genus

Hettrobretnebus : //. longifilis Valenciennes, 1840 (Teleostei) in Ivory Coast

(West Africa). I h is species can be distingüished from tlte other species of the

genus (A/, cia rit and M, congolensis) by the size of sclerotized parts ol the

haptor and the number of spines of the génital bulb (8-10).

ZOOSYSTEMA ■ 1999 • 21 (1)

N’Douba V. & Lambert A.

INTRODUCTION

Actuellement, le genre Macrogyrodactylus

Malmberg, 1956 comporte six espèces :

M. polypteri Malmberg, 1956 chez Polypterw

senega/us Cuvier, 1829 en Gambie, au Soudan

(Khalil 1964) et chez P. bkhir Geoffroy, 1802 au

Soudan (Saoud & Mageed 1969) ; M. onigo/ensis

(Prudhoe, 1957) chez Cia ri as lazertt Cuvier et

Valenciennes, 1840 [syn : C, garicpinus

(Burchell, 1822)1 au Zaïre et au Congo et chez

Clarius nwssambicus Peters, 1852 en Ouganda

(Paperna 1979) ; M. durit Gusev, 1961 chez

Clarias lilzem Cuvier et Valenciennes, 1840 en

Ethiopie, signalé sur le même hôte au Ghana, en

Ouganda (Paperna 1979), en Egypte (El-Naggar

& Serag 1987) et chez Clarius unguillaris

(Linnacus, 1762) au Nigeria (Shotter 1980) ;

M. lûtesi Paperna, 1969 chez iules niloticus

Linnaeus, 1 7 62 (Centroponiidae) au Ghana

(Paperna 1969) ; M, anabantu Paperna, 1973 et

M. ctenopomu Paperna, 1973 chez Ctenopomu

mariei (Boulanger, 1904) en Ouganda (Paperna

1973) ; M, congo Uns h karibac Douëllou et

Chishawa, 1 995 chez Clarius guriepinus

(Burchell, 1822) au Zimbabwe.

Nous décrivons une nouvelle espèce trouvée chez

Heterohranchus longifilis Valenciennes, 1840 en

Côte d'ivoire.

MATÉRIEL ET MÉTHODES

Les poissons, capturés à l’aide de filets maillants

dans la rivière Agnéby en Côte d’ivoire, sont

immédiatement disséqués et les arcs branchiaux

gauches, séparés par section ventrale et dorsale,

sont conserves dans l’azote liquide. Au laboratoire,

après décongélation, les parasites sont détachés

de la blanchie par rinçage intense. Les mono¬

gènes sont alors montés dans une goutte de

mélange picrate d'ammoniuin-glvccriuc selon

Malmberg (195'’). Les préparations, recouvertes

d’une lamelle, sont lutées au « glyceel ». Les

observations au microscope s’accompagnent des

dessins des pièces sclérifiées du hapteur et de

l’appareil copulateur à l’aide d’une chambre claire.

Les mensurations effectuées sont conformes à la

Figure 1. Toutes les mesures — moyenne, dévia-

Fia. 1. — Mesures utilisées dans cette étude. BD. barre dorsale

(w, largeur ; x, longueur ) : BV barre venlrale (I. longueui de la

pointe ; w, largeur ; x, longueur) . C. crochet (a, longueur totale :

b, longueui de la lame e longueur de la pointe) S, sclérite

(s, longueur du sclérite) : Cr. crocheton R, R 2 . sciantes ven

traux.

tion standard, minimum, maximum - sont

exprimées en micromètres.

SYSTÉMATIQUE

Macrogyrodactylus beterobranchii n.sp.

MATÉRIEL - 1 YPK. — Holotype déposé au Muséum

national d’Histoire naturelle, Paris (MNHN), n“ 575

HF, lame Tk92; paratypes déposés au MNHN,

n" 574 H F, lame Tk91 et au Musée Roval de

l’Afrique Centrale (MRAC), n° 37414.

MATÉRIEL IlI U 1)1 il. — Douze individus adultes.

Hôte. — Heterobranchus longifilis Valenciennes,

1840.

Localisation. — Branchies.

Origine géographique. — Agnéby (Côte d’ivoire).

Description (Fig. 2)

Morphologie et anatomie générale conforme à la

description du genre (Malmberg 1956 ;

El-Naggar & Serag 1987).

Adultes île grande taille : longueur 3130 ± 345

(2550-3600) ; largeur 420 ± 62 (350-550).

Pharynx : 195 ± 14 (150-200) de diamètre.

ZOOSYSTEMA ■ 1999 • 21 (1)

Un nouveau Macrogyrodactylus de Côte d’ivoire

Hapteur bien individualisé, bordé latéralement

de filaments cuticulaires d'un nombre variant

entre 22 et 29 ; une paire de crochets très déve¬

loppés ; barre ventrale en « Y » ; barre dorsale

double ; une paire de sclérites en position antéro¬

latérale, près des crochetons antérieurs ; deux

paires de sclérites ventraux : R, articulé à la barre

ventrale et dont la partie postérieure est coudée

de façon caractéristique et R, articulé sur le tiers

antérieur de R, élargi dans sa partie postérieure ;

huit paires de crochetons, avec sept paires ali¬

gnées sur la frange postérieure du hapteur et une

Fig. 2. — Macrogyrodactylus heterobranchii n.sp. ; A, specimen in toto, habitus ; B, détail du hapteur ; C, bulbe génital ; D, détail

d'un crocheton.

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1999 • 21 (1)

N’Douba V. & Lambert A.

paire dans la partie antérolatérale. Bulbe géni¬

tal : 38 i 1,8 (35-40) de diamètre avec huit à dix

petites épines sclérifiées et une grande de 26

± 2,0 (22-28).

Mensurations des pièces haptoriales

Crochets : a - 300 ± 9,2 (290-325) ; b = 315

± 7,8 (305-330) ; c = 98 ± 4,4 (90-110). Barre

dorsale : x - 65 + 4,3 (60-75) ; w - 15 ± 0. Barre

ventrale : x - 100 + 9,0 (90-110) ; vv = 69 ± 3,6

(65-75). 1 = 51 + 4,1 (45-60). R, = 213 ± 6,1

(200-225) -, R, = 115 ± 5,8 (105-125). Sclérites

antéro-latéraux : S - 92 ± 4,6 (85-100).

Crochetons : I à VIII = 100 ± 5,5 (90-110).

DISCUSSION

Les espèces du genre Macrogyrodactylus récoltées

chez des Centropomidae (A/, latesi ), des

Anabanridae (AI dnabantü et M. itenopomii) et

des Polypteridae (Al. polypterî ) sont, par toutes

les données métriques, très différentes de celles

décrites chez les siluriformes du genre Clarias ,

M. clarii et M. congolensis. Nos spécimens récol¬

tés sur un Heterobranebus se rapprochent de ces

deux espèces, mais présentent suffisamment de

différences pour justifier d’un nouveau statut

spécifique. Le Tableau 1 en résume l’essentiel.

AI. heterobranchii se distingue principalement de

AI congoU-nsis par la taille des crochetons, de la

barre dorsale et du science antéro-latéral ; de

AI durit par la taille des crochets, de R, et R, et

de ces deux espèces par le nombre d'épines du

bulbe génital qui n’excedent pas dix. Selon ces

critères, M. congolensis kart bue correspondrait à

une entité spécifique. Cependant, pour l'affir¬

mer, il sera nécessaire de reconsidérer les espèces

de Macrogyrodactylus parasites des Silttriformes

du genre Clarias pour connaître la variabilité

morphologique intraspécifique en fonction des

espèces-hôtes, de leur origine géographique et de

leur environnement ichtyologique.

Remerciements

Ce travail a été réalisé dans le cadre du projet

VL.IR/KU1. : Biodiversité C. I. par l’unité de

recherche parasitologie. Les auteurs remercient

les coordonnateurs, le professeur Thys Van der

Tableau 1 . — Caractéristiques morphologiques de Macrogyrodactylus heterobranchii. M- clarii et M. congolensis. (1 ) d'après Gusev

(1961) ; (2) d'après El-Naggar & Serag (1987) : (3) d’après Prudhoe (1957) ; (4) d'après Douëllou & Chishawa (1995) ( M. congolen¬

sis karibae). B.g : bulbe génital.

M. heterobranchii

n.sp.

M. clarii

M. congolensis

Crochetons

(90-110)

110(9

(91-101)< 2 >

(71,1-88) 14 )

Crochets a

(290-325)

430")

(376-392) (2 )

4700)

(252,3-314,2)< 4 >

Barre dorsale

(60-75)

40(9

(64-72)< z >

120(3»

(78-93,2)( 4 >

Sclérite antéro¬

(85-100)

110(9

latéral

(76-82)< 2 >

50< 4 >

B.g. : nombre

(8-10)

16(9

15(3)

d'épines

12(2)

14(9

(200-225)

250<9

235( 2 )

240( 3 )

175(9

r 2

(105-125)

150(9

135(2)

120(3)

125(9

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1999 • 21 (1)

Un nouveau Macrogyrodactylus de Côte d’ivoire

Audenaerde et le Dr Guy Teugels du Musée

Royal de l’Afrique Centrale (Tervuren), et le Dr

Germain Gourène responsable local de ce projet ;

ainsi que Nathalie Le Brun, Sylvie Euzet et

Nadine Maury du Laboratoire de Parasitologie

comparée de l’université Montpellier IL Nous

remercions Monsieur le professeur Louis Euzet

pour sa lecture du manuscrit.

RÉFÉRENCES

Douëllou L.. & Chishawa A. M. M. 1995. —

Monogeneans of three Siluriform fish species in

Lake Ivariba, Zimbabwe. Journal of African Zoology

109:99-115.

El-Naggar M. M. & Serag H. M. 1987. —

Redescription of Macrovyrodactylus clarii Gusev,

1961, a Monogenean gill parasite of Clarias lazera

in Egypt. Ara b Gulf Journal ofScientific Research

B5: 257-271.

Gusev A. V. 1961. — A viviparous monogenetic tre-

matode from fresh-water basins of Africa. Doklady

Akademii Nauk SSSR 136: 490-493 [in Russian],

Khalil L. F. 1964. — On the biology of Macro-

gyrodactylus polypteri Malmberg, 1956, a monoge¬

netic trematode on Polypterus senegalus in the

Sudan. Journal of Helminthology 38: 219-222.

Malmberg G. 1956. — On a new genus of viviparous

monogenetic trematodes. Arkiv for Zoologi, Sérié 2,

10:317-329.

— 1957. — On the occurrence of Gyrodactylus on

Swedish fishes. Skrifterutgivna av Sodrct Sveriges

Fiskeriforening (20): 19-76.

Paperna 1. 1969. — Monogenetic trematodes of fish

of the Volta Basin and South Ghana, Bulletin de

l'Institut Français d'Afrique noire 31A : 840-880.

— 1973. — New species of Monogenea (Vermes)

from African freshwater fish. A preliminary report.

Revue de Zoologie Botanique Africaine 87: 505-518.

— 1979. — Monogenea of inland water fish in

Africa. Annales du Musée Royal dAfrique Centrale

226: 1-131.

Prudhoc S. 1957. —Trematoda. Exploration du Parc

National de l'Upemba, Institut des Parts Nationaux

du Congo Belge, Mission G. F. de Witte (1946-1949)

48 : 1-28.

Saoud M. F. A. & Mageed A. 1969. — Host-parasite

relationships of Macrogyrodactylus polypteri

(Trematoda: Monogenea) in some fishes of the

Sudan (correspondence). Carrent Sciences 38:

218-219.

Shotter R. A. 1980. — Aspects of the parasitology of

the catfish Clarias anguillaris (L.) from a river and a

lake at Zaria, Kaduna State, Nigeria. Bulletin de

l'Institut Fondamental d’Afrique noire 42 : 836-859.

Soumis le 5 février 1998 ;

accepté le 2 juin 1998.

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1999 • 21 (1)

Some remarks on the subgenus Oligotrochus

M. Sars, 1866 sensu Heding, 1935 (genus

Myriotrochus, Myriotrochidae, Holothurioidea)

with description of two new species

Alexei SMIRNOV

Zoological Institute, Russian Academy of Sciences,

Universitetskaia nab., 1, Saint Petersburg, 199034 (Russia)

Smirnov A. 1999. — Some remarks on the subgenus Oligotrochus M. Sars, 1866 sensu

Heding, 1935 (genus Myriotrochus, Myriotrochidae, Holothurioidea) with description of two

new species. Zoosystema 21 (1) : 13-27.

KEY WORDS

Holothurians,

Myriotrochidae,

new species,

Northeast Atlantic,

New Caledonia.

ABSTRACT

The composition and évolution of the subgenus Oligotrochus [genus

Myriotrochus (Myriotrochidae, Apodida, Holothurioidea)) arc discusscd. In

addition to the type species of the subgenus, M. (O.) vitreus (M. Sars, 1866),

two other species are transferred to this subgenus: M. (O.) clilrki Gage et

Billett, 1986 and M. (O.) bathybius 11. L. Clark, 1920. Moreover, two new

species are described: M. (O.) rotulus n.sp. from the West Galicia coast,

Spain, Northeast Atlantic and M. (69.) neoettledonicus n.sp. from the Loyalty

Islands Basin, New Caledonia, Pacific. M. (O.) rotulus n.sp. is characterired

by wheels with “fused spokes”. The spokes in these wheels are swollen and

sometimes are fused, leaving small uval holes near the hub. The nurnher of

these holes corresponds co the nnmber of fused pairs of spokes and ranges

from two up to the total number of spokes, These wheels usually hâve less

hub perforations than spokes, bccausc noi ail of the spokes are fused. The

latter character and a smaller size of the wheels clearly difter M. rotulus from

M. bathybius and M. ueoadedonicus. which hâve wheels with hub penetrated

by a complète circlc of perforations. M, (O.) neocaledonicm n.sp. is characte-

rized by wheels with perforated hub which closely resemble wheels of

M, (O.) bathybius, 1 lie new species difiers Iront M, (O.) b/tthybius in having

a smaller length ol hub perforations and by the shape ol these perforations

(trianguiar or ovoid-triangular in M. (O.) neocaledouicus , and ovoid in

M. (O.) bathybius). An identification key for the species belonging to rhe

subgenus Oligotrochus is given.

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1999 • 21 (1)

Smirnov A.

MOTS CLÉS

Holothuries,

Myriotrochiciac,

espèces nouvelles,

Atlantique Nord-Est.

Nouvelle-Calédonie.

RÉSUMÉ

Remarques sur le sous-genre Oligotrochus M. Sars, 1866 sensu Heding, 1935

(genre Myriotrochus, Holotburioidea, Myriotrochidae) et description de deux

nouvelles espèces.

La composition et l’évolution du sous-genre Myriotrochus du genre

Oligotrochus (Myriotrochidae, Apodida, Holotburioidea) sont discutées. En

plus de M. (O), vitrais (M. Sars, 1866), l'espéce-type du xous-gculc, deux

autres espèces sont transférées dans ce sous-genre : M. (O.) clurki Cage et

Billett, 1086 et M. (O.) bttthybius H. 1.. Clark, 1720. De plus, deux espèces

nouvelles sont décrites : M. (O.) rotulus n.sp. de la côte ouest de la Calice

(Espagne, Atlantique Nord-Est) et M. (0.1 neoatledonicus n.sp. du bassin des

îles Loyauté (Nouvelle-Calédonie, Pacifique). M. (O.) rotulus n.sp. est carac¬

térisée par des roues avec des “rayons fusionnés". Les rayons dans ces roues

sont élargis dans la partie médiane, et fusionnent parfois, laissant de petits

trous ovoïdes près du moyeu. Le nombre de ces trous correspond au nombre

de couples de rayons fusionnés et varie de deux jusqu’au nombre complet des

rayons. Ces roues possèdent habituellement moins de nous que de rayons, les

rayons n étant pas tous fusionnés. Par ce dernier caractère et par la plus petite

dimension des roues, M. (O.) rotulus diffère donc de Ai. (O.) hathyhius et de

Ai. (0.1 neocalednmcus qui se caractérisent par des roues avec un cercle com¬

plet de trous dans le moyeu. M. (O.) neoatledonicus n.sp. est très proche de

M. (O.) hathyhius. seules la dimension et la configuration de leurs trous res¬

tent différentes : chez AI. (O.) neocahdimicus , ils sont plus petits et triangu¬

laires, chez M. (O.) bitthybiits, ils sonr ovoïdes ou ovoïdes-triangulaires. Une

clé des espèces du sous-genre Oligotrochus est proposée.

INTRODUCTION

The genus Oligotrochus was extablishetl L»y

M. Sars (1866) for his new species Oligotrochus

vitreus M. Sars, 1866. A detailed description of

the new genus and species were published sortie

years later (M. Sars 1877). In the latter paper

M. Sars indicared the foilowing characters to dis-

tinguish his new genus from the genus

Myriotrochus Steenstrup, 1851: (1) “only a very

small nuntber of microscopie calcareous wheels

being found in the anferior attd posterior part of

the skin of the bodv and noue elsewhere”;

(2) “calcareous wheels lie sunk in the skin of the

body, while in the Myriotrochus rhey project

above its surface supported on skin-stalk.s”;

(3) “the wheels hâve usually a smaller number of

rays [i.e. spokes]"; (4) “the tentaclc [in

Oligotrochus ] [...] being more like those of the

Synapta, round, conically pointed and in their

outer part furnished with finger-like branches on

both sides of the stem [...] while in the

Myriotrochus they seem as in the Chirodotit to be

disk-like or hand-shaped at the extremitv (tenta-

cula peltato-digitata) rheir outer hall being broa-

der and flattened on the outside, and having

finger-like branches on the margin" (M. Sars

1877: 56-57).

Later Oligotrochus vitreus was synonymized with

Myriotrochus h revis (Huxley, 1852) by Daniclssen

&C Korcn (1879). The latter name also was syno¬

nymized with Myriotrochus rinkii Steenstrup,

1851 by Lütken (1857). Correspondingly the

genus Oligotrochus was regarded as a synonynt of

the genus Myriotrochus.

O.stergren (1898) in his tamous paper dealing

widi the System of the apodid holothurians placed

two species, Ai. rinkii and Aï. vitreus , in the genus

Myriotrochus. Later, Ostergren (1903) gave a detai¬

led description of Myriotrochus vitreus vvhich era-

ZOOSYSTEMA ■ 1999 • 21 (1)

New species of Myriotrochus (Holothurioidea)

sed ail doubrs on rlie validity of this species. Ac the

sarne time, he believed rhat fhe différences bet-

ween M. rinkii and Al vitreus are nor strong

enough to place the.se species into two different

généra and considered Oligotrochus a junior syno-

nym of Myriotrochus. Ôstergren's opinion was

acceptcd by H. L.. Clark (1907) in his monograph

on apodid holodiurian.s, and by following authors

of local faunas (Mommsen 1924; Koehler 192”).

In 1935, Svert Heding studied sonie new matc-

rial of Al. vitreus. Following Ostergren (1898,

1903) he believed that différences in wheel cha-

racters and in wheels disposition in the body wall

are not important enough to place Al. vitreus and

M. rinkii into two separate généra. ITowever, he

stressed the peculiarity of the tentacle structure

ofM vitreus (Heding 1935: 23): “The tentacles

are ver)' conspicuous. being rathcr stiff, and pin-

nate having the digits placed on the sidcs. The

shape of the tentacles is thus vcry different from

that of the tentacles of Al. rinkii Hc proposed

to keep Al vitreus in the genres Myriotrochus , but

to place this species in a separate subgenres

Oligotrochus. In the most recent papers dealing

with the family Myriotrochidae (Belyaev &

Mironov 1982; Gage & Billett 1986) Hedings

suggestion was not cited or commented on,

ahhough Belyaev & Mironov (1982) presented

nevv data on the morphology of the calcareous

ring of Al. vitreus, and Gage & Billett (1986)

described a new species Al cletrki which is very

close to Al vitreus.

Diagnoses of the genus Myriotrochus and subge-

nus Oligotroc luis, description of two new species,

Myriotrochus ( Oligotrochus ) rotulus and

M. (O.) neocaleaonicus , and sonie notes on other

species placed m Oligotrochus are given below.

METHODS

Following Belyaev (1970), Belyaev & Mironov

(1982) and Gage ik' Billett (1986) for description

of the wheel ossicles from the bodv wall I use the

following parameters: D, wheel diameter (pm);

S, number of spokes; T, nrember of teeih; S/T,

proportion of spokes to teeth (%); la, tootb

length (pm); and the ratio Lt/D (%).

The hub centre is sometimes surrounded by a

circle of small oval or triangular perforations

which correspond in number to that of the

spokes (Figs 3, 4). This feature makes it possible

to use sottie additional charactcrs for wheels des¬

cription: Dhp, the diameter of the primary hub

or internai hub diameter, t.e, diameter ol the

circle inside the circle of the hub perforations

(pm); the ratio Dhp/D (%); Dhs, the secondary

hub diameter, le. the diameter of the large hub

itself; the ratio Dhs/L); Lo, the length of the hub

perforations (pm); and the ratio Lo/D (%).

SYSTEMATICS

Genres Myriotrochus Steenstrup, 1851

Myriotrochus Steenstrup, 1851: 60. Liitken 1857:

21. - Semper 1868: 8. - Thdel 1877: 2; 1886:

37, - l.ampert 1885: 23. l udwig 1889-1892:

360. H. 1 . Clark 1907: 127. Heding 1935:

19. - Tnrtonese 1938: 205. — Belvaev & Mironov

1982: 94, fig. 15.

Diac.nôSis

Myriotrochidae with tvvelve tentacles. Calcareous

ring consists of ten pièces. Two dorsolateral

pièces are double, i.e. possess two anterior pro¬

cesses and additional frontal excavations for ten-

tacul.tr ampullae ol two extra tentacles. Other

pièces bave one anterior process cach. Radiais are

perforated for the passage of the radial nerves.

Intestine bas a loop. Gonads are paired. Body

wall ossicles wheels with a fiat hub, nine to

twenty-five spokes and large teeth on the înner

part of the l im; the teeth are directed rowards rhe

centre of rhe wheel (myriotroehid type).

Subgenus Oligotrochus M. Sars, 1866

Oligotrochus M. Sars, 1866: 200 (pro genus)-, 1877: 57

(pro genus). — G. Sars 1872: 29 (pro genus). - Heding

1935: 21.

Typf. SPECIES. — Oligotrochus vitreus M. Sars, 1866,

by original désignation.

Species INCLUDED. — Subgenus includes five species:

Oligotrochus vitreus M. Sars, 1866; Myriotrochus

bathybius Fl. L. Clark, 1920: M. clarkt Gage et Billett,

1986; M. neocaledonicus n.sp., and M. rotulus n.sp.

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1999 • 21 (1)

Smirnov A.

Diagnosis

Myriotrochus with large conical tentacles with

two to fivc pairs of small latéral digits or (?)

without digits. There are no ossicles in the ten¬

tacles. Calcareoms ring massive, stout, with

undulating posterior edge. Body wall ossicles

wheels of myriotrochid type vvîrh whole hub

and/or with hub perforated by a circle of holes.

Discussion

The subgenus Oligotroclms is characterized by

having conical tentacles which hâve small finger-

like latéral digits whereas the subgenus Myrio¬

trochus is characterized by palni-like “peltato-

digitate" tentacles. This différence is clearly seen

in Figure 1. cornpating Heding’s ligures of the

tentacles uf M. ( Myriotrochus) tiukii (typespecies

of the notninotypical subgenus Myriotrochus) and

M. ( Oligotroclms) oit rats (type species of the sub¬

genus OHgorrochus). I Ile drawings and descrip¬

tion of the tentacles of orher species of the

subgenus Oligotrochus tan be easily found else-

where; M. (O.) vitreus in M. Sars (1877: 51,

table 7, figs 4, 5) and Ôstergren (1938, tafl. I,

fig. 8), M, (O.) c/tirki in Gage & Billett (1986:

250, tig.s 17A, B),; M. [O.) Irarbybius in

H. L. Clark (1920: 126); M. (O.) bathybius front

Northeast Atlantic in Gage & Billett (1986: 234-

235, figs 3E, F); M. (O.) neocaledonicus (Fig. 2).

Myriotrochus ( Oligotrochus) vitreus

(M. Sais, 1866)

Oligotroclms dirais M. Sars, 1866: 200; 1877: 49,

table 7, figs 1-17. - G. Sais 1872: 30. - Daniclssen &

Koren 1879: 111.- Scortn 1879: 22.

Myriolm hus vitreus - Oslcigren 1898: 119; 1903: 18;

1938: tafl 1, fig. 8 tafl. 2. fig. 12. Clark 1907; 128,

pl. 8, figs 15-20 -Gricg 1912: |2; 1914: 140; 1928:

11. - Mortcnsen 1924: 256, fig. 128; |9 27; 438,

fig. 269. Koehler 1927: 285. - Mortcnsen &

Licberkind 1928: 32, fig. 64. Heding 1931:

695. - Djakoiiüv 1933: 159. - Belvaev &c Mironov

1982: 97, figs 9, 17. Hnisæter 1990: 100. - Madsen

& i lansen 1994: 122, figs 64G, 82-3, 84, 85, map 34.

Myriotrochus ( Oligotroclms ) vitreus - I leding 1935: 23,

fig.s 3-7, pl. 1. ligs 1-3, pl. 2. figs 5-8, 13-22. 26-28,

pl. 3, figs 1.2.

Myriotrochus brevis Datiielsscta N Koren 1882: 31,

table 5, figs 5-7.

Non Myriotrochus vitrais Verrill 1874: 413 =

Myriotrochus iiukii Stcenstnip. 1851.

Non Myriotrochus dirais - Charbonnier 1970: 1269

- Myriotrochus chtrki Gage ci Billett, 1986.

Non Myriotrochus vitrais tucridwnttlis - Salvini-

l’iawcn 1977: 76 = Vrototrochus meridionalis (Salvini-

Plawen, 1977).

Fig. 1 — Tentacle; A. Myriotrochus ( Myriotrochus ) rinkii Steenstrup, 1851; B, Myriotrochus ( Oligotrochus) vitreus (M. Sars, 1866).

Redrawn from Heding (1935).

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1999 • 21 (1)

New species of Myriotrochus (Holothurioidea)

Remarks

The anatomy and morphology of tliis species are

well described in several papers (M. Sars 1877;

Ôstergren 1903; Heding 1935; Belyaev &

Mironov 1982). The species is disiributed near

Scandinavie Irom Skugcralt to Loloten and bas

also been mentioned ncar chc Fa roc Islands. lt

lives at the depdi ot 90-0)0 m on muddy bot-

tom (Madsen & Hansen 1994), The record near

the Farcie Islande (Madsen &c llansen 1994:

map 34) requîtes Confirmation as tliis location is

much further from the Well-known distribution

area of this species than Irom where the closely

related species AI. clarki has been found.

Myriotrochus ( Oligotrochus ) clarki

Gage et Billett, 1986

Myriotrochus clarki Gage et Billett, 1986: 247, figs 1,

7D, 9D, 13-17, 18A.

Myriotrochus en reus Cherbonnier 1970: 1269.

MAII.RIAI LXAMINMi. Northeast Atlantic. RV

Thalassa , an 825, 42°22'4N. 9 , 28 , 2W > depth 480-

520 m, muddy sand with clay and pcbbles,

21.X. 1968, I spccitnen deposited in the Muséum

national d Histoire naturelle (MNHN), Paris,

No. EcHli 2511.

Ri.MARKS

This species is very similar to M. vitreus and it

was described from the Rockall Trough at depths

between 1605 and 2515 m only recently. The

specimen described bv Cherbonnier as

Myriotrochus vitreus is 15 mm long and 3.5 mm

in diameter without ossicles in the body wall.

The stout calcareous ring, which has lügh ventral

and latéral pièces (the ventral pièces are twice as

long as the dorsal ones), is very similar to the cal-

careous ring of AJ. vitreus and At clarki. Twelve

conical tentacles hâve one or two pairs of small

latéral digits. These characters enable this speci¬

men to be identified as Al. clarki. which also has

two pairs of small latéral digits on each tentacle,

contrary to M. vitreus which has four to five pairs.

Myriotrochus ( Oligotrochus) bathybius

H. L. Clark, 1920

Myriotrochus bathybius H. L. Clark, 1920: 126, pl. 4,

fig. 3. - Carnev & Carey 1976: 69. — Gage & Billett

1986: 234, figs'1,3-6, 7Â, B, 9A, B, 18B.

Ri MARKS

This species was descrihed from the easrern tro¬

pical Pacific. 4 0 33’S, 87°42 ! 30”W, from the

depth of 3665 m (H. I.. Clark 1920), and later

was mentioned without description by Carney &

Carey (1976) from the Oregon coast at a depth

of 4000 m. Gage Billett (1986) described spé¬

cimens from the Rockall Trough, and Porcupine

Seabighr, in the Northeast Atlantic (1800-

4310 m) with vvheels thar hâve the hub perfora-

ted by a circle of holes, as Al. bathybius. They

also cited the unpuhlishcd data of the late

Dr Béni Hansen concerning myriotrochid spéci¬

mens from the South Atlantic and ludian

Océans identified as Ai. bathybius.

1 he wheels of rhe Northeast Atlantic specimens

described by Cage & Billetr (1986) differ

somewhat from rhe wheels of the holotype of

M. bathybius (Figs 4B, C), and there are there-

fore sonie douhts as to the identification of the

Northeast Atlantic specimens as M. bathybius.

Unforumately, rhe holotype of M. bathybius sto¬

re d in the Muséum of Natural History,

Fig. 2. — Myriotrochus ( Oligotrochus ) rteocatedonicus n.sp.;

anterior part, view from above. Scale bar: 1 mm.

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1999 • 21 (1)

Smirnov A.

Fig. 3. — Myriotrochus ( Oligotrochus) neocaledonicus n.sp.; AB. large wheels from the body wall; C, wheel with reduced teeth;

D-E, small wheels (rom the anterior podion ol lhe body. Scale bar: 100 pm.

Smithsonian Institution, Washington D.C. is

almost lacking wheels and the microscopical slide

with wheels described by H. !.. Clark (1920) is

untraceable. Titus, it is neces.sary to find new

material from the type localiry of M. bathybius

for redescription. Only then will it be possible to

justify the détermination of the Northeast

Atlantic material as A/, bathybius.

Myriotrochus neocaledonicus n.sp.

MATERIAL EXAMINED. — New Caledonia. Loyalty

Islands Basin, expédition Biogeocal. RV Coriolis,

stn CP232, 21 °33'8 1 -2 I °34’04 S, I66°19’84-

166"27’18 E, 760-790 ni depth, beam ttawl,

12.1V. 1987, holotvpe stored in the MNHN,

No. EcHh 8007.

ElYMOLOGV. — The species is named after the New

Caledonian région.

Description

The fragment ol the anterior portion of the body

with the calcareous ring is 3 mm in diameter and

1.2 mm long; the shapeless body fragment is

ZOOSYSTEMA ■ 1999 • 21 (1)

New species of Myriotrochus (Holothurioidea)

Fig. 4. — Comparison of lhe wheels of Myriotrochus ( OHgotrochus) neocâledonicus asp. and M (O.) bathybius H, L. Clark, 1920;

A, M. (O.) neocâledonicus n.sp. (holotype); B, M (O.) bathybius from Northeast Atlantic (SMBA. stn ES27); C, M. (O.) bathybius

from Pacific, holotype (redrawn from H. L. Clark 1920, pl. 4. fig. 3). Scaled to the same size.

Table 1. — Parameters of the common wheels of Myriotrochus (OHgotrochus) neocâledonicus n.sp. Ses 'Methods'' for abrévia¬

tions.

Parameter

S/T

Dhp

Dhp/D

Dhs

Dhs/D

Lo/D

Lt D

(pm)

(%)

(pm)

<%)

(pm)

(%)

(pm)

(%)

(pm)

(%)

300

8.3

145

48.3

4.3

330

63.0

7.6

160

48.5

3.3

19.7

350

57.7

5.7

170

48.6

3.1

20.0

360

57.1

7.8

180

3.3

17.5

365

61.5

7.7

185

50.7

3.6

20.5

395

66.7

7.6

185

46.8

3.8

16.5

410

60.7

8.5

205

3.7

19.5

410

58.6

7.3

205

4.9

19.5

450

55.2

7.3

235

52.2

4.4

20.0

mean

374.4

16.4

27.5

60.06

28.2

7.54

185.6

49.46

14.4

3.83

73.5

19.2

46.2

0.9

1.2

3.68

4.5

0.80

26.9

1.58

3.5

0.59

9.5

1.4

Table 2. — Parameters of the small wheels of Myriotrochus (OHgotrochus) neocâledonicus n.sp. See “Methods" for abbreviations.

Parameter

S/T

Dhp

Dhp/D

Dhs

Dhs/D

Lo/D

Lt/D

(pm)

(%)

(pm)

(%)

(pm)

(%)

(pm)

<%)

(pm)

(%)

120

56.0

155

60.0

11.6

51.6

6.5

160

60.0

12.5

45.6

6.3

185

57.7

10.8

51.4

6.0

mean

155.0

14.8

25.3

58.42

19.3

11.63

82.7

49.53

10.3

6.22

34.5

26.77

0.50

1.948

1.15

0.850

11.24

3.408

0.58

0.25

3.54

5 mm long. The skin is semitransparent; the

colour in alcohol is whitish.

There are twelve conical tentacles. I could not

find the latéral digits but this may be caused by

contraction of the specimen and/or poor conser¬

vation. Tentacles are attached to the frontal side

ZOOSYSTËMA • 1999 • 21 (1)

Smirnov A.

Table 3. — Wheels parameters of Myriolrochus (Oligolrochus) neocaledonicus n.sp., M. (O.) balhybius from Central Pacific (after

H. L. Clark 1920, pl, 4, fig. 3), M (O.) balhybius from SMBA, stn ES27, Northeast Atlantic and M. (O.) balhybius from Northeast

Atlantic (data on ail Northeast Atlantic SMBA specimens which had been investigated by Gage & Billett 1986). See "Methods” for

abbreviations.

Character

eP ■&

<?.*>

■?

•oV 0>

V 1 ' V'

A-

Character

v &

■V

J® Çp

vOV

rv'

JP A

vpV

D (pm)

Dhs (pm)

mean

306.9

300

326.7

312.1

mean

159.8

130

157.5

339

112.8

40.3

52.1

19.0

min.

120

275

209

min.

130

max.

450

380

398

max.

235

185

Dhs/D (%)

mean

15.9

13.0

17.0

15.5

mean

49.5

43.34

8.3

108

1.1

2.6

2.0

min.

45.6

45.7

max.

52.2

51.6

Lo (pm)

mean

26.8

38.0

35.0

31.5

mean

13.4

17.0

21.3

106

1.5

2.5

3.5

2.3

min.

max.

S/T (%)

Lo/D (%)

mean

59.5

34.2

48.7

50.3

mean

4.4

6.7

6.5

106

3.2

8.1

1.2

0.3

min.

55.2

40.6

min.

3.1

6.2

max.

66.7

62.5

max.

6.5

7.0

Dhp (pm)

Lt (pm)

mean

26.0

28.5

mean

65.7

48.5

5.6

4.8

18.5

6.5

min.

max.

Dhp/D (%)

Lt/D (%)

mean

8.6

13.3

8.7

mean

19.1

12.7

14.8

2.0

0.8

1.7

0.8

min.

5.7

7.6

min.

15.2

13.8

max.

12.5

9.5

max.

20.5

19.6

of the calcareous ring and are directed towards

the oral orifice (Fig. 2).

Calcareous ring consists ol ten pièces. The height

of the pièces decreases slightly from ventral to

dorsal side. The posterior surface ol the pièces is

concave, thus the lower contour of the ring is

undulating. The anterior processes are relatively

short.

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1999 • 21 (1)

New species of Myriotrochus (Holothurioidea)

Table 4. — Parameters of the wheels of myriotrochid type of Myriotrochus ( Oligotrochus ) rotulus n.sp. See "Methods" for abrévia¬

tions.

Parameter

S/T

Dhp

Dhp/D

Lt/D

(pm)

(%)

(pm)

(%)

(pm)

(%)

57.9

18.6

22.8

63.2

17.1

24.3

60.0

18.7

22.7

61.9

23.1

21.8

54.6

22.5

mean

73.3

12.0

19.8

59.5

15.0

19.99

17.0

22.82

4.6

0.7

1.3

3.41

2.8

2.63

0.7

0.91

Unfortunately, owing to the poor condition of

the material it i.s impossible to describe the inter¬

nai anatomy of the species.

Calcareous OSüicles of the body wall are represen-

ted only by wheels wïrh perforated hub. The

large hub has small perforations of triangular or

oval-triangular shape forming a regular circle

(Fig. 3). Number of perforations corresponds to

the number of spokes. Wheels in the body wall

hâve a large size ranging front 300 to 450 pm.

Wheel parameters are given in Table 1,

In the very anterior portion of the body, close to

the calcareous ring, there are wheels of the sanie

structure as jus: described, but of nuich smaller

size 120-185 pm in dianteter (Fig. 3D, E).

Parameters of these small wheels are given in

Table 2.

Comparison between the wheels of M. neocaledo-

nicus and Al. bathybius are given in Table 3.

Wheel teeth vary in size and are almost lacking

in one wheel (Fig. 3C).

There are no calcareous ossicles in the tentacles.

Discussion

The single myriotrochid species characterized by

the wheels with hub perforated by a circle of

holes is M. bathybius H. L. Clark, 1920.

Because of the lack of information of the calca-

reous ossicles on the holorype of M. bathybius

the only way to compare Ad. rwocaledoriicus with

M. bathybius i.s to use Clark s description and

drawing (Clark 1920: 126, 127, pl. 4, fig. 3).

During nty visit to the London Natural History

Muséum in 1985 I studied the wheels ossicles of

Gage & Billett’s specimens from the Northeast

Atlantic (SMBA, stn ES27, 54°40’N, 12°16’W,

2880 m). l'his gave me the opportunity to com¬

pare the tiew species with the Northeast Atlantic

specimens, not only by mean.s of tradicional cha-

racters, but also using sttch parameters as the

internai hub diameter and the lengrh of the hub

hole.

The wheels of Northeast Atlantic specimens des¬

cribed by Gage tk Billett (1986) differ somewhat

from the wheels of the holotype of M. bathybius.

Th us, I compare M , neacaledonicus with the

holotype of Al. bathybius, and with the

Northeast Atlantic specimens identifîed by Gage

Hc Billett (1986) as M. bathybius separarely

(Table 3)

The new species clearly differs from the holotype

of Al. bathybius and from the Northeast Atlantic

specimens in having a smaller length of hub per¬

forations (Table 3). The average length of perfo¬

rations in Al. neocalcdoniius is 13.4 ± 1.0 pnt, the

perforation length of the holotype of M. bathy-

bius nteasured from the drawing of H. L. Clark

(1920) is 17 pm and the average perforation

length of the Northeast Atlantic spécimen is 21.3

± 1.0 pm. Correspondingly, the average Lo/D

ratios are 4,4 t 0.4%, 6,7% and 6.5 t 0.1%. The

shape of these perforations are triangular or

ovoid-rriangular in A/, ueacaledt/nicus, and ovoid

in the holotype of Al. bathybius and the

Northeast Atlantic specimens of Al. bathybius

(Fig. 4 ).

Unfortunately, the small number of wheels in the

specimens at hand did not allow to use traditional

statistical methods for comparing the wheels

parameters. The new species differs in having a

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1999 • 21 (1)

Smirnov A.

Fig. 5. — Myriotrochus rolu/us n,sp.: AF, wheels with fused spokes; E-F, wheels with some teeth merged with each other;

G-l, wheels of myriotroçhid type. Seale bar: 100 gm.

smaller number of teeth (T able 3) and hence by a

larger S/T ratio, Besides, M. bathyb'ms seents to

live deeper than M. neocalcdonkus Up to now,

the new species h as been collected front 760-

790 ni depth, whereas M. brithybius was collected

in the Pacific front 3065-4000 m depth, and in

the Northeast Atlantic front 1800-4310 ni depth.

Myriotrochus rotulus n.sp.

Myriotrochus sp. — Cherbonnier 1969: 359-360,

figs 6A-C,

MATF.RIAl FXAMINKlt. — Northeast Atlantic. Spain,

West Galician coast, RV i'haldssa , stn 485, 43"47’2N,

8°48TW, depth 485 ni, ntuddy sand with abundant

globigcrinas, 8.VIII. 196'7, holotype stored in the

MNHN, No. EcHh 3420.

EtymOI OGY. — Front the Latin rotula , “small wheel'’.

Description

The holotvpe is a fragment of the body wall,

30 mm long. Skin is semicransparent; the colour

in alcohol is whilisb. Wheels are liot very mime-

rous and vvere fouild in only one part of the frag¬

ment. TTtey lie in the skin separately, not

overlapping. Wheels are not located in the papil-

lae contrary to the observation of Cherbonnier

(1969).

Wheel ossicjes are represented by two types: typi-

cal myriotroçhid wheels, and wheels with lused

spokes. Typical myriotroçhid wheels are not

comnion and I could find only five of thent.

They are very small, only 70-80 pm in diameter

(Fig. 5G-I). Paranteters of the wheels of myrio-

trocltid type arc given in Table 4.

Wheels with fused spokes are represented by

Hg. 5A-H fhe spokes in this type of wheel are

swollen in the ntiddle portion, slightly nearer to

the liub titan to the tint. Sometimes, dtese swol¬

len portions arc fused Icaving small uval (tôles

near the hub. The number of thèse holés corres¬

ponds to the number of fused pairs of spokes and

ranges front two up to the total number of

spokes (Fig. 5A-D). In the last case a new large

hub with a ring of small holes arises (l ig. 5A).

fhese wheels arc similar to the wheels of

Myriotrochus buthybius. T he wheels with lused

spokes, 160-195 pin in diameter are more abon¬

dant, and are larger than myriotroçhid wheels.

Paranteters of the wheeJs with fused spokes are

given in Table 5.

Discussion

The specimeit lias been previously described by

Cherbonnier (1969) as Myriotrochus s p. However

in the slide collection of Cherbonnier (MNHN

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1999 • 21 (1)

New species of Myriotrochus (Holothurioidea)

Table 5. — Parameters of the wheels of fused type of Myriotrochus ( Oligotrochus) rotulus n.sp. See “Methods” for abbreviations.

Parameter

S/T

Dhp

Dhp/D

Dhs

Dhs'D

Lo/D

Lt/D

(pm)

(%)

(pm)

(%)

(pm)

<%)

(pm)

<%)

(pm)

(%)

160

15.0

33.1

20.0

160

60.0

14.4

31.3

23.8

162

65.4

17.3

32.7

23.5

170

70.8

17.6

32.4

22.3

170

58.3

14.7

30.6

23.5

170

58.3

14.7

29.4

22.4

172

64.0

14.5

20.3

175

189

180

66 7

16.7

33.3

8.3

22.2

183

66.7

15.3

32.8

9.3

24.6

185

63.0

16.2

28.6

9.2

21.6

185

63.0

15.1

30.8

21.6

190

65.4

13.2

28.9

20.0

195

58.1

16.4

30.8

20.5

mean

175.5

16.2

25.8

63.3

27.6

15.71

54.8

31.23

16.3

8.94

38.6

22.03

11.1

1.3

2.0

4.0

3.1

1.53

3.7

1.65

1.2

0.53

3.0

1.52

Paris) the .siitic vvirh rhe calcareous ossides oi the

holotype is labelled as “ M. rotulus , sp.n.”. The

specimen irsell was storeu together with the spé¬

cimens of M. vitreus. Appareil 1 1y, ai firsi,

Cherbonnier was imending to describe the speci¬

men as a ncw species, but huer preferred to des¬

cribe it without giving a new name, considerîng

it to be dose to M. vitreus. ! prefer to keep the

naine used on the label by Cherbonnier. The

opinion thaï this specimen belongs to a new spe¬

cies - of Myriotrochus lias been expressed by

Belyaev & Mironov (1982, p. 111: “Undoubted-

ly this is a new species, close to M. bathybius

Clark in whed structure”),

The specimen described is lacking its anterior

end, so it is impossible to détermine the number

of tentaclcs. The close resemblance of fused type

wheels to wheels with hub perforared by circle of

holes, as in Myriotrochus bathybius and M. neoca-

ledonicm n.sp., clearly points die gréai similarity

between the new species and rhe species tiientio-

ned ahove. Thus, 1 prefer to place the new spe¬

cies in the twelve-tentacle genus Myriotrochus

Steenstrup, 1851, rather than in the ten-tentacle

genus Prototrochus Belyaev et Mironov, 1982,

both généra having wheels of the myriotrochid

type.

Iii some wheels, a quarter to third of the total

number of teeth are merged with each other

(Fig. 5E, F).

M. rotulus differs Irom ail species ol Prototrochus

and Myriotrochus in having wheels with “fused

spokes” bcsides wheels of the typical myriotro¬

chid type. In Al. rotulus thcsc wheels usually hâve

less hub perforations than spokes because not ail

of the spokes are fused. This character clearly dis-

tinguishes the new species Irom M. bathybius and

M. ucocalcdoititus (see H. L. Clark 1920; Gage &

Billet! 1986). M. rotulus also differs front these

species in having smaller wheels.

KEY TO SPECIES OF THE SUBGENUS Oligotrochus

la. Wheels of typical myriotrochid type with whole hub; ventral pièces of the calca-

reous ring two times higlier than dorsal pièces .2

1 b. Wheels with hub penetrated by a completely or partly developed circle of perfora¬

tions; sometimes typical myriotrochid wheels with whole hub also occur.3

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1999 • 21 (1)

Smirnov A.

2a. Diameter of wheels 50-90 [im; average S/T ratio 59-61%; tentacles with four to five

pairs of latéral digits . M. (O.) vitreus M. Sars, 1866

2b. Diameter of wheels 56-244 (mean 122) pm; average S/T ratio 49%; tentacles with

two pairs of latéral digits . M. (O.) clurki Gage et Billett, 1986

3a. Wheels 160-195 pm in diameter with spokes swollcn in their middle portion; somc

of these swollen portions are fnsed to each other leaving small oval perforations near

the hub; the number of these perforations correspond to the ntimber of fnsed pairs of

spokes and ranges trom two up to the total number of spokes ... M. (O.) rotulus n.sp.

3b. Wheels 120-450 pm in diameter with hub penetrated by a complété circle of perfo¬

rations .4

4a. Average ratio Lo/D 6.5-6.7%; tentacles with three to four digits on each side .

. M. (O.) bathybius H. L. Clark, 1920

4b. Average ratio Lo/D 4.4%; tentacles do not hâve (?) latéral digits ...

......... M. neocaledonicus n.sp.

CONCLUSION

My own studies on the morphology of wheels

and calcareous rings in the genus Myriotrochus

hâve convinced me that M. vitreus (M. Sars,

1866), M, clarki (Cage et Billett, 1986), M. rotu¬

lus n.sp., M. bathybius H. L. Clark, 1920 and

M. neocaledonicus n.sp. are closely relatcd. Ail

these species hâve conical tentacles beuring small

latéral digits of the quasi "peltatc" type (except

for M. rotulus . the head part ofthis species being

unknown) which are quite different from the

tentacles of the “peltato-digiratc" type charactc-

ristic of M. rtnkii, the type species of the genus

Myriotrochus and correspondingly the type spe¬

cies of the nominotypical suhgenus Myriotrochus.

Hence, the character proposed by Heding to

separate the subgenus Oligotrochus characterizes

this above mentioned group of species.

The main diagnostic characters used in the taxo-

nomy ol the subgenus Oligotrochus are the form

of the wheels, the calcareous ring structure, and

the number of lelitacle digits.

The origin of wheels with the hub perforated by

a circle ol holes, which is typicul ot M. bathybius

and AI. neocaledonicus, is obvious. Lite large hub

with the circle of perforations is the resuit of the

fusing of the swollen middle part of the spokes.

One can easily observe this fusion in statu nas-

cendi in the wheels of M. rotulus. We find ail the

Fig. 6. — A morpnoiogical sériés which illustrâtes the origin ot tne wneeis witn wide hub perforated by a circle of noies;

A, Myriotrochus (Oligotrochus ) vitreus (M. Sars, 1866) (after Heding 1935, fig. 3-1); B. M. (O.) rotulus n.sp.; C, M. (O.) bathybius

H. L. Clark 1920, pl. 4, tig, 3. 0, M. (O.) neocaledonicus n.sp,

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1999 • 21 (1)

New species of Myriotrochus (Holothurioidea)

transitional tonus, l'rotn wheels wîth only two

holes to wheels wirh a complété circle of perfora¬

tions (Fig. 5A-D). It is interesring co note that

typical myriotrochid wheels also occur in this

species, thotigh thcy arc not as abundant as

wheels with fuscd spolies. 11. F. Clark (1920:

126-127) lound developing wheels in M. bathy-

biiis and described this process: "When lhe lengtli

of the spokcs is somewhar greater than the dia-

meter of the original hub, a swclling appears near

rhe middle of each spolce atid as thèse swellings

vviden thev come in contact and liise with each

other, leaving rhe circle ol stnall oval holes,

which apparenrly never ftll up. In one Northeast

Atlantic speeimen, Gage & Billetr (1986: 236,

fig. 4) also found the different stages of develop¬

ment front the typical myriotrochid wheels to

wheels with hub perforated by a circle ol holes.

Thus, the development of wheels typical ot

A4. bathybms rellects the origin ol wheels with

perforated hub. It is also interesting to note that

in M. darki Gage & Billert (1986: 252,

fig. 16A, B) found that "the large wheels showirtg

fusion of adjacent spokes around the hub, resul-

ting in a greacly cnlarged central part of rhe

wheel, are reminiscent ol Ai. balhybius. They dif-

fer Iront the latter species in lacking a ring ot

sniall oval perforations around the hub.” This

indicates that species ol the subgenus

M. (O.) vitreus

M. (O.) darki

M. (O.) rotulus

M. (O.) balhybius

M. (O.) neocaledonicus

Fig. 7. — Possible phylogenetic relatiortships of the species of

the subgenus Oligotrochus, based on wheel shape, différence

between dorsal and ventral pièces of the calcareous ring and

number of tentacular digits.

Oligotrochus hâve a tendency to form wheels with

wide hub resulting front the fusion of the distal

parts of rhe spokes. Possibly. this process is

connecied with the large size ol the wheels. I he

materia! examitied allows to describe a moi pho-

logtcal sériés which illustrâtes the origin of the

wheels with wide hub perforated by a circle of

holes (Fig. 6). This séries can be regarded as a

polari/.ed transformation sortes in the terms of

cladistic systematics. The sniall typical tnyriotro-

chid wheels ol M. vitreus are placed ar rhe begin-

ning of this sériés. The following stages are

représentée! by the different wheels ol M. rotulus,

which demonstrate ail intermediate stages ol the

fusion ol the middle portion ot the spokes, a

fusion ranging (rom two to ali spokes. The next

stage is repre.sented b)' the wheels ol M. bdtbybius

which hâve a complexe circle ofoval perforations.

The wheels ol M. neocaledonicus, which hâve a

circle of very small rriangular perforations, com¬

plote the séries. A side branch of this morpholo-

gicul sériés was found in only one speeimen of

Al, darki, which is repre.sented by wheels with

wide hub produced by the complété fusion of

adjacent spokes around the primary hub.

The calcareous ring having considérable diffé¬

rences in height between the ventral and dorsal

pièces, and large posrerior processes, which is

characteristic of M. vitreus and M. darki, is to be

regarded as a derived character. I bis character

séparâtes tho.se species front A4. balhybius and

A4. neocaledonicus which bave a more simple

strucrure of rhe calcareous ring.

A tentacle with tliree to five pairs ol latéral digits

is to be considered as a primitive character.

Tentacles with one or two pairs of digits, or

withour digits, ts a more advanced character

which can he easilv derived independently.

Possible phylogenetic relatiortships of rhe species

of the subgenus Oligotrochus, based on wheel

shape, différence between dorsal and ventral

pièces of rhe calcareous ring and number ol ten¬

tacular digits, are repre.sented in Figure 7.

The characrers ol rhe calcareous ring and wheel

structure indicate that there are two grottps of

species, rhe first including M. vitreus and

A4. darki, the second Al. bathybius and M. neoca¬

ledonicus. In the first group A4, clarki is apparent-

ly more advanced than A4, vitreus because the

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1999 • 21 (1)

Smirnov A.

former species has larger vvheels, sometimes vvirh

wide hub, and tentacles with only one or cwo

pairs of digits. In die second group, M. neorale-

donicus having small criangular holes in the hub

of the vvheels, and being wirhout lacerai tencacle

digits (rhe lasr charaerer requires confirmation

with new material) is apparently more advanced.

M. vitrais and M, cbirkt seem ro be related with

M. bathybius and M. neocalédoniens, The latter

pair is characterized by evolved type of vvheels

with hub perforated by a circle of holes,

Nevertheless, the flrst pair of species, which hâve

primitive vvheels, cannot be considered the

ancestor of the M. batbybiiiS'M. neocaledonicus

group because M. vitrais and M. clarki bave the

advanced type of calcareous ring. Unfortunately,

because the data on rhe structure of rhe calca¬

reous ring and tentacles of M. rotulus are missing

the rektiotiship ot tltis species to others cannot

be determined. Wheel characters of M. rotulus

suggest thac il is tnore closely related to the

M. bathybius-M. neocaledonicus group.

Acknowledgements

1 would like to thank Prof. Dominique

Doumenc and Dr Alain Crosnier for inviting me

to work in the Muséum national d’I histoire natu¬

relle, Paris. I am also verv grarefui for ail the help

provided ro me during my work at the

Laboratoire de Biologie des Invertébrés marins et

Malacologie by Dr Nadia Ameziane and

Ms Danièle Doudou. I am also much indebted

to Dr Claude Massin (Institut royal des Sciences

naturelles- de Belgique) for revising the manus-

cript. I owe spécial thanks to Lloyd Ackert for

improving rny Lnglish. I'his work was supportée!

by a grant front the French Mintstry of Foreign

Affairs.

REFERENCES

Belyaev G. M. 1970.— Ultra-abyssal holothurians of

the genus Myriotrochus lorder Apoda, fam.

Myriotrochidae). Trndy Insthuta Okearwlogii 80:

458-488, pis 1,2 [in Russianf

Belyaev G. M. &i Mironov A. N. 1082, — The holo-

thutians of the fatnilv Myriotrochidae ( Apoda).

Trudy lnstituta OkeUuùlogii 11 7 : 81-120 [in

Russian],

Carney R. S. & Carey A. G. Jr 1976. — Distribution

pattern of holothurians of die Norclieastern Pacific

(Oregon, U.S.A.) contincm.il shelf slopc, and abys¬

sal plain. Tbalassm fugoslavuti 12 (1): 07-74.

Clark H. !.. 1907. The apodous holothurians.

Smithsonian Contributions to Knowledge 35: 1-231,

pis 1-13.

- 1920. — Reports on che scientibc results of the

expédition ro the Tropical Pacific, in charge of

Alexander Agassiz, by rhe U.S. l ish Commission

Steamer "Albatross, Iront August, 1899, to Mardi,

1900, Commander Jcflerson F. Moser, U.S.N.,

Commanding, XXII. Reports on rhe scienrific

results of the expédition to the F.astern Tropical

Pacific, in charge ol Alexander Agassiz, by the U.S.

Fisli Commission Steamer "Albarross" Iront

October, 1904, to Mardi, 1904, Lient. Com¬

mander L. M. Carrer, U.S.N., Commanding.

XXXIII. Holothurioidcu. Mémoire of the Muséum of

Comparative Zoology at Harvard College 39 (4):

121-154, pis 1-4.

Danielsscn P. G. & KorenJ. 1879. — I ra don norske

Nordhavs-expcdirion. Fchinodermer. Nyt Magazin

for Naturvidcnskabeme 25: 83-140.

— 1882. 1 lolothunoidea, in The Norwegian

North-Atlontrc Expédition, Zûohgy VL 95 p.,

13 râbles, ituip.

Djakonov A. M. 1933. — Kehinodermata of the

Northen Seas, in Keys to the Fauna of the USSR, 8.

Zooloçical Institua. of the Acadcmy of Sciences of

the USSR, 166 p. [in Russian],

Gage J. D. N Billett D. S. M. 1986. — The Family

Myriotrochidae Théel (Echinodermata:

Holothuroidea) in the deep norrheast Atlantic

Océan. Zoologicttl Journal uf the l.tnneun Society of

London 88: 229-276.

Cricg [. A, 1912. — Sognefjnrdens echinodermer.

Arclnv for Muibennuik og Namrvidenskab 32 (11):

1-13.

— 1914. — Bidrag ril kundskapen ont llardanger-

fiordens fauna. Bcrgens Muséums Aarbok 191 5 (1):

1-147-

— 1928. — Echinodermani. The Foldcn Fiord.

Zoological, hydrographica! and quaternary gcologi-

cal observations ruade in die Folden fiord during

the sunirner of 1923 by 1 >r O. T. Gronlie and

T. Soot-Rycn. Trornse Muséums Skrifier 1 (7): 1-11.

Heding S. G. 1931. Über die Synaptiden des

Zoologischen Muséums zu Hamborg. Zoulogiscbe

Jnhrlnicher, Abteilung fur System,ttih. (Urologie und

Géographie der Titre 61: 637-696, table 11

— 1935, — Holorhurioidea. Part I. Apoda,

Molp.idioidea, Gephyrotliurioidca. The Danish

fngotf Expédition 4 (9): 1-84.

Hoisærer T. 1990. An annotated cbeck-list of the

echinoderms of the Norwegian Coast and adjacent

vvaters. Sonia 7 5: 83-106.

Koehler R. 1927. — Les Fchinudennes des mers

d’Europe. Tome second. Librairie Octave Doin,

Paris, 339 p., pis 10-18.

ZOOSYSTEMA ■ 1999 ■ 21 (1)

New species of Myriotrochus (Holothurioidea)

Ludwig H. 1889 - 1992 . — Die Seewa/zen.

Dr H. G. Broun ’s Klassen und Ordmtngen des Thier-

Reicbs, wissenschaftlich dargestellt in Wort nnd Bild.

Zweiter Band. Dritte Abtheilung. Ecbinodermen

(Stachelbauter). 1. Buch. C. F. Winter’sche

Verlagshandlung, Liepzig, 460 p., 17 tables.

I.ütken Chr. 1857. — Oversîgt over Grônlands

Echinodenner. Videnskabelige Meddelelser fra den

natnrbistoriske Forening i Kjôbenhavn for Aaret

1857; 1-55.

Madsen F. ]. & Hansen B. 1994. — Echinodermata

Holothurioidea, Marine Invertebrates oj

Scandinavia 9, 143 p.

Mortensen Th. 1924. — Pighude (echinodermer).

Danmarks Fauna. G. E. C, Gads Forlag. Koben-

bavn , 274 p.

— 1927. — Handbook of tbe F.cbinoderms of tbe

British Isles . Humphrey Milford Oxford University

Press, London et ai ., 1-IX + 471 p.

Mortensen I h. & Lieberkind I. 1928. —Echino-

derma. Die ! ierwelt der Nord- und Ostsee, 8, 128 p.

Ôstergren Hj. 1898. — Das System der Synaptiden.

Ofversigt af Kong!. Vetenskaps-Akademiens

FôrhanrJlingar 55: ! 1 I -1 20.

— 1903. — The Holothurioidea of Northern

Norway. Bergens Muséums Aarbog 1902 (9): 1-34.

— 1938. — Studien über die Seewalzen. Gôteborgs

Kungl. Vetenskaps- och Vitterhets-Samhalles

Handlingar , Femte Fiiljden, Ser. B, 5 (4): 1-151,

tables 1-10.

Salvini-Plawen L. v. 1977 — Caudofoveata

(Mollusca), l’riapulida und apode Holothurien

(Labidoplax, Myriotrochus) bei Banyuls und im

Mittelmeer allgemein. Vie et Milieu , série A, 27

(I): 55-81.

Sars G. O. 1872. — Nye Echinodermer fra den nors-

ke Kyst. Forhandlinger i videnskabs-seiskabet i

Christiania 1871: 1-31.

Sars M. 1866. — Om arktiske D y reformer i

Chrisdaniafjorden. Forhandlinger i videnskabs-sels-

kabet i Christiania 1865: 196-200.

— 1877. — New echinodcrms, in Korcn J, &

Danielssen D. C. (eds), Fauna litoralis norvégien 3:

49-75, tables 7. 8.

Steenstrup j. 1851. — Myriotrochus Rinkii Stp., en ny

Form af de lungelôse og fodlose Sôpolsers

(Holothuries) Gruppe, Videnskabelige Meddelelser

fra den naturhistoriske i Kjôbenhavn , for Aaret 1851 :

55-60, table III, figs7-10.

Storm V. 1879. — Bidrag til Kundskab om

1 rondhjemsfjordens Fauna. Del Kongelige Norske

Videnskabérs Selskabs Skrijter. 1878: 9-36.

Théel Hj. 1886. — Report on the Holothurioidea

dredged by H.M.S. “Challenger” during the years

1873-1876. IL Report of The Scientrfic Results of the

Voyage of H.M.S. “ Challenger ’’ 1873-76 14 (39):

1-299.

Verrill A. E. 1874. — Results of recent dredging

expéditions on the Coast of New England.

American Journal of Sciences, 3 sérié, 7: 405-414.

Submitted on 26 September 1997;

accepted on 28 July 1998.

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1999 • 21 (1)

The lynx and nursery-web spider families in

Israël (Araneae, Oxyopidae and Pisauridae)

Gershom LEVY

Department of Evolution, Systematics and Ecology

The Hebrew University of Jérusalem

Jérusalem 91904 (Israël)

Levy G. 1999. — The lynx and nursery-web spider families in Israël (Araneae, Oxyopidae

and Pisauridae). Zoosystema 21 (1) : 29-64.

KEY WORDS

Araneae,

Oxyopes,

Peucetia ,

Pisaura,

Rothus,

Middle East.

ABSTRACT

The lynx spidcrs généra Oxyopes Latreille, 1804 and Peucetia Thorell, 1869

and the nursery-web spiders of the généra Pisaura Simon, 1885 and Rothus

Simon, 1898 in Israël are revised. These versarile hunters tbrm a conspicuous

component of the Middle East vegetation-dwelling spider fauna. Oxyopes is

represented by nine species, Onlv rhree out of these were formerly reported

while the unknown female of one (O. sabrinus O. P.-Cambridge, 1872) is

described here for the flrst tinte. Three are new species: O. nanulineatus,

O. sinaiticus and O. mediterranetts , and three others constitute new records of

species with rather disjunct distributions. Oxyopes optabilis O. P.-Cambridge,

1872 is newly synonymized with O. heterophthalmus (Latreille, 1804), where-

as O. attica Hadjissarantos, 1940, O. maracadensis Charitonov, 1946, and

O. eymiri Karol, 1967 are new synonyms ol O. globifer Simon, 1876.

Peucetia was known front Israël only by P. threscens (O. P.-Cambridge,

1872), however, the ntale is illustraled here for the first time. Two additional

Peucetia species form new records. The possibly endemic Pisaura consocia

(O. P.-Cambridge, 1872) and the taxonontically problematic Palearctic

P. mirabilis (Clerck, 1757) are addressed, and the first représentative in Asia

of the African genus Rothus is described.

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1999 • 21 (1)

Levy G.

MOTS CLÉS

Arancae,

Oxyopes,

Peucetia,

Pi saura.

Rot h us,

Moyen-Orient.

RÉSUMÉ

Les familles d'araignées Oxyopidae et Pisauridae d’Israël.

Les genres Oxyopes Latreille, 1804 et Peucetia Thorell, 1869 (araignées-lynx)

ainsi que les genres Pisaura Simon, 1885 et Rothus Simon, 1898 (qui

construisent des ■■ toiles pouponnières •) d'Israël sont révisés. Ces araignées

prédatrices représentent une importante partie de la faune qui peuple les

buissons du Moyen-Orient. Oxyopes est représenté par neul espèces. Trois

d’entre elles seulement étaient connues jusqu'ici. La femelle de O. sobrinus

O. P-Cambridge, 1872 est décrite ici pour la première fois. Trois nouvelles

espèces sont également décrites : O. rianulinealus . O. shiaitmis et O. mediter-

raneus. Trois autres ont été récoltées dans des aires où elles n'avaient pas été

signalées auparavant. Oxyopes optabi/is O. P.-Cambridge. 1872 a été récem¬

ment reconnu synonyme de O. hetemplnlnümus (Latreille, I 804), tandis que

Oxyopes attira Hadjissarantos, 1940, O. maracademis Charitonov, 1946 et

O. eymiri Karol, 196 7 sont identifiées à O. gtobifer Simon. 1876. Le mâle de

Peucetia rtrescem (O. l’.-Cambridge, 1872) (seule espèce connue d Israël

jusqu’ici) est décrit pour la première fois. Deux espèces de Peucetia s’ajoutent

à la liste. Pisaura consocia (O. P.-Cambridge, 1872) probablement endé¬

mique, et l’espèce paléarcdque P. mirabilis (Clerck, 1757) sont mentionnées

et le premier représentant en Asie du genre africain Rothus esr décrit.

INTRODUCTION

Adults of the spider families Oxyopidae and

Pisauridae in Israël are cursorial hunters that are

usually found arnong végétation. Ail are three-

clawed and armed with serrated bristles for band-

ling silk and their young may constater webs at

certain stages. In tropical and Southern parts of

the world the adults of sortie members of these

families are known as sedentary web-builders

(Lawrence 1964; Griswold 1983; lor additional

references see Shear 1986). A possible evolutio-

nary shift ftom web weavers to hunters has been

suggested by Rovtier (1980) and furrher elabora-

ted by Jackson (1986). Each of the rwo families

comprises several hundred species in the world.

With populations occasionally radier abundant,

they constitute an important component of the

vegetation-dwelliftg spider guild. The spider

families considered here along with a former

study on the funnel-weavers, the Agelenidae of

Israël (Levy 1996), provide an updated profile of

the main spider communities of the low-shrub

and herbaceous plants in Israël.

Out ol the twelve oxyopids known at présent

from Israël only leur hâve been previously recor-

ded here. In addition diree new spccies are des-

cribed along with the unknown female of a

species described over 120 years ago, Five species

prove to he new records from Israël, in part new

for the entire Middle Hast, providing dues for

zoogeographic patterns reaching lar beyond the

régional scope. Among the latter are records of

species known ilnts lar only from Yemen or the

Badhyz Désert in Turkmenia.

Considering the Israëli pisaurids these may blend

with rhe végétation hy rheir colour but are easily

detected while they seetn to roll over a dispropor-

tionate large egg-sac held underneath rheir body

or by their often conspicuous nursery-webs. The

rwo Pisaura spccies found in Israël include a pos¬

sible endemic. In addition the firsr occurrence in

Asia of a représentative of the African genus

Rothus is reporred.

ZOOSYSTEMA ■ 1999 ■ 21 (1)

Oxyopid and Pisaurid spiders from Israël

MATERIAL AND METHODS

The présent study is based on material deposited

in the collections of the Hebrew University of

Jérusalem (HUJ). Localities in Israël are listed

from north to south and co-ordinares (Israël

grid) are given lor less vvell-known places.

Drawings are of specimens Iront Israël, unless

otherwise indicated. Measureinents (mm) Iront

preserved adult specimens, ten ofeach sex ifavai-

lable, are given and ranges arc statcd. The lettgth

of the leg given is the combiner! Icngth of ail seg¬

ments (carh nicasured scparatcly) Iront (émut to

tarsus; the more proximal segments are cxcluded.

The proportional indices used are given in

"Abbreviations” (sec lielow). The leg formula

irtdicates the longest leg by the first digit and the

shortest hy the last. Taxonomie référencés to taxa

include, among orhers, those accompanied

bv tiseftil illustrations not listed in the outrent

araneological catalogues.

SYSTEMATICS

Family OXYOPIDAE Thorell, 1870

Ri,MARKS'

The lynx spiders are usually taken by sweeping

végétation. They are easily recognized among the

plant-dwelling spiders by rhe many erect spines

on rheir legs and the peculiar hexagonal eye

arrangement. The carapace is high and convex,

sloping sharply at the sides and has a vertical cly-

peus in Iront. Ail possess eight eyes. Legs are

wirh notched trochanters and three claws, nvo of

them pectîitate. They bave three pairs- o! spinne-

rets and a colulus. The opisthosonta usually

tapers to a pointed end. Two généra are présent

in Israël.

Genus Oxyopes Latreille, 1804

Type .SPECIïx. — By monotypy: Oxyopes beterophthal-

mus Latreille, 1804.

Abbreviations

HECO

Hope Entomological Collections,

University Muséum, Oxford, U. K.;

HUJ

Hebrew University of Jérusalem,

Israël;

MNHN

Muséum national d’I listoire natu¬

relle, Paris, France;

NMW

Naturhistorischex Muséum,

Vienna, Austria;

SMF

Natur-Museum und Forschungs-

Institut Senckenberg, Frankfurt,

Germany:

ZMUM

Zoological Muséum of the Moscow

State University, Russia.

AME

anterior médian eye;

carapace index

length divised by vvidih;

elypeus index

height of elypeus divided by diame¬

ter of anterior médian eye;

MOQ

Médian Ocular Quadranglc (mea-

sured in profile from frontal edges

of AME io hind edges of PME);

MOQ/cly

longitudinal axis of MOQ divided

hy elypeus height;

patella-tibia index

combined length of borh segments

of leg-I divided by length ol cara¬

pace.

PME

posterior médian eyes;

PM index

space between PME eyes divided

by diameter of one PME.

Description

Medium-sized spiders, usually less than 10 mm in

bodv lengrh. Blackish to light coloured, but not

green, occasiottally tinted with red. Integument

denselv covered with llattcned scales and scattered

ordinary setae. Carapace louger rhan wide

(Fig. IA). Anterior row of eyes strongly recurved

with anterior-medians much smaller than ante-

riot-laterals (Fig. ! A, B). Posterior row o( eyes

clearly procurved. Distance between anterior-

lateral eyes subequals distance between posterior-

median eyes (outlined recrangular, Fig. IB). Eyes

of posterior row placed at subequal distances.

Inner distance between posterior-median eyes

much longer than diameter of a posterior-median

eye. Labium longer than wide and exceeded in

length hy the palpai endites (Fig. 1 D). Chelicerae

usually wirh one promarginal and onc retromar-

ginal tooth (Fig. IF). Legs long and spinous. Leg

formula: IV, 1, II, III or I, IV, 11, 111 or I, II, IV,

III. Opisthosoma oval, often with a médian mark

on dorsum and venter. Tibia of male pal pus short

and arrned with apophyses, sometimes markcdly

enlarged (Fig 2A, B); hulbus with médian, fleshy,

tegular outgrowth rising up to tip of embolus

(Figs 4A, B, 18A, B); no paracymbium. Female

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1999 • 21 (1)

Levy G.

epigynum usually with raised, tongue-like,

médian extension, often protruding in profile

(Figs 3A, B, 8A, B, 15A, B).

Remarks

Over two hundred Oxyopes species, mainlv front

the warmer parts of rhe world, are catalogued,

but many are known only by their Irr.st descrip¬

tion. Oxyopes species are generally considered

diurnal, versatile active foragers or they may rake

to sit-and-wait strategies. They ave often seen

running, making erralic moves and jumps in her-

baceous végétation. An atnerican species is found

also on woody végétation: conifers and deciduous

trees (Braclv 1964: 490). At night they hâve been

observcd to bc immobile, suspended by a thread

ofsilk Irom the underside oi Icaves and apparcnt-

ly are hest collectcd by sweeping at night (Lowric

1971: 349). The copulalory bchaviour ol Oxyopes

comprises long fcourtship followed by very brief

mating while hanging inverted on a sîlken thread

(Gerhardt 1933; Cutler et al. 1977). The large,

unique tibial apophysis ol the male paipus of

O. hetemphthalmus often breaks off and is fourni

stuck inside the epigastric furrow of the female,

below the epigynal plate (not inside norches on

the epigynum). Its breaking otcurs possibly

during a suddcn partly circulât turn mode by the

male while mating (Gerhardt 1933: 29).

Evidendy, the male hoiotype of O. optabilis O. R-

Cambridgc, 1872 turned out to bc an O. hete-

rophtbalmus male in which both palpi hâve

amputated tibial apophyses. The whirish, flatten-

ed, lenticular egg-sac is fastened ftrmly to twigs of

shrubs or gramineous stalks and is guarded by the

female (Berland 1927: 20). The young ernerge

after tbree to fout weeks and the female may then

lay anorher egg-sac. The female may ear while on

guard (Jcnnings Sc Pase 1975) or not feed during

this period of time (Berland 1927).

Three species oi Oxyopes hâve been previously

reported front Israël: lineatus (as ■ gentilis ), ftete-

ropbthalwus and sabrants. The female of the lat-

ter is described Itéré for the first time. In

addition lhere arc three new records for the

Middle Hast: globifer , pigmentants and

badhyzicus , and three are new species, namely

mediterraneus, nanulineatus and sinaiticus. There

is a close resemblance among lineatus, nanulinea¬

tus, sobrinus and sinaiticus repnesenting apparent-

ly a coninton evolurionary line, differing from

chat formed by globifer and mediterraneus , whe-

reas heteropbthalmus , pigrneniatus and badhyzicus

belong eaclt to a separatc line.

Distinctions by colours, found in old descrip¬

tions are useless sînee nearly ail shades, from yel-

low to alniosc black ntay appear in a single

population. Two liantes of doubtful application

were given to Egyptian species that cannot be

traced in collections nor arc they identifiable by

their descriptions: Sphasus alcxandnnus Audouin,

1826 and die immature Oxyopes btlineatus O. P-

Gamhridge, 1876. Gonsidcring the occurrence of

sevetal species ol close resemblance in xeric habi¬

tats of the Middle East, rhese liantes should thus

be regarded as nomina dubia.

Fig. 1. — Oxyopes, A, carapace, dorsal view: B. eye arrange¬

ment. dorsal view, detail: characteristic rectangle outlined;

C. eye arrangement, frontal view; D, labium and palpai endites;

E. ieft chelicera, inner view. Scale bar: A, 1 mm: B-E. 0.5 mm.

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1999 • 21 (1)

Oxyopid and Pisaurid spiders from Israël

Oxyopes heteropbthalm us (LatreilJe, 1804)

(Figs 1-3)

Aranea heteropbthalma Latreille, 1804b: 280; type

from France, presumably lost.

Oxyopes heterophthahnus — Latreille 1804a;

135. - Roewer 1954a: 318, - Bonnet 1958:

3229. - Brade 1904: Figs 100, 101. - Azheganova

1968: 42, figs 64, 65. - Loksa 1969: 128, fig. 86a,

b. - Platnick 1989:430; 1993: 589.

Oxyopes optabilis O. P.-Cambridge, 1872: 315; £

holotype (with broken tibial apophyses ol palpî) (rom

the Plains of the Jordan, Israël (HFICO, B.808, t.8;

examined); svn.n.

DiAGNOSIS. — The unique structure of the tibial apo¬

physes of the male palpus and the large epigynal cône

of the female with the coiled spermathecae, distingui-

sh O. beteropbthalmus easily from ail other Oxyopes

species.

Distribution. — Palearctic.

RECORDS. — Israël from Mt. Meron in the Galilee to

the Judean Hills and down to Jéricho.

Description

Male

Measurements (10 dd): total length 5.4-7.2;

carapace length 2.6-3.2, width 2.0-2.4, index

1.26-1.30; clypeus index 5.67-7.0; MOQ/cly

ratio 1.21-1.47; PM index 1.77-2.08; leg

Fig. 2. — Oxyopes heterophthalmus S, left palpus; A, ventral view; B, retrolateral view. Scale bar: 0.25 mm.

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1999 • 21 (1)

lengths: I 9.7-13.3, Il 9.0-11.6, III 7.2-9.4, IV

8.1-10.6; patella-tibia index 1.19-1.46.

Palpus. Tibia with short ventral apophysis and

big, latérally bent, sclerodc apophysis that often

breaks ofFat base (Fig. 2A, B); bulbus basally tra-

versed by long, fililorm entbolus running apically

along mesal side; bulbus at centre arnted with

thick, slightlv rugged blackish process, ridged

brown lamella and whitish tegular outgrowth

(Fig. 2A, B).

Female

Measurements (10 $ 9): total length 6.5-10.5;

carapace length 2.8-3.8, width 2.1-3.0, index

1.25-1.38; clypeus index 6.4-9.2; MOQ/clv ratio

1.01-1.24; PM index 1.75-2.26; leg lengths: I

10.0-13.3, Il 9.1-12.5, III 7.5-10.3, IV 8.5-11,8;

patella-tibia index 1.09-1,31.

Epigynum. Relatively large with flatrened, cone-

like, sclerotic extension rising at tniddle (Fig. 3A,

B). Spermathecae contain narrow, tightly coiled

tubes (Fig. 3C).

COMMENTS

Oxyopes heterophthalmus which lives in the heat

of Jéricho, the lowest point on Earth, and

extends as lar as England, should be considered

an out-standing adaptive species. Aclult males

were collectcd in Israël Iront February ro April

and fcmalcs front Match to May. Courtship of

spécimens front Jérusalem was observed in April

(Gerhardt 1933: 28). The first records of

O. hetero p h thaï mus Iront Israël are by

O. P.-Cambridgc (1872: 314; as O. lineatus

Walckenaer, not Latrcille 1806; S 6 and 9 9

H ECO, B.808, t.6; examined) follovved by his

(1872: 315) amputated O. optabilis. Further

records of optabilis frotti Syrta and Libya (Bonnet

1958: 3236) arc considered unacceptable.

Additional previous records of O. heterophthal¬

mus frorn Israël are by Pavesi (1895: 8) and

Strand (1913: 162), and front Syria by Kerville

(Damascus 1926: 70),

Oxyopes heterophthalmus serves as the type-species

of Oxyopes , but the pectiliar palpai structures of

the malt and the sltape of the spermathecae ol

the female sbared by the closely relatcd, Central

Russian O. takolnus Andreeva et Tyschcnko,

1969 and rite Chinese O. foliiformîs Song, 1991

place these in a secluded position among the

numerous known Oxyopes species. Future révi¬

sions may thus resuit in excluding most species

currently included in Oxyopes.

Oxyopid and Pisaurid spiders from Israël

Oxyopes lineatus Latreille, 1806 - Barrientos 1984: 153, figs la-c, 2. - Weiss 1989: 1,

(Fies 4 51 figs 1-4, 9-13. — Heimer & Nentwig 1991: 352,

5 fig. 914.

Oxyopes lineatus Latreille, 1806: 117, pl. 5, fig. 5; type DlAGNOSIS. — The shape of the male palpus with the

from France, presumably lost. - Roewer 1954a: elongated bulbus, the Sasally notched cymbium, the

319. - Bonnet 1958: 3233. - Loksa 1969: 128, shape of the tegular and tibial apophyses and the

fig. 86c, d. — Brignoli 1977: 74, figs 42, 43. shape of the tongue-like, elongated epigynal extension

Fig. 4. — Oxyopes lineatus $, left palpus; A, ventral view; B, retrolateral view; C, dorsal view. Scale bar: 0.25 mm.

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1999 • 21 (1)

Levy G.

Fig. 5. — Oxyopes lineatus 9 ; A, epigynum, ventral view: B, epigynum, latéral view: C, spermathecae, dorsal, inner view. Scale bar:

0.1 mm.

of the female are characrers that distinguish O. linea¬

tus from ail other Oxyopes species.

DISTRIBUTION. — Southern Europe to Russia, Syria,

Lebanon, Israël.

RECORDS, — Israël, in the mountainous parts from

the foothills of Mt. Hermon to the Judean Hills.

Description

Male

Measurements (10 c? c?): total length 4.2-6.2;

carapace length 2.1-2.8, width 1.5-2.1, index

1.27-1.42; clypeus index 4.86-6.22; MOQ/cIv

ratio 1.45-1.97; PM index 1.7-2.0; leg lengths: 1

7.8-12.3, 1! 7.0-11.0, 111 5.8-8.7, IV 6.7-10.5;

patella-tibia index 1,19-1.48.

Palpus. Bulbus elongated. Cymbium mucb

extendcd apically, witb clear concavity on basal-

ectal side (Fig. 4A-C); thick tip ol embolus bends

undet blackish tip ofconductor (Fig. 4A); bulbus

medially beats brown, selerotized process projec-

ting alongside whitish, tegular outgrowth

(Fig. 4A). Apical edges of scoopcd tibia cxtend

into partly spiriferous ventral apophysis and

retrolateral protrusions (Fig. 4A, B).

Female

Measurements (10 $ $ ): total length 5.1-7-2;

carapace length 2.4-3.1, width 1.8-2.3, index

1.30-1.44; clypeus index 5.9-6.8; MOQ/cly ratio

I. 25-1.59; PM index 1.8-2.0; leg lengths: 1 8.5-

II. 8, 11 7.8-10.9, 111 6.4-8.9, 1V>.8-10.5;

patella-tibia index 1.19-1.28.

Epigynum. Elongated, light médian tongue-like

extension nearly twice as long as vvide, flanked

on sides by transparent membranes (Fig. 5A);

médian elevated extension nearly quadrate in

profile (Fig. 5B). Spermathecae consîst of com¬

pact bodies (Fig. 5C).

COMMENTS

Adult males were collected in Israël in May-June

and fcmales Iront April to June. The occurrence

in the Mtddle East of O. lineatus was noted for-

merly by O. P.-Cambridge (1872: 314; as

gentilis , 6 6 and 9 9 from Nazareth, Israël, and

Beirut, Lebanon, IIECO, B.808, t-2; examined),

Pavesi (1895: 8; as transalpin ns , from Lebanon),

Kerville (1926: 70, from Syria and Lebanon) and

Brignolï (1978a: 207, from Lebanon).

Examination of numerotis specimens from

France (MNHN, B.2258, n° 692) corioborrated

the above identification. Oxyopes lineatus is

found in Israël only in the ntesic centra! and nor-

thern parts and is thus consideted a North

Mediterranean clément ol this fauna. Whether

and where il occurs in noriheru Africa (Bonnet

1958; 3235) should lie re-investigâted. Evidently,

there are sevttal species, indudiiig sonie descri-

bed below, that inhabit arid or senii-arid habitats

and could be mistaken for O, lineatus.

Oxyopes nanulineatus n.sp.

(Fig. 6)

HOLOTYPE. — Adult 2 from near the inflow of River

Jordan into Lake Kinneret (2080/2555). Israël, leg.

ZOOSYSTEMA ■ 1999 • 21 (1)

Oxyopid and Pisaurid spiders from Israël

Fig. 6. — Oxyopes nanulineatus n.sp. 2, holotype; A. epigynum, ventral view; B, epigynum, latéral view; C. spermathecae, dorsal,

inner view. Scale bar; 0.1 mm.

G. Levy, 24.VI.1973 (HUJ 15146); 6 para type with

same data (HUJ 15147).

Etymologv. — The spécifie name dénotés the sntall

.size (nanos - dw.irf), and the dose relationship bet-

ween this specics and O. lineatus.

Dl AG NOM.S. — Oxyopes nanulineatus is a compact,

dwarf form tliat resembles O. lineatus ver)’ closely.

Although the males, apart front their size, Cültnut bc

separated by their palpai configuration Iront O, linm-

tus , the fcmales can be distinguished by the di lie leur

shape of the epigyrta! plate. The nvo apparcntly are

allopatric and do nor share the same ecological niche.

Oxyopes nanulineatus so lar lias been found only near

water, a habitat where no O. Ihteatus lias been taken.

Distribution. — Israël.

Records. — Israël, HaGoshrîm, pond at Bab cl-

Hawa (Golan Hights), Jordan inflow into Lake

Kinneret, inflow of Nahal Samakh into Lake

Kinnerer, Bct Yosef on banks ol river Jordan.

Description

Male

Measuremerus (4 6 â)‘ rotai lengclt 3.7-4.0;

carapace length 1.8-1.9, wldrh 1.4-1.5, index

1.26-1.36; clypeus index 3.50-3.75; MOQ/cly

ratio 2.20-2.25; PM index 1.5-1.6; leg lengths: 1

6.9-7.4, II 6.2-6.6, 111 5.0-5.3, IV 5.9-6.4;

patella-tibia index 1.21-1.39.

Palpus. Shape of bulb and tibia like O. lineatus

but in miniature.

Female

Measurements (of holotype + 7 9 9 ; holotype

listed Ptrst): total length 5.1, 3.9-5.2; carapace

length 2.2, 1.9-2.4, width 1.6, 1.3-1.8, index

1.38, 1.27-1.46; clypeus index 5.13. 4.44-5.11;

MOQ/cly ratio 1.78, 1.67-1.97; PM index 1.8,

1.5-1.9; leg lengths: I 7.3, 6.2-8.3, II 7.0, 5.8-

7.9. III 6.2, 4.8-6.7, IV 7.0, 5.5-7.9; patella-tibia

index 1.18, 1.11-1.28.

Epigynum. Short, central elevated portion about

as wide as long; membranous edges extend

inwards into blackish orifices (Fig. 6A); médian

élévation viewed in profile (Fig. 6B). Structure of

spermathecae (Fig. 6C).

Commentas

Adults vvere collected in March, June and July. A

sintilar phenomenon of a riparian species in

which merely the fcmales can be separated from

a closely resembling species living away irom

water is known in the funnel-vveavers Agelescape

livida (Simon. 1875) and A. affhtis (Kulczynski,

1911) (seeLevy 1996).

Oxyopes sobrinus O. P.-Cambridge, 1872

(Figs 7, 8)

Oxyopes sobrinus O. P.-Cambridge, 1872: 314; 3

holotype from the Plains of the Jordan, Israël

(HECO. B.808, t.3: examined).

DlAGNOsiv — Oxyopes sobrinus resembles O. lineatus

superficially but is casily distinguished also front orher

Oxyopes species by the male palpus with the peculiar

médian protubérance, by the form of the tegular out-

growrh and by the shape ot the tibial apophyses as

wcll as by the shape of the médian epigynal élévation

of the female with the projections on the sides.

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1999 • 21 (1)

Levy G.

Fig. 7. — Oxyopes sobrinus S, left palpus; A, ventral view; B, retrolateral view; C, dorsal view. Scale bar: 0.25 mm.

DISTRIBUTION. — Israël; Libya, needs vérification.

RECORDS. — Israël, Dead Sea area, Arad, Sede Boqer

and surroundings, Makhtesh Ramon.

Description

Male

Measurements (10 â â): total length 4.4-6.2;

carapace length 2.2-3.2, width 1.7-2.5, index

1.22-1.35; clypeus index 3.80-5.09; MOQ/cly

ratio 1.71-1.98; PM index 1.5-1.9; leg lengths: I

7.7-11.3, II 7.4-9.9, 111 5.2-8.5, IV 7.5-10.5;

patella-tibia index 1.13-1.25.

Palpus. Cymbium expanded at basal-ectal corner

(Fig. 7A-C); thick end of embolus bends under

black tip of conductor; bulbus bears medially a

brownish massive protubérance parrly surroun-

ded by whitish tegular outgrowth (Fig. 7A);

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1999 ■ 21 (1)

Oxyopid and Pisaurid spiders fiom Israël

Fig. 8. — Oxyopes sobrinus 9: A, epigynum, ventral view; B, epigynum, latéral view; C, spermathecae, dorsal, inner view. Scale

bar: 0.1 mm.

apical edges of scooped tibia extend on mesal

side into raised, parrly transparent expansion

(Fig. 7A, B).

Female

Measurements (9 9 9), total length 5.7-9.4;

carapace length 2.5-3.6, width 1.9-2.6, index

1.30-1.43; clypcus index 4.7-6.2; MOQ/cly

ratiol .33-1.77; PM index 1.4-1.9; leg lengths; 1

8.5-11.9, 1! 7.7-11.5; III 6.1-9.8, IV 7.9-12.0;

patella-tibia index 1.07-1.16.

Epigynum. Raised, médian, white opaque exten¬

sion forms alongwitlt latéral, membranous ntar-

gins a bulging rectangle accompanied on each

side by a tltick protubérance (Fig. 8A); médian

élévation on epigynum bulges appreciably in

profile (Fig. 8B). Spermathecae (Fig. 8C).

Commfnts

Several species of general resemblanee are tdund

in the déserts ol die Middle Hast and nortbern

Africa. Consideting, Itowever, chat no illustration

of O. sobrinus v /as ever published and the female

is described here lor the first tinte, the records

Iront Libva listed in catalogues need to be conftr-

nted.

Adults of O. sobrinus are found Irom February to

August. Males hâve occasionally been found in

pitfall traps. Populations were found to comprise

black and yellow members. Apparently the light

coloured are more often encountered in the sum-

mer months of July-August.

Oxyopes sinai tiens n.sp.

(Fig. 9)

Hoi.OTVPE. — Adtilt 9 frotn En Higiya (994/867),

Sinai, Egvpt, leg. A. Shulov, 24. IV. 1968

(HUJ 15148).

ETYMOLOGY. — The spécifie nante refers to the type

locality.

DMgnoms, — Based on Icmalc. Oxyopes sinai tiens

belongs to die O. lineatus group of species but can be

dearly distinguished bv the shape of the cpigynal and

spermathccal structures.

DISTRIBUTION. — Egypc, known only front the ty pe

locality in Sinai.

Description

Male

Unknown.

Female

Measurements (of holotype): total length 5.9;

carapace length 2,4, width 1.8, index 1.33: cly-

peus index 5.22; MOQ/cly ratio 1.7; PM index

1.8; leg lengths: I 8.1, II 7.7, 111 5.4, IV 7.9;

patella-tibia index 1.16.

Epigynum. Relative!)' very small. Nearly semi-

cire ular, raised médian expansion, yellow at centre

and transparent ai upper edges; expansions extend

on .vides to epigastric furrow (Fig. 9A); médian élé¬

vation rounded in profile (Fig. 913); black sperma-

thecal bodies slightly twisted (Fig. 9C).

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1999 • 21 (1)

Levy G.

Fig. 9. — Oxyopes sinaiticus n.sp. 9, holoiype; A, epigynum, ventral view; B, epigynum, latéral view; C, spermathecae. dorsal, inner

view. Scale bar: 0.1 mm.

Fig. 10. — Oxyopes globifer < 5 , left palpus; A, ventral view; B, dorsal view; C. retrolateral view of enlarged tibia and basal part of

cymbium lacking a hump, detail; D, ventral view of cymbium with a hump, variation; E, retrolateral view of cymbium with a hump,

variation. Scale bars: A, B, 0.25 mm; C-E, 0.1 mm.

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1999 • 21 (1)

Oxyopid and Pisaurid spiders from Israël

Fig. il. — Oxyopes globifer S. epigynum; A, ventral view, com-

mon form; B, latéral view, common form; C, ventral view, varia¬

tion; D, latéral view ot another variation. Scale bar: 0.1 mm.

Oxyopes globifer Simon, 1876

(Figs 10-12)

Oxyopes globifer Simon, 1876: 222; â holotype from

Algeria, cannot be tr.iced, preswmably among spcci-

mens dererrnincd by E. Simon (MNHN, B 2268),

spccimens from Algeria, Tunisia and Egypt, exami-

ned). - Bonnet 1 y'âS: 3228. - Barricnlos 1684: 153,

fig. 4a-b, ? and <î Iront Cartagena, Spai’n.

Oxyopes attira Hadjissaraotos, 1940: 42, fig. 12, d

(rom Attiki, Gfoecc; type presuntably losr. — Brignoli

1978b: 501, fig. 68, o front lurkey; inisidentifica-

tion according to illustration; syn.n.

Oxyopes maraaidensis Chiritonov, 1946: 23, figs 24,

25, d 9 Iront Uy.bekistan: type not available. -

Andreeva & Tyshcrtlco 1969: 224, fig. 7e, d

(Tadzhîkîsian). - Mikhailov A: Fet 1986: 182, fig. 3a

h (ZMUM. d and V front Turkntenia and

Kazakhstan; examined); misidentification; syn.n.

Oxyopes eymiri Karol. 1967: 2, figs 1. 2, 3a 9 from

Eytnir Laite, Ankara, Eui key; type cannot be traced;

misidentification according to illustration; (not d

O. eymiri Brignoli 1978b: 501. fig, 67); svn.n.

DlACNOSIS. - Oxyopes globifer differs disrinctly from

ail other Oxyopes species by tlte male palpus vvith the

peculiar spoon-shaped expansion of the cymbîum

combined with the form of the sclerites and ribial

apophyses, and by the strong laceraily extending

médian structure of the epigynal plate of the female.

Fig. 12. — Oxyopes globifer 9, spermalhecae, dorsal, inner

view; A, common form; B, variation; C, additional variation.Scale

bar: 0.1 mm.

Distribution. — Algeria, Tunisia, Libya, Egypt

(new record), Southern Spain, Greece, Turkey,

Kazakhstan, Turkntenia, U/.bekistan, Tadzhikisran,

Israël (new record).

Records. — Israël, Eeza’el, Jérusalem. Ramat Rahel,

Ashtiod, En Ccdi< Ofaqim, Naltal Seklter (135/053,

loess), Be cr Mash’abbim, Sltunera sands, Sede Boqer

and surroundings, Naltal Hiyyon (154/956), Yorvata.

Egypt, Sinai; Mirla Pass (979/939), Suez (February

1889; Simon dec.; MNHN, B. 2268 n° 12133; exa-

mined).

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1999 • 21 (1)

Levy G.

Description

Male

Measurements (10 â â): total length 3.7-5.2;

carapace length 1.8-2.7, width 1.4-2.1, index

1.29-1.38; clypeus index 3-33-4.78; MOQ/cly

ratio 1.67-2.14; PM index 1.4-2.0; leg lengths: I

6.7-11.3, II 6.1-10.4, III 5.0-8.0, IV 6.3-10,3;

patella-fibia index 1.18-1.45.

Palpus. Relativel)' smali. Cymbium basally with

marked spoon-lilce expansion (Fig. 10A, B);

shape of concave expansion varies slightly and it

may bear a smâll, rounded brown hump on its

surface (Fig. 10A, C-E); centre of bulbus taken

by large, whire distenred mass, a transparent,

mesal membrane and an elongated tegular out-

growth (Fig. 10A).

Female

Measurements (9 9 ? ): total length 4.7-9.0;

carapace length 2.3-3.8, width 1.7-2.7, index

1.29-1.41; clypeus index 4,50-6.15; MOQ/cly

ratio 1.43-1.82; PM index 1.4-2.3; leg lengths: 1

7.6-12.6, II 7.2-11.8, III 5.8-9.8, IV 7.4-12.1;

patella-tibia index 1.08-1.35.

Epigynum. Brown or yellow-opaque. large,

broad and partly constricted médian structure

exrends sidéwards on il p per edges with marked

expansions (Fig. I lA, C); médian structure

bends strongly inwards (best viewed in profile,

Fig. 1 IB, D). Black tubes of spermathecae usual-

ly curve on themselves; winding coils rather dis¬

tinct (Fig. 12A) or outlines of compact bodies

barely visible (Fig. 12B. C).

COMMENTS

Adult males were collected in Israël in January

and from Aptil to July, and adult fcmales from

April ro September. Both sexes, occasionally,

were found in pitfall traps. A female with an egg-

Fig. 13. — Oxyopes dubourgi S from Sudan, holotype, left palpus; A, ventral view; B, retrolateral view; C, dorsal view. Scale bar:

0.25 mm.

ZOOSYSTEMA ■ 1999 ■ 21 (1)

Oxyopid and Pisaurid spiders from Israël

sac attached to a twig was taken in May.

Noteworthy is a superflcial resembiance of the

expanded cymbium of the male palpus in O. glo-

bifer with rhat of O, dubourgi Simon, 1904 from

die Nile basin, Sudan ( c? holotype, Fig. 13A-C;

MNFdN, B. 2264). Also should be noted that in

local populations a slight variation is cncounte-

red regarding the prominence or réduction iu

size of a little hump on the cymbial expansion of

the male palpus. The course of the wînding of

the spermathecal tubes in the females varies

slightly too, but there is no corrélation between

the sexes considering these variations and no dif¬

ferent subspecies can be recognized here.

Oxyopes mediterraneus n.sp.

(Figs 14, 15)

Oxyopes pigmentants Reimoser, 1913: 506; 9 from

Gôl Bascni, possiblv near Raqqa, North Syria (NMW;

exani ined) : m isidentificadon.

Oxyopes ctindidus Hadjissarantos, 1940: 43, fig. I4a-b

6 ; not candidus L. Koch (= O. ramosus).

Oxyopes sp. - Barrientos 1984: 155, fig. 3 â.

HoUTTyPU. — Adult <3 from Flatira ridge, near Sede

Boqer, Israël, 24.1V. 1991 (HUJ 15149), 9 paratype

from the same locality, 21.V. 1992 (HUJ 15150); pit-

Fall traps, Y. Lubin.

EtymoLOGV. — The spécifie name refers to the typi-

cal landscape of rhis species.

Fig. 14. — Oxyopes mediterraneus n.sp. S, holotype, left palpus; A, ventral view; B, retrolateral view; C, dorsal view. Scale bar:

0.25 mm.

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1999 • 21 (1)

Levy G.

Diagnosis. — Oxyopes mediterraneus resemblés

O. globifer closely but difîers distinctly by thc configu¬

ration of the régulât scleritcs and the shape of thc

black spine on rhe cymbium of the male palpus, and

by the peculiar shape of the exrernal protrusion on rhe

epigynal plate of the fernale.

DISTRIBUTION. — Morocco, Spain (Barricntos 1984:

157), Greece (Hadjissarantos 1940), North Syria,

Israël.

RECORDS. — Israël, Olaqini, Arad, Nahal Sekher

(132/058, sands), Be’er Mash’abbim, Yeroham, Sede

Boqer and surroundings, Ma’ale Ramon, Ma agurat

(Bor) Loz (112/991).

Fig. 15. — Oxyopes mediterraneus n.sp. ?, paratype, epigy-

num; A, ventral view; B. latéral view. Scale bar: 0.1 mm.

Description

Male

Measurements (ofholotype + 10 6 â ; holotype

listed first): total length 5.0, 4.9-5.8; carapace

length 2.5, 2.4-3.2, width 1.9, 1.9-2.3, index

1.32, 1.24-1.39; clypeus index 4.18, 4.17-5.09;

MOQ/cly ratio 1.74, 1.59-1.72; PM index 1.7,

I. 5-1.9; leg lengths: l 9.4, 9.5-12.6, Il 8.6, 8.7-

II. 3, IU 6.6, 6.6-8.6, IV 8.5, 8.6-11.5; patella-

tibia index 1.24, 1.26 1.37.

Palpus. Medium sized Cymbium basally with

concave, ectal extension armed with strong,

pointed and inclined black process (Fig. 14A-C);

tcgulum bears long, fleshy, white outgrowth bor-

dered basally by brown menibranous latnella and

mcdially by white distended mass (Fig. 14A).

Fernale

Measurements (10 $ 9): total length 6.0-7.7;

carapace length 2.8-3.4, width 2.0-2.5, index

1.29-1.40; clypeus index 4.67-5.83; MOQ/cly

ratio 1.4.3-1.70; PM index 1.6-1.9; leg lengths: I

9.7-11.5, Il 8.8-11.3, III 7.0-8.8, IV 9.2-11.5;

patella-tibia index 1.09-1.21.

Epigynum. Small, congue-like, narrow and scle-

rotic médian protrusion notched ut middle on

uppet edges (Fig. 15A); notch often turns into

deep médian split; médian protrusion bends

ïnwards slightly and occasionally breaks off

(Fig. 15B). Coils of spermathecae as in O. globi¬

fer (Fig. 12 A).

COMMBNIS

Adult males were collected in Israël front Match

to July and females front April to August.

Oxyopes mediterraneus is syntpatric with O. globi¬

fer and both were founcl together în pitfall traps.

Oxyopes mediterraneus , however, is nmeh more

abundant. ï)espite rite similarity of the inner

spermathecae in the females of both species, the

two sexes of each species ean be easily separated

by their external geniralic féalurcs.

Oxyopes pigmentants Simon, I 890

(Figs 16, 17)

Oxyopes pigmentants Simon, 1890: 114; syn types, â +

4 9 ¥ front Sheikh Üthman-Aden, Yemen (MNHN,

B. 2276, n° 10771: examined). Not Sherrifls, 1955:

299, ftgs 12, 13 3 9, considering his illustrations.

ZOOSYSTEMA ■ 1999 • 21 (1)

Oxyopid and Pisaurid spiders from Israël

DlAGNOSIS. — The male palpas with the four tibial

apophyses combinée! vvirh the form of the tegular out-

growth and the embolar trajectory, and the l'emale

epigynum with the unique transversal band and the

peculiar înner sperntathccae are diagnostic characters

that distinguish O. ptgmentatus easily from ail other

Oxyopes species.

DISTRIBUTION. —Yemen, Israël, new record.

RECORDS. — Israël, Rallia, Be’er Mash’abbim.

Description

Male

Measurements (2 S â): total length 4.7-5.8;

carapace length 2.5-2.8, width 1.8-2.1, index

1.33-1.39; clypetts index 3.30-3.63; MOQ/cly

ratio 2.38-2.67; PM index 1.7-2.0; leg lengths: I

10.8-12.3, Il 9.4-10.8, III 67-8.3, IV 9.2-10.2;

patella-tibia index 1.40-1.43.

Palpus. Relatively small. Bulbus basally traversed

by broad embolus tapering along mesal side and

bending apically (Fig. I6A); Une whirish out-

growth rises at ttpper part of tegulum. Tibia

bcars apically two light, membranous protubé¬

rances and in the middle two blackish, pointed

sntall apophyses (Fig. 16A-C).

Female

Note: no adult female was as yet collected in

Fig. 16. — Oxyopes pigmentatus 6, left palpus; A, ventral view; B, retrolateral view; C, dorsal view. Scale bar: 0.25 mm.

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1999 • 21 (1)

Levy G.

Fig. 17. — Oxyopes pigmentatus 9 from Aden, syntype; A, epigynum, ventral view; B, spermathecae, dorsal, inner view. Scale bar:

0.1 mm.

Israël and drawings provided are of a syntype

from Aden.

Epigynum. Elevated transversal, sclerotic and

transparent hrown band, borders light central

dépréssion (Fig. 17A); curved deep-red exten-

sions l ise on upper corners of transversal band.

Relatively large spermatheca consists of a partly

coiled red-brown médian body and a light-

brown latéral lobe (Fig. 17B).

COMMUNES

Simon (1890) reports finding O. pigmentatus in

Yemen on Sea-lilile ( Sueda ) shrubs, a plant with

species growing also in Israël. The two adult

males collected thus far in Israël were fbund in

July in the hottest sites of rhis country: along the

Dead Sea and in the sand dunes of the Negev.

Reimoscr’s (1913) record of pigmentatus from

Mesoporamia proved to be O. mediterraneus

n.sp. (see above). Comparing the syntypes of

O. pigmentants with the incompatible illustra¬

tions in Sherriffs (1955) there apparently lias

been sorne misplaccment. Also his présentation

of an adult female of O. rutilius Simon, 1890

from Aden (Sherriffs 1955: 302, fig. 19) is ques-

tionable considcring chat Simon (1890: 114)

described only verv young, un identifiable spéci¬

mens (MNHN, B. 2276, n° 10772; 5 immature

syntypes, examined).

Oxyopes badhyzicus Mikhailov et Fet, 1986

(Figs 18, 19)

Oxyopes badhyzicus Mikhailov et fet, 1986: 183,

figs 3b-d, d 9; 6 hulotype and 9 9 pararypes from

Badhyz Desert, Turkinenia (ZMUM, la-3567, Ta-

3568; examined).

DlAGNOSIS. — Oxyopts badhyzicus differs distinctly

from ail ut hcr Oxyopes species by the male palpes with

flic pecilliar expansions of the tegular oulgrowtli, the

hum of the embolar tip and ihe shapc ol the ribial

apophyses, and by rhe extraordinary forpi of the epi-

gynal plate ol the female.

Distribution. — Turkmenia, Israël, new record.

Records. — Israël, Palmahim, Ben Zakkay, Lahav,

Ofaqim, Nahal Sekher, Revivim, Be’er Mash'abbim,

Sede Boqer and surroundings.

Description

Male

Measuremenrs (10 SS): total length 4.3-6.2;

carapace length 2.0-2.7, width 1.5-2.2, index

1.25-1.33; dypeus index 3.27-4.54; MOQ/cly

ratio 1.50-1.92; PM index 1.5-1.8; leg lengths: I

8.6-12.0, Il 7.9-11.2, 111 4.9-6.5, IV 8.5-1 1.8;

parella-tibia index 1.32-1.46.

Palpus, Thick, black terminal portion of embo-

lus curves on itself apically (Fig. 18A, B); whitish

outgrowth of tegulum expands into extensions

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1999 • 21 (1)

Oxyopid and Pisaurid spiders from Israël

Fig. 18. — Oxyopes badhyzicus 6 , left palpus; A, ventral view; B, retrolateral view; C, dorsal view. Scale bar: 0.25 mm.

resting below embolar tip (Fig. 18A, B). Tibia

armed with a black coned apophysis and a light

membranous onc rising from a common base

(Fig. 18A-C).

Female

Measurements (6 9 9): total length 7.2-8.6;

carapace length 2.6-3.2, width 2.0-2.5, index

1.20-1.39; clypeus index 4.62-5.0; MOQ/cly

ratio 1.41-1.57; PM index 1.7-2.2; leg lengths: 1

9.3-10.9, Il 8.9-10.6, III 5.7-7.0, IV 9.7-11.9;

patella-tibia index 1.11-1.20.

Epigynum. Relatively large. Central dépréssion

divided by a distinct médian septum into two

cavities bordered on upper sides by thick black

rims (Fig. 19A). Spermathecae form large brow-

nish bodies with thick, inwards bent, black

extensions (Fig. 19B).

COM MKNTS

Only a few females hâve bcen collected whereas

males with their rather délicate body hâve often

becn takcn by pitfall traps. Adult males are found

from April to September and females from May

to December.

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1999 • 21 (1)

Levy G.

Fig. 19. — Oxyopes badhyzicus 9 ; A, epigynum, ventral view: B, spermathecae. dorsal, inner view. Scale bar: 0.1 mm.

Genus Peitçetia Thorell, 1869

Type spëcies. — Pasithen uiridis Blackwall, 1858;

preoccupied name of genus replaced by Thorell 1869:

37 (see Bonnet 1958: 3438).

Description

Bright green or yellowish spiders often tinged

with red and whîte streaks. Medium to large

sized, 8 ro over 20 mm in body length. Carapace

longer than vvide, narrow in front, with distinct

fovea (Fig. 20A); clvpeus often with dark mar-

kings running down also a long chelicerae.

Anterior row of eyes strongly reeurved wîth

anterior-laterals largcst of ail eyes and anterior-

medians clcarly thc smallest (Fig. 20B, C).

Posterior row ol eyes slightly procurved with eyes

about thc sanie si/.e and subeqitally placed.

Distance hetween anterior-latéral eyes 1.4-1.6

times longer than space hetween posterior-

median eyes (view trape/.e outlined, Fig. 20B).

Labium elongated and greatly exceeded in length

by thc very long palpai endites (Fig. 20D).

Cheliccrac have a very long basai segment, short

fang and no teeth. Legs relatively long; legs for¬

mula: I, II, IV, III. Opisthosoma elongated, often

uniformly coJoured or with pattern of chevrons,

sometimes with a continuous mid-dorsal mark.

The green colour fades completely on préserva¬

tion in alcohol. Male palpus beats a long, side-

wards projccting, slightly concave, médian apo-

physis and a peculiar retrolateral paracymbial

sclerite (Figs 22A, B, 24A, B); segments ol male

palpus often long and slender with tibia some¬

times appreciably longer than tarsal (bulbar) por¬

tion (Fig. 21). Fernale epigynum usually consists

of central dépréssion bordered by variously sha-

ped projections or plate bearing diverse humps

and prominenccs (Figs 23A, 25A, 27A).

Remarks

Peucetia comprises plant-dwclling spiders often

found on shrub-Iike glandular plants e.g. Omis

or Cleome in Israël as well as in Southern Spain or

Yemen (Simon 1890: 1 13; Barricnios 1991: 91).

They are agile spiders with quick, darting move-

ments. Knowledge on thc biology of Petitetia is

based printarily on studies of the North

American P. viridam (Hentz, 1845) corroborated

by rather fragmentary observations on some

congeners from other parts of thc world (for réfé¬

rencés, see Van Niekerk & Dippenaar-Schoeman

1994).

Pcucctiti spiders build no snares but make use of

silk by trading a dragline when droppingon prey

or while hanging inverted from silk threads awai-

ting to sweep in with their legs, moths or wasps

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1999 • 21 (1)

Oxyopid and Pisaurid spiders from Israël

Fig. 20. — Feucetia: A carapace, dorsal view: B, eye arrange¬

ment, dorsal view, detail; characteristic trapeze outlined; C, eye

arrangement, frontal view; D. labium and palpai endites. Scale

bar: A, 1 mm; B-D 0,5 mm

Fig. 21. — Feucetia 6 , tibia and bulbus of left palpus; view of

common proportions and tibial bristles. Scale bar: 1 mm.

flying under them (Rovner 1980). Their mating

behaviour also involves silk as both male and

female are suspended on threads, inverted with

rheir venters facing each other (Whiteomb &

Eason 1965). The egg-sac is suspended by silk

lines attached ro nearby twigs and guarded conri-

nuously, presumably mainlv Irom ants, by the

female hanging tipside dovvn boni it. The spider

may relocate rhe egg-sac to a new place in res-

ponse ro disturbances, by sequentiallv attaching

and detaching lines, but it never actually tardes

the sac (Finie 198 T ). Spitting ol a liquid from the

spread chelicerae by the female ol P. viridnns

when disturbed bas been describcd, but it appa-

rently is never used against conspecilies or ants

(Fink 1984). The female remains with the egg-

sac until after the spiderlings hâve emerged.

These stay close to the egg-sac for a few days and

then disperse. The young construct a small, irre-

gular foothold-vveb on which they rest or hang in

inverted position (Kastnn 1972.), Peucetin viri¬

dnns is reported to prey primarily on fl y i n g

insects: bees and wasps, flies and morh.s of diffe¬

rent familles (Whiteomb et ni. 1963; Randall

1982). Feeding on lepidopteran lame, althotigh

common in Peucetin s habitat, was not observed

(Turner 1979: 151). Peucetin may sweep in prey

both day and night (Rovner 1980).

Nearly sixty species of Peucetin are known at pré¬

sent Iront throughout tlte World, niainly from

the trop les of America, Africa and to a lesser

extent Irom warmer parts ol the Oriental and

Palearctic régions. Only two species are known

from North America and one from Southern

Europe, whereas tltree species are reported here

from Israël. Two of the latter hâve never before

been recorded from Israël.

Peucetin virescens (O. P.-Cambridge, 1872)

(Figs 22, 23)

Pnsithen virescens O. P,-Cambridge, 1872: 314; syn-

types, 2 immature spécimens front Jérusalem, Israël

(HECO, 15.820, 1 . 3 ; exainined; attrihutable to rhe sole

species occmring in Jciusalem).

Peucetin virescens Simon 1876:222; 1882:217,

adulr V from “Syria”; 1884: 183, adult S and 9

from close ro Beirut, Lebanon (iVINHN; not examin-

ed). - Van Niekerk & Dippenaar-Schoeman 1994:

46, fig. 15 9.

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1999 • 21 (1)

Levy G.

DlAGNOSlS. — The combination of rite low tegular

ridge, smooth cymbial notch and rhe shape oF the

paracymbium of the male palpus. and rhe peculiar

form of the epigynal protubérances and the sperma-

thecae of the remale are ail diagnostic characters that

distinctly separate P. mrtscms front ail other Pencctia

species.

DISTRIBUTION. — Israël, Lebanon, Jordan (Gerash;

Pavesi 1895: 8), Egypt (DaJdila Oasis; Van Niekerk &

Dippenaar-Schoeman 1994; 48), Libya (Fezzan;

Caporiacco 1936b: 7).

Records. — Israël, Newe Ya’aqov, Jérusalem, Ma’ale

Adummim.

Description

Male

Measuremetits (3 S S)\ total length 7-8-8.0;

carapace length 3.7-4.1, width 3-0-3.1, index

1.23-1.32; clvpeus index 3.8-4.4; MOQ/cly ratio

1.96-2.0: PM index 1.05-1.29; leg lengths: 1

19.2-22.9, II 16.8-19.4, III 13.4-157, IV 15.0-

17.4; patclla-tibia index 1.62-1.71

Palpus. Elongated tibia, longer ihan bulbus,

armed vvith two long bristles. Bulbus apically

with low tegular ridge (TR; Fig. 22A); long

médian apophyses (M) wirh sntall process prot.ru-

ding front lower side of shaft (Fig. 22A, B); basal

retrolateral notch (N) on cymbium with smooth

edges, exposing blackish, relatively small para-

cymbi'im (P; Fig. 22B).

Female

Measurements (8 2 ?): total length 11.1-12.9;

carapace length 4,2-5.0, width 3.1-37, index

1.32-1.39; clypeus index 5.07-6,0; MOQ/cly

ratio 1,27-1.47; PM index 075-1,0; leg lengths;

I 16.2-20.2, Il 14.3-18.1, 111 12,1-15.6, IV

13.5-174; patella-ribia index 1,18-1,43.

Epigynum. Gtobular swellings separated by deep

médian furrow tapering anteriorly ittto widened

dépréssion (Fig. 23A); swellings with dark, partly

truncared edges exrend over openings on ectal

sides (Fig. 23A); openings, narrow, slit-like on

posterior view (Fig. 23B). Spermathecae

(Fig. 23C).

COMMENTS

The male is illustrated here for the first time.

Remnants of broken shafts of the paracymbial

Fig. 22. — Peucetia virescens < 5 , left palpus; A. ventral view;

B, retrolateral view. Abbreviations; M, médian apophysis;

N, cymbial notch; P. paracymbium; TR; tegular ridge. Scale bar:

O. 25 mm.

sclerite of the male palpus are ofren found stuck

ïnside the openings on the female epigynum.

Adult males were collected in May and July and

adult females front March to July. A female with

an egg-sac was taicen in June. The occurrence of

P. virescens in relatively ntesîc habitats, e.g. Beirut

in Lebanon and north of Jérusalem as well as in

xeric sites like Ma’ale Adummim is unparalleled

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1999 ■ 21 (1)

Oxyopid and Pisaurid spiders from Israël

Fig. 23. — Peucetia virescens ?; A, epigynum ventral view,

B, epigynum, postenor view; C. spermathecae, dorsal, Inner

view. Scale bar; 0.1 mm,

by other Peucetia ut ihis région which are found

only in semi-eremic or arid habitats, The listing

of Arabia by Reimoser (1919: 159), copied

repeatedly thereafter, is unfounded and should

be newly corroborated.

Peucetia arabica Simon, 1882

(Figs 20, 21.24,25)

Peucetia arabica Simon, 1882: 216; 6 6 and 2 $ syn-

types from Aden (MN1 IN, B, 2250, n° 4203; exami-

ncd). - Roewer 1954a: 334. - Bonnet 1958: 3488. -

Van Niekerk & Dippenaar-Schoeman 1994: 45,

fig. 15g-k.

DlAGNOSlS. — Peucetia arabica resembles P. virescens

very closely and can be distinguished by rhe liigh

tegular ridge ot the male palpus and fine details of tne

paracymbium, and by the peculiar shape of the swell-

ings on rhe epigynum of the female with their latéral

extensions.

DISTRIBUTION. — Aden (Simon 1882), Yemen

(Hodeida, Gebel Milhan: .Simon 1890: 113;

Hadhramaut; l’ocock 1895), l'en ni Island (Simon

1890: 123). Ethiopia (Pavesi 1897: Simon 1904),

Sudan (Onvdurman; Simon 1907; Khartoum; Van

Niekerk & Dippenaar-Schoeman 1994), I.ibya (El-

Auenat; Caporiacco 1936a: 118; Van Niekerk &

Dippenaar-Schoeman 1994). Morocco (Jocqué 1977;

335), Egypi (Gebel Ataka; Simon 1890; Cairo; Simon

1907: Siwa Oasis; Denis 1947; Sinai - new record),

Israël — new record, presumably Jordan and Saudi

Arabia.

RfCortriS, — Israël, Ma’ale Shalem, En Gedi, Miv.’pe

Groffît, l.lat. Egypt-Sittai; Sr Catherine's Monastery

and surronndings (049/775), Wadi Isla (040/742),

Wadi Beda (080/730), Sharrn e-Shikh (080/696).

Description

Male

Measurements (5 i & )■ total length 6.7-8.8;

carapace length 3-2-4.2, width 2.6-3.3, index

1.23-1.31; clypeus index 3.4-4.5; MOQ/cly ratio

1.92-2.35; PM index 0.72-1 0; leg lengths: I

18.4-22.2, II 15.6-18.9, III 12.8-15.8, IV 15.0-

17.9; patella-tibia index 1.57-1.68.

Palpus. Tibia longer than buIbus bears twn long,

thick bristles. Bulbus apically wirb high, raised

tegular ridge (Fig. 24A); médian apuphysis with

rallier distinct process prorruding from lower

side of slialt (Fig. 24A, B); basal reirolaieral

tiotch ol cymbium often with lobe-like, brown

expansion (Fig. 24B); paracymbium relatively

large.

Female

Measurements (10 $ $): total length 9.5-13.0;

carapace length 4.8-6.0, width 3.4-4.3, index

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1999 • 21 (1)

Levy G.

1.29-1.44; clypeus index 5.36-7.34; MOQ/cly

ratio 1.05-1.20; PM index 0.66-1.0; leg lengths:

I 17.6-21.6, Il 15.4-20.0, 111 13.5-17.6, IV

15.3-19.6; patella-tihia index 1.25-1.34.

Epigynum. Large bulbous swellings distinctly

separated medially and declining gradually ante-

riorly below edges of relatively narrnw dépréssion

(Fig. 25A); posterior part of each swelling expan-

ding ectally into spur-like, blackish extension

(Fig. 25A); openings above latéral extensions

bordered by brown, transparent edges guarding

orifices; latéral extensions of swellings clearly

visible on posterîor view (Fig. 25B).

Spermathecae (Fîg. 25C).

COMMENTS

Adtilts of borh sexes hâve been taken at various

months of the year. Peucetia arabica is the more

Fig. 24. — Peucetia arabica 6, left palpus; A, ventral view;

B, retrolateral view. Scale bar: 0.25 mm.

Fig. 25. — Peucetia arabica S ; A, epigynum, ventral view;

B, epigynum, posterior view; C, spermathecae. dorsal, inner

view. Scale bar: 0.2 mm.

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1999 • 21 (1)

Oxyopid and Pisaurid spiders from Israël

common Peucetia of Southern Israël. Green or

occasionally yellowish specimens are encountered

on various species of the sticky C/eome plants, as

formerly indicated for Yemen by Simon (1890:

113; 1898a: 375).

Pencetia viridis (Blackwall, 1858)

(Figs 26, 27)

Pasithea viridis Blackwall, 1858: 428: 6 holotype

from Algiers, Algeria in HECO examined by Van

Niekerk & Dippenaar-Schoeman 1994: 27.

Peucetia viridis - Thorell 1869: 37. — Rocwer 1954a:

335. - Bonnet 1958: 3493. - Denis 1966: 128,

/ \

Fig. 26. — Peucetia viridis £ from Spain, left palpus; A, ventral

view: B, retrolateral view. Scale bar: 0.25 mm.

Fig. 46. — Barrientos 1991: 83, fies 2, 3. - Van

Niekerk & Dippenaar-Schoeman 1994: 27, Fig. 9-a-k.

DlACNOSls. — Peucetia viridis differs distinctly from

ail other Peucetia species b}' the peculiar shape of the

paracymbial sclerite of rhe tnnlc palpus, and by the

forrn of die génital structures of die fcmalc epigynum.

DlSTRlHl'TlON. — Spain (along Mediterrancan coast,

Simon 1898a: 76; Barrientos 1991), Cape Vcrde

Islands (Simon 1897), Algeria (Blackwall 1858),

Libya (Denis 1966), Namibia, Botswana, South

Africa (Van Niekerk & Dippenaar-Schoeman 1994),

Ethiopia (Pavesi 1883), Egypt (Sinai: Gebel Mussa,

O. P.-Cambridge 1870: 819), Rhodes (Kuitavia,

Caporiacco 1929: 237), Israël - new record; presuma-

bly Jordan.

Rf.CQRDS. — Israël, near Jéricho.

Description

Male

Note: no adult niale has been collected thus far

in Israël, and drawings provided are of a spéci¬

men from Cartagena, Spain, determined by

E. Simon.

Palpus. Tibia longer tban bulbus and armed

with two long bristles. Bulbus apiadly wirh low

tegulnr ridge; médian apophysis without process

on underside of shaft (Fig. 26A); paracymbium

relatively large with small protubérances projec-

ting along its apical portion (Fig. 26B).

Fernttle

Meaxurements (2 Ç ? ): total length 13.3-14.5;

carapace length 5.3-6.3, width 3.7-4.4, index

1.43; clypeus index 7.5-7.8; MOQ/cly ratio

0.92-1.0; PM index 0.76-0.87; leg lengths I

24.2-28.2, II 20,7-24.9, III 17,1-20.3, IV 20.3-

24.4; patella-tibia index 1.52-1,53.

Epigynum. Relatively flartened with short fin-

ger-like lobes bulging into large anterior déprés¬

sion (Fig. 27A); brown posterior edges of lobes

slighrly raised above ectal openings, and lobes

mçdially only liule depressed (Fig. 27 A, B).

Spermathecae (Fig. 27C).

COMMF.NTS

Only two adult temales were as yet found in

Israël, in rhe rather hot area ol Jéricho. One was

taken in May with an egg-sac, the other in June.

These proved identical with numerous specimens

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1999 • 21 (1)

Levy G.

examined from Spain (Cârtagena; MNHN,

B. 2255, ii° 708). The occurrence in Israël of a

species distributed in South Africa is rarher

exceptional. Apparently P. viridis is firsr and

foremost an African species vvith a northward

influx into Spain on one side of the

Mediterranean and along Si liai into Israël on the

other sidc. The sole Aegean record irom Rhodes,

seemingly should be newly authenticated.

Family PfSAURIDAF. Simon, 1898

Genus Pisaura Simon, 1885

The nursery-web spiders of Israël are hunters

without snares that chase their prey or wait for it

clutching at Icaves. They are found in wet habi¬

tats ol grasses and low végétation, resembling in

general the much more abundant wolf-spiders

(Lycosidae). The nursery-web, a bell-lîke web

enclosing an egg-sac or new hatchlings, is consi-

dered die mosi characteristic leature ol dus Fami¬

ly, Their eyes are arranged in two rows with the

anterior row visible from above and the posterior

row strongly recurved in dorsal view. The large

chelicerae bear strong teeth on both margins.

Their legs are long with trochanters deeply not-

ched and larsi are armed with threc dentated

clavv.s. Opisthosoma tapers to a pointed end and

beats three pairs o( spinnerets but no colulus.

Male palpus is armed with a tibial apophysis

(absent in lycosids) and the feniale epigynum is

often divided by a médian septum. Three pïsaurid

species are présent in Israël, numbering thus as

many as in ail of western Europe. These belong to

two généra: Pisaura and Rot h us. The latter genus is

recordcd here for the first tirne from Asia.

Type SPECIES. — A vanna mirabilis Clerck, 1757, desi-

gnated by Simon (1885: 354).

Description

Medium to relatively large spiders, females may

reach over 14 mm in body length. Carapace

brown to blackish coloured olten with a dorsal

longitudinal stripe. Body densely covered with

setae. Carapace longer than wide with triangular,

vertical, rather high clypeus (Fig. 28A, B).

Fig. 27. — Peucetia viridis 9 ; A, epigynum, ventral view; B, epi¬

gynum, posterior view; C, spermathecae, dorsal, inner view.

Scale bar: 0.2 mm.

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1999 • 21 (1)

Oxyopid and Pisaurid spiders from Israël

Fig. 28. — Pisaura ; A, carapace, dorsal view; B, eye arrange¬

ment, frontal view; C, opisthosoma, dorsal view. Scale bar: A, C,

1 mm; B, 0.5 mm.

Anterior row of eyes nearly straight or slighdy

recurved; anterior-median eyes equal or ofren

slighrly smaller than anterior-lateral eyes.

Posterior eyes larger than anteriors, with the pos-

tcrior-mcdians largest of ail. Median-ocular-qua-

dranglc posteriori)' wider than anteriotly and

about 1-1.5 times longer than clypcus hcight.

Labium rebondered, about as long as wide and

clearly exceeded in length by endites of palpi.

Chchcerae usually with three teeth on each mar-

gin. Legs spinose, formula usually: IV, IL 1, III.

Opisthosoma elongated, dark coloured, with or

without a lighr longitudinal band or with a dor¬

sal pattern (Fig. 28C); the pattern is even intras-

pecific rather variable. Male palpus with fine,

sclerotic rerrolateral embolus ensheathed by a

conspicuous conductor, a hooked median-apo-

physis and a prominent distal-apophysis (da of

Sierwald 1990: Figs 29A, C, 31 A, B). Female

epigynum anchot-shaped (Figs 30A-E, 32A).

Remarks

Pisaura comprises about a dozen species distribu-

tcd in the Palearctic and Oriental Régions. These

include, regardless of the highly variable epigvna

lound in exactly the same population, some

doubthtl species based solely on females allegedly

distinguishablc front P. mirabilis (their males are

al! alike). There are two sympatric species in Israël

and each of the sexes can be easily distinguished.

Pisaura mirabilis (Clerck, 1757)

(Figs 29, 30)

Araneus mirabilis Clerck, 1757: 108, pl. 5, fig. 10;

S and 9 syntypes Iront Swcden, presuntably lost.

Pisaura mirabilis - Simon 1 88T 354 , - Palmgren

1943: 7, fig. 2 (as lis t tri) . - Roewer 1954a:

119. Bonnet 1958: 3674. - Axheganova 1968: 22,

figs 25, 26. - Lolcsa 1969: 130, tlgs 87, 88. - Miller

1971: 170. figs 13, 14. — Blandin 1976: 926, figs 1,

7a, 10, 13, J 5, 18. — Brignoli 1977: 63, figs 37-40;

1978a: 204, figs 1, 2. - Pintnick 1989: 395; 1993:

521.

DlAGNOSlS. — The shape of the tibial retrolateral

apophysis of the male palpus and the fornt of the

conductor and the distal-apophysis are distinctive cha-

racters of P. mirabilis clearly separating it front ail

orher Pisaura species. The females with their great epi-

gynaJ variation, may however, not always be distingui-

shable tinless accompanied by a male.

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1999 • 21 (1)

Levy G.

Distribution. — Palearctic.

Records. — Israël, northern and central parts throu-

ghout.

Description

Male

Measurements (6 dâ): total length 8.7-11.0;

carapace length 3.9-4.5, width 3.0-3.5, index

1.21-1.30; clypeus index 3.0-3.25; MOQ/cly

ratio 1.11-1.25; leg lengths: 1 17.4-20.1, II 18.0-

20.7, 111 13.7-15.9, IV 18.5-21.2; patella-tibia

index 1,55-1.69,

Palpus. Tibia with relatively slender, brown

retrolateral apophysis tapering to an undul;uing,

pointed tip (Fig. 29A-C); conductor (C) with

fine barbed inner margins encircles apically

about half of btilb; large distal-apophysis (da)

extends over nearly entire centre ol bulb and

ends with a hook (Fig. 29A, C).

Female

Measurements (10 $ 9): total length 10.4-14.5;

carapace length 3.9-5.0, width 3.1-4.0, index

1.17-1-35; clypeus index 2.29-3.22; MOQ/cly

ratio 1.10-1.51; leg lengths: I 16.0-21.5,11 16.4-

22.0, III 13.1-17.8, IV 17.7-23.8; patella-tibia

index 1.46-1.63.

Epigynum. Rather variable (Fig. 30A-E).

Slender or broad gutter-like médian septum

widens anteriorly or anterior walls close on

entrance with blackish cap-like thtckenings

(Fig. 30A-E); anterior and latéral distentions of

swollen cross-arm of anchor-like septum vary

greatly. Spermathecae and inner iolds show negli-

gible variation in torm except for little diffé¬

rences in sclerotization (Fig. 30F).

COMMENT.S

Pitaura mirabilis is well-known. Its peculiar

/"'X

Fis. 29. — Pisaura mirabilis 5, left palpus; A, ventral view; B, latéral view of lip of tibial apophysis, viewed from below, detail;

C, nearly latéral view (partly from below). Abbreviations: C, conductor, da, distal apophysis. Scale bar: 0.5 mm.

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1999 • 21 (1)

Oxyopid and Pisaurid spiders from Israël

mating bchaviour where rhe male présents an

enswathed 11 y to die female to masticate vvhile

copulating and serving it again on insertion of its

second palpus, w;ts descrilied already by Hasselt

(1884, cited and çorroborated by Gerhardt

1923: 28-31). Their spherical egg-sac is beld (or

a cime with tbe chelicerae and palpi under the

carapace. After the construction of the nursery,

the female rests on its walls or nearby unril the

young émerge. These are grouped for a few days

in a close cluster and then disperse in ail direc¬

tions. The young according to Lenler-Eriksen

(1969) suspend threads lor the détection of prey.

Aduli males of mirabilis in Israël hâve been

collected from February ro April and females,

often with an egg-sac, were taken from Mardi to

May. Although P. mirabilis is widely distribuicd

it was merely recorded from Israël. Strand (1914:

185, as ntfojasciura) was' the first (S with egg-

sac. S MF, 4885; examined) and rhe nexr was

Brignoli (1984: 36) reporting on females that

hâve been detected among O. P.-C.ambridges

(1872) mate rial (H ECO, B. 1524, t.7; 2 ? ?

examined). Brignoli (1984), however, on addres-

sing the problematics in identifying the females,

separated several forms but overlooked the many

Fig. 30. — Pisaura mirabilis î ; A-E, various epigyna, ventral view: F, spermathecae, dorsal, inner view. Scale bar: 0.25 mm.

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1999 • 21 (1)

Levy G.

intermédiare forms found in rhe same popula¬

tion in rhe shapes of rhe epigyna (Fig. 30A-E).

His distinctions of the different remale species

are impracriblc and thcir alledged ranges of dis¬

tribution arc rather confused. If tberc are sibling

species in P. mirabilis these should not be solely

based on temales but substantiatcd by males, e.g.

P. maderiana Schmicz, 1895 authenticated by

Wundcrlich (1987: 230, figs 609-610, 3).

Pisaura consocia (O. F.-Cambridge, 1872)

(Figs 28,31,32)

Dolomedes consocius O. P.-Cambridge, 1872: 320; 3

syntype front the Plains of the Jordan, Israël (HECO,

B.1524, t.3; examincd).

Pisaura cotisocM - Simon 1892: 83. - Roewer 1954a:

119. — Bonnet 1958: 3674. - Blandin 1976: 922,

figs 11, 14,- Brignoli 1984: 39, figs 12, 14, 16.

DlAGNGSIS. — The shape ot rhe tibial apophysis and

sclerites ol the male palpus of P. consocia and the form

of the epigvnal plate and sperntathecae of the female

differ clearly from ail other Pisaura species.

DISTRIBUTION. — Israël, Lebanon, Syria.

Records. — Israël, throughout northern and central

parts.

Description

Male

Measurements (10 3 3): total length 7.4-10.3;

carapace length 3.4-4.3, width 2.7-3.4, index

1.20-1.29; clypeus index 3.0-3.6; MOQ/cIy ratio

1.10-1.29; leg lengths: I 15.5-20.2, 11 16.0-20.3,

III 12.5-16.6, IV 15.9-20.9; patella-tibia index

1.51-1.69.

Palpus. Blackish retrolareral apophysis widened

and scoopcd at end, terminating with pointed

book (Fig. 31 A, B); black conductor, roughened

on inner màrgin, riscs upright apically; embolus

splits at base into main filament thar extends

almost to tip of conductor, and short, pointed

Fig. 31. — Pisaura consocia S, left palpus; A, ventral view; B. nearly latéral view, partly trom below. Scale bar: 0.5 mm.

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1999 • 21 (1)

Oxyopid and Pisaurid spiders from Israël

stylet (Fig. 31 A, B); graduai tapering distal-apo-

physis extends above hooked median-apophysis.

Female

Measuremeuts (10 9 $): total length 7.6-13.9;

carapace length 3.5-4.8, widrh 2.9-3.8, index

1.21-1.29; clypeus index 2.8-3.5; MOQ/cly ratio

1.13-1.37; leg lengths: 1 14.5-20.5, 11 14.6-20.6,

Fig. 32. — Pisaura consocia 9; A, epigynum, ventral view;

B, spermathecae, dorsal inner view. Scale bar: 0.25 mm.

III 12.8-17.9, IV 16.4-23.0; patella-tibia index

1.43-1.56.

Epigynum. Fine tip of ridged médian septum

extends into anterior cavity edged by brown,

arcbed rims (Fig. 32A); cross-arm of anchor-like

septum partly encircles deep dépressions on euch

side; sclerotization of cross-arm may vary sligbily,

outlines scrong or leebly pronounccd; shapc of

spermathecae and inner folds as in Fig. 32B.

COMMENTS

Adult males are found from February to May

and lemales from February to June. Fcmales with

an egg-sac were collected in May. Following the

description oi P. consocia by O. P,-Cambridge

(1872; 321) from Israël and Lebanon (Ain Ata),

it was recorded from the Middle East by Costa

(1875: 30, Jéricho), Simon (1892: 83. Jérusalem

to Nazareth and Tel cl-Kadi = Dan). Pavesi

(1895; 9, Mar Saba), KuJczynski (1911: 48-51,

pl. 2, figs 57-59, Jérusalem; Beirut, Lebanon),

Srrand (1913: 160, Jaffa; 9 SMF, 4875; exami-

ned) and Kervilie (1926: 69, Beit Meri near

Beirut, Lebanon and surroandings of Damascus,

Syria),

Fig. 33. — Rothus, eye arrangement; A, dorsal view, detail;

B. frontal view. Scale bar; 0.5 mm.

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1999 • 21 (1)

Levy G.

Genus Rothus Simon, 1898

Type SPECIES. — By original désignation: Rothus pur-

purissatus Simon, 1898: 294.

Description

Large pisaurids, females may reach over 16 mm

in body length. Coloration variable. Carapace

longer than wide with relatively narrow clypeus.

Anterior row of eyes straight in dorsal view, pro-

curved in frontal view (Fig. 33A, B); anterior-

ntedian eyes markedly smaller than ail eyes, and

posterior-medians largest of ail eyes. Median-

ocular-quadrangle posteriori}' mach wider than

anteriorly, and over 2 tintes longer than clypeus

height. Labium, endiies and cheliceral dentition

as in Pisaura. Legs long and spinose, formula: IV,

II, I, HL or IV, 1, lb Ilf Male palpus bears an

embolus tltat issues on the mesal side and apo¬

physes exrending across tegulum (Fig. 34A).

Female epigynum comprises a dépréssion edged

by latéral oval plates connected posteriorly, along

epigastric furrow (Fig. 33A).

Remarks

The genus Rothus lias been revised by Blandin

(1976, 1977). With several synonymies tleared

and available types checked, the validity of only

three out of seventeen Atrican species has been

proved. The one species found in Israël forms

herein the first représentative ol the genus Rothus

in Asia.

Rothus purpurissatus Simon, 1898

(Figs 33-35)

Rothus purpuriss/uiis Simon. 1898b: 14; ï holotype

Iront Keren, northern Ethiopia, leg. Schweinfurth

(MNI1N, B. 2025. AR. 3254; examined).

Rothus pic tu s Roewer. 1954b: 210; d and ? syntypes

Irom Tcte, Mozambique (SMI, RI 1 /10332/82; exa-

mined), svnonymized by Blandin (1977; 552, figs 10-

12, 15-27, 31)'.

Fig. 34. — Rothus purpurissatus 6 (? allotype) from Mozambique (fl. pictus Roewer); mirror image of right palpus; A, ventral view;

B, latéral view. Scale bar: 0.5 mm.

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1999 • 21 (1)

Oxyopid and Pisaurid spiders from Israël

DlAGNOSI.S. — Rothus purpurissatus can be dîstinguî-

shed from ail orhcr Rothus species by rhe shape of the

tibial apophyses and the tegular apophyses of the male

palpus, and by the peculiar epigynum and shape of

the spernwhecae of the female.

DISTRIBUTION. — South Africa, Mozambique,

Angola, Zaïre, Rwanda, Cameroon, Ethiopia, Israël -

new record.

RECORDS. — Israël, Banyas, Auja e-Tahta, En Duyuk.

Description

Male

Note: No adult male has been collected thus far

in Israël, and drawings provided are of the male

(? allotype ) R. pictus from Mozambique.

Palpus. Relatively small. Aptcally furrowed retro-

lateral apophysis of tibia appears quadrate on

ventral view, but slender and pointed in profile

(Fig. 34A, B). Surface of cymbium depressed

along latéral ntargin. Inclined tegulum exrends

into immovably attached apophyses (Fig. 34A,

B).

Fig. 35. — Rothus purpurissatus 9 ; A, epigynum, ventral view;

B, spermathecae, dorsal, inner view. Scale bar: 0.25 mm.

Female

Measurements (6 9 9): total length 11.5-16.2;

carapace length 5-5-7.6, width 4.5-6.1, index

1.22-1.34; clypeus index 1.9-2.5; MOQ/cIy ratio

2.0-2.1; leg lengths: I 22.0-30.5, II 21.5-31.3,

III 17.9-25.3, IV 22.4-31.0; patella-tibia index

1.36-1.46.

Epigynum Relatively large. Bottom ol central

yellovv dépréssion covered wilh setae. Latéral

ovoid, yellow-brown platelets connected mcdially

by thick, black and sclerotic band (Fig. 35A).

Spermathecae consist of small, black nearly cylin-

drical bodies placed at ends of inner, dark, semi-

circular folds (Fig. 35B).

Cgmmknts

Adult females of R. purpurissatus hâve been col-

lected in Israël in May-July and September. Ail

hâve been found near water along the Rift Valley

marking thus the classical route of infiltration of

an African élément into the local fauna.

Acknowledgenients

I would Üke to thank Prof. Y. Lubin, Institute for

Desert Research, Ben Gurion University, for the

kindntss and support always extended. 1 am dee-

ply ïndebted for the loan of types and spécimens

to f)r. C. Rollard, Muséum national d'Histoire

naturelle, Paris (MNHNr Ms, M. Atkinson,

Hope EntotnologicaJ Collections, University

Muséum, Oxford (HECO), Dr. M. Grasshoff,

Natur-Museum und Forschungs-Insritut

Senckenberg, Frankfurt (SMP), Dr. J. Gruber,

Naturhistorisches Muséum, Vienna (NMW),

and Dr. K. Mikhailov, Zoological Muséum of rhe

Moscow State University (ZMUM). This resear-

ch was supported by the Israël Science

Foundation of the Israël Academy of Sciences

and Humanities.

REFERENCES

Andreevu E. M. N Tyschenko V. P. 1969. — On the

spiders (Araneae) of Tadzhikistan. I. Haplogynae,

Cribellatae, Ecribellatae, Trionychae (Pholcidae,

Palpimanidac, flersiliidae, Oxyopidae). Entomo-

lugical Review 48: 219-225.

Audouin V. 1826. — Explication sommaire des

planches d’arachnides de l’Egypte et de la Syrie:

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1999 • 21 (1)

Levy G.

291-430, in Savigny J. C. (ed.), Description de

l'Egypte, 22. Paris,

Azheganova N, S. 1968. — [Short key to thc spiders

(Aranei) of the forest and wooded-steppe région in

the USSR]. Opredeliteli faune U S SR 98: 1-148 [in

Russian].

Barrientos J. A. 1984. — Le statut taxonomique des

Oxyopcs Latreille, 1 804 de la péninsule Ibérique.

Revue Arttcbnologique 5 : 1 53-1 59.

— 1991. — Peucetia midis (Blackwall. 1858), carac¬

tères y discusion (Araneae, Oxyopidae). Orsis 6:

83-93.

Berland L. 1927- — Contributions à l’étude de la bio¬

logie tles Arachnides (2* Mémoire). Archives de

Zoologie Expérimentale et Générale 66. Notes et

Revue (2) : 7-29.

Blackwall J. 1S58. Descriptions of six newly disco-

vered species and characters of a new genus of

Araneidea. Annals and Magazine of N attirai History

(3) 1: 426-434.

Blandin P. 1976. — Laudes sur les Pisauridac afri¬

caines. VI. Définition des genres Pisaura Simon,

1885, Pisattredits Roewcr, 1961, AfivpisuitrU n. gen.

et mise au point sur les espèces des genres Afiopi -

saura et Pisattrellus (Araneae Pisauridae Pisaurinae).

Revue de Zoologie africaine 90 (4) : 917-939.

— 1977- — Études sur les Pisauridae africaines, VIII.

Les genres Chiasmopes Pavesi, 1883 et Rothus

Simon, 1898 ( Araneae-Pisauridae-Pisaurinae).

Revue de Zoologie africaine 91 (3) : 538-557.

Bonnet P, 1958, — Bibliagrapl.ua Arnncorum 2 (4) :

3027-4230. Imprimerie Douladoure, Toulouse.

Brady A. R. 1964. — The Lynx spidcrs of Non.h

America, norlh of Mexico (Araneae: Oxyopidae).

Bulletin of the Muséum of Comparative Zoology

Harvard Universiiy 131: 429-518.

Brignoli P. M. 1977. — Ragni d ltalia XXVIL Nucivi

dati su Agelenidae, Argyronetidac, Hahnildite,

Oxyopidae e Pisauridae cavernicoli ed epigei

(Araneae). Quuderm del Muscn di Speleo/ogia

“V. Rivera" A: 3-1171

— 1978a. — Spiders from Lebanon, LJI. Some notes

on the Pisauridae. Agelenidae and Oxyopidae of

the Near East. Bulletin nf the British Araclmôlogtcal

Society 4; 204-209,

— 1978b. — Ragni di l urchia, Vf Specie nuove o

interessanti cavernicole ed epigee, di varie famiglie

(Araneae). Revue Suisse de Zoologie 85 : 461-541.

— 1984. — Zur Problematik der mediterranen

Pisauru-Atitn (Arachnida, Araneae, Pisauridae),

Zoolugisçher Ameiget 213: 33-43.

Cambridge O. P.- 1870, — Notes on a collection of

Arachnida made by J. K. Lord F.sq., in the

Peninsula of binai and on thc Alrican borders of

the Red Sea. Proceedings of the Zoolagical Society of

London 1870: 818-823-

— 1872. — General list ot the spiders ol Palestine

and Syria. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of

London 1872: 212-354.

— 1876. — Catalogue of a collection of spiders made

in Egypt. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of

London 18 7 6; 541-630.

Caporiacco L. di 1929. — Aracnidi, in Ricerche fau-

nistische nelle isole italiane dell’Egeo. Arcbivia zoo-

logieu italiano (Tnrino) 13: 221-242.

— 1936a. — Aracnidî raceoltî durante la prirnavera

1933 nelle oasi del deserro libico. Mernorie délia

Società entonwlngicu itahana i 5: 93-12.

- 1936b. — Aracnidi lezzancsi raccolti dal prof.

G. Scortecct nel 1934. Atti detla Société) italiana di

seienze nutnrali di Milano 75: 67-93.

Charitonov D. T. 1946. — [New lorms ol spiders

front iltc fauna of U -SS R |. Izvestia Fsieswenno-

Nauchnogn Instiuaa pri Mnlatavskom (lasudamven-

nom Universiteie inteni Gorkogo 12: 19-32 [in

Russian |.

ClerckC. 1757. —Aranei Suecict. Stockholm, 154 p.

Costa A. 1875. - Rela/.ione di un viaggin per

JTgitto, laPalesnna e le coste délia Turchia asiatica

pet riccrclu /.oologiche. Atti dellAceadnn/a delle

Seienze Fisiehe e Matemattche di Nupo/iV: 1 -40.

Cutler B., Jennings D. T. 6c Moody M. j. 1977. —

Biology and habitats of thc- Lynx spider Oxyopes

scalaris Hentz (Araneae: Oxyopidae). Entomological

News 88: 87-97.

Denis (. 1947. — Results of the Armstrong College

Expédition to Siwa Oasis (Libyan desert), 1935:

spiders (Araneae). Bulletin de fa Société Fotuid I er

a Entomologie 5 1 : 17-103.

- 1966. — Les araignées du Fcz/àri. Bulletin de la

Société d'Histoire naturelle de l’Afrique du Nord 55 :

103-144.

Finie F. S. 1984. Venorn spining by the green

Lynx spider, Peucetia virtduns (Aran. Oxyopidae).

journal ofAruehrtwlogy 12: 372, 373.

— 1987. — Green I vnx spider egg sacs: sources of

mortality and thc fonction ol femalc guarding (Aran.

Oxyopidae). fourmi of Aruchnology 15: 211-240.

Gerhardt U. 1923. —Weicétc scxualbidlogische

Unrersuchungen an Spinnen. Arcbiv fur Natur-

gesrhiehte 89 (A; 10): 1-225.

— 1933. — Neue U ntersuchlingen zur

Sexualbiologic der Spinnen, insbcsonderc an Arten

der Mirtelmeet'lünda und det Tropen. Zeitschrift

fiirMorphologie und Okologie der Tient 27: 1-75.

Griswola C. E. 1983. - TaptnrUns langipes

( l’aczanowski), a web-building lynx spider from the

American tropics (Araneae: Oxyopidae). Journal of

NdttirUl History 17: 979-985.

Hadjissurantos Fl. 1940. — Les Araignées de / A Bique.

Universiiy ol Athctis, AthetlS, 132 p.

Hasselt A. W. M. van 1884, — Waarnemingen

ontrrent Anomaliën van de Geslachisdrilt b i j

Spinnen- Mares. Tijdsehrift vonr Entomologie 27x

197-206.

H ci mer S. & Nentwig W. 1991. — Spinnen

Mitteleuropas'. ein Bestimmungshuch. P. Parey,

Berlin, 543 p.

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1999 • 21 (1)

Oxyopid and Pisaurid spiders from Israël

Jackson R. R. 1986. —Web building, predatory ver¬

satilité and fhe evolurion of the Salticidae. in Shear

W. A. (edi), Spiders, webs, behamor and évolution.

Universiry press, Stanford, 492 p.

Jennings 1). T. tk Pa.se 11. A. 1975. — Spiders

preying on tps bark beerles. Southwesteni Naturalist

20: 225-229.

Jocqué R. 1977. — Sur une collection estivale d'arai¬

gnées du Maroc, Bulletin et Annales de la Société

royale de Belgique, Entomologie 113:321 -337.

Karol S. 196 7 . — Description of a new specics in the

genus Oxyopes (Araneac, Oxyopidne). Communi¬

cations de la Faculté des Sciences de l'Université

d'Ankara 12 (C) : 1-6.

Kaston B. J. 1972. — Web making by young

Peucetia. Notes Arachno/vgy Southwest 3: 6-7.

Kerville H, G- de 1926. — Araignées : 62-71, in

Voyage Zoo logique d'Henry Cadeau de Kerville en

Syrie (avril-juin / 908 K Résultats Zoologiques du

Voyage, Liste Méthodique , /. J.-B. Baillière, Paris.

Kulczynski V. 1911. — F-agmenra atachnologica, IX.

16. Aranearuin spetics nonnullae in Syria a Rev.

P. Bovier-l.apiei le et iii Palâesrina a Rev.

E. Schmit/ collecrae. Bulletin international de

l'Académie,des Sciences et des Lettres de Cracovie (B)

1911 : 12-35.

Latreille P. A. 1804a. — Tableau méthodique des

Insectes: 129-200, in Nouveau Dictionnaire

d'Histoire Naturelle 24. Paris.

— 1804b. — Histoire naturelle générale et particulière

des Crustacés et des Insectes 7, Paris : 144-305.

— 1806. — Centra Crustaceontrn et Insecturum /,

Paris : 82-127.

Lawrence R. F. 1964. — A conspecrus of South

Africa» spiders. Science Bulletin , Department

Agriculture, Republic of South Al i ica 369: 1-64.

Lenier-EriksCn P 1969 — The htmting-web of the

young spider Pisnura mirabilis. Journal ofZoology,

London 157:391-398.

Levy G. 1996. Fhe agelenid funnel-weaver family

and the spider genus Cedicus in Israël (Araneac,

Agelenidae and Cybaeidae). Zoologica Scripta 25:

85-122.

Loksa 1. 1969. — Pokok I Araneae I. Fauna

Hungariac 97 ( 18; 2): 1 -133.

Lowrie D. C. 1971. — Effects of rime of day and

weatheron spider catches witli a sweep net, Ecology

52: 348-351.

Mikbailov K G. & Fet V. Y. 1986. — [Contri¬

butions to the fauna of spiders of Turkmenia. 1.

familles Anyphaenidae, Sparassidae, Zoridae,

Clubionidâe, Micafiidâe, Oxyopidae, in Fauna,

Systemattcs and J’hylogeny of Invertebrates], Sbornik

Trudov Zaologicheskogo Musera Mo s ko v s ko go

Universiteta 24: 168-186 |în Russianj.

Miller F. 1971. — Râd Pavouci - Aranetda, in Daniel

M. & Cernyy V. (edsL Kltc zvireny CSS R,

Ceskoslovenskâ Akademie Ved, Praha 4: 51-306.

Palmgren P. 1943. — Die Spinnenfauna Finnlands

il. Acta Zoologie,r Fennîca 36; 1-112.

Pavcsi P. 1883. — Sriidl sugli Aracnidi alrieani, III.

Aracnidi del regno di Scion e considerazioni

suHaracnofauna tf'Abissinia. Annali del Museo civi-

cu di Storia naturale di Genova 20: 5-105.

— 1895. — Aracnidi, in Viaggia del Doit F.. Festa in

l’alestina. nel Libnrio c regioni vicînc. BpUetino dei

Mttsri di zoolugra c di anatamia comparatel délia R.

Université di Tonno 10; 1-11.

— I 897. — Studi sugli Atacnidi africani, IX.

Aracnidi Somali e G al la raccolti da Don Lugenio

dei Prinpipi Rispoli. Annali del Alu sep civiço di

Storia naturelle di Genova 38: 1 51-188.

Plaroiçk N. 1. 1989. — Adrancts in spider taxonomy

198J-1987, UniverSity Press, Manchester, 673 p.

— 1993. — Advances in spider taxonomy 1988-1091

ivith synonymies and transfers 19-t0-1980. New York

Lntomological Society & American Muséum of

Nalurul History, New York, Sn6 p.

Pocock R. 1. 1895. — On the Arachnid.i and

Myriopoda obt-ained by Dr Anderson’s collcctor

during Mr. P. Benr's Expédition to the

Hadramaut, South Arabia. Zoologica!Journal of the

Linnean Society 25: 292-316.

Randall J. B. 1982, — Prcy records of the green Lynx

spider, Peucetia vindans (Hentz) (Araneae,

Oxyopidae). Journal of Arachnology 10: 19-22.

Reimoser F.. 1913. — Echre Spinnen (Araneae) aus

Mesoporamien. Anualen des naturhistorischen

Ilcrfmuséums Wien 17'. 505-506.

— 1919, — k.iullog der ecluen Spinnen (Araneae)

des P.daatkiischen Gebictes, Abbandlungen de, eao-

Ingisch-boianischcu Ceselhchafi in Wien 10: 1-280.

Ruewer C. F, 1954a. — Kata/og der Araneae 2(1):

1 -923. Institut Royal des Sciences naturelles de

Belgique. Brussels.

— 1959b. Araneac Lycosaeformia 1. Agelenidae,

Haniidae, Pisauridae: 3-420, in Exploration du Parc

National de I Uptrmba 30. Brussels.

Rovner J. S. 1980. — Adaptations for prey capture in

Oxyopid spiders: phylogenctic implications.

Procecdings of rhe 8lh International Arachnological

Congress 1980, Vienna: 233-237,

Schmitz L. 1895. — Arachn idiots da Madelra. Avais

de Siiçncrits lultnran Porto 2; 197-199.

Shear W. A. 1980. — The évolution of web-building

behavior in spiders: a tlvird génération of hypo¬

thèses, m Shear W. A. (ed.) Spiders, webs, behavior

and évolution. Lmvcrsity Press. Stanford. 492 p.

Sherriffs W. R. 1955. — More oriental spiders of the

genus Oxyopes. Procecdings of the Ztwlogical Society

of London 125: 297-308.

Sterwald P. 1990. — Morphology and homologous

filatures in the male palpai organ in Pisauridae and

other spider lamilies, witb notes on the taxonomy

of Pisauridae (Arachnida: Araneae), Nemouria 35:

1-59.

Simon E. 1876. — Les Arachnides de France 3 : 1 -360.

Paris.

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1999 • 21 (1)

Levy G.

— 1882. — Étude sur les Arachnides du Yémen méri¬

dional, in Viaggio ad Assab nel Mar Rosso dei

signori G. Doria ed O. Beccari con il R. Avviso

“Esploratore” del 16 Novembre 1879 al 26

Febbraio 1880. Annali del Museo Civico di Storia

Natrira/e di Genoiat 18: 207-260.

— 1884. — Eludes aracluiologiques. 15 e Mémoire,

22. Arachnides recueillis par M. l'abbé A. David à

Smyrne, à Beirour et i Akbes en 1883. Annales de¬

là Sociétéentomologique de France (6) 4 : 181-196.

— 1885. — Études arachnologiques. 18 £ Mémoire,

26. Matériaux pour servir h la faune des Arachnides

du Sénégal. Annales de la Société entomologique de

France (fi) 5 : 345-396.

— 1890. — Études arachnologiques. 22 e Mémoire,

34. Études sur les Arachnides de ÉYemen. Annales

de la Société entomologique de France (6) 10 :

77-124.

— 1892. — Liste des Arachnides recueillis en Syrie

par M. le Dr. Théod. Barrois. Revue Biologique du

Nord de la France, L ille 5 ; 80-84.

— 1897, — 1 istc des Arachnides recueillis aux îles du

Cap-Vert, in Viaggio del Dott A Borelli nella

Republica Argentina e nel Paraguay. Bollctino dei

Musei di zoalogia e di anatomia comparait! delta

R. Uniumità di Torino 12 : 1-8.

— 1898a. — Histoire naturelle des Araignées 2 (2) :

193-380. Paris.

— 1898b. — Descriptions d’Arachnides nouveaux

des familles des Agelenidae, Pisauridae, Éycosidae

et Oxyopidae. Annales de la Société entomologique de

Belgique 42 : 5-34.

— 1904. — Etude sur les Arachnides recueillis au

cours de la Mission Du Bourg de Bozas en Afrique.

Bulletin du Muséum national d'Histoire naturelle,

Paris 1904 (7) : 442-448.

— 1907. — Arachnides recueillis en Egypte et le long

du Nil Blanc par la Mission zoologique suédoise,

1901, in Results oj e/te Swcdish Zoological Expédition

to F.gypt and the White Nile 1901 under tbe direction

ofL. A. Jagenkiold 3 (21), Uppsala: 1-10.

Strand El 1913. — Érste Mitteilung über Spinncn aus

Palàstina, gesammelt von Herrn Dr. J. Aharoni.

Archive ftir Naturgeschichtc 79: 147-162.

— 1914. — Zweite Mitteilung über Spinncn aus

Palasrina, gesammelt von Herrn Dr. J. Aharoni.

Archive ftir Nalurgeschichte 80: 173-186.

Thorell T. 1869. — On Éuropean Spiders. Part 1:

Review of the European Généra ol spiders. Nova

Acta Regiae Socictatis Scicntiarum Upsaliensis (3) 7:

1-108.

Turner M. 1979. — Diet and feeding phenology of

the green Éynx spider, Peucelia viriaans (Araneae:

Oxyopidae). Journal oj Artiehnology 7: 149-1 54.

Van Niekerk P. 8c Dippenaar-Schoeman A. S.

1994. —A révision ol the Afrotropical species of

Peucetia (Araneae: Oxyopidae): 1-50, in

Entomalogy Memoir 89. Department of Agriculture,

Republic of South Africa.

Weiss l. 1989. — Über Oxyopes nigripalpis Ruiez, und

O, Uneattts Éatr„ (Arachnida, , Araneae, Oxyopidae).

Reichenbachia Staatliches Muséum ftir Tierkunde

Dresden 21-, 1-4.

Whitcomb W, H. 8c Eason R. 1965. — The mating

behavior of Peucetia viridans (Araneida:

Oxyopidae). Florida Entomologist 48: 163-167.

Whitcomb W. H., Exline H. & Hunter R. C.

1963. — Spiders of the Arkansas cotton field.

Armais of the Entomological Society of America 56:

653-660.

Wunderlich J. 1987. — Die Spinnen der Kanarischen

Inseln und Madeiras. Tripos, Langen, 435 p.

Submitted on 16 April 1998;

accepted on 6 July 1998.

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1999 • 21 (1)

Redescription of Hippolyte ventricosa H. Milne

Edwards, 1837 based on syntypes, with remarks

on Hippolyte orientalis Heller, 1862

(Crustacea, Decapoda, Caridea)

Cédric d’UDEKEM d’ACOZ

Avenue du Bois des Collines 34, B-1420 Braine-IAIIeud (Belgique)

Research associate at Institut royal des Sciences naturelles de Belgique, Brussels

key worixs

Hippolyte ventricosa,

Hippolyte orientalis,

Hippolyte proteus.

Crustacea,

Decapoda,

Caridea,

Hippolyttdae,

(nao-Pacific,

India,

Red .Sea,

Gulf of Adcn,

taxonomy,

syntypes.

Udekem d'Acoz d 1 C, 1999. — Redescription of Hippolyte ventricosa H, Milne Edwards,

1837 based on syntypes, wlth remarks on Hippolyte orientalis Heller, 1862 (Crustacea,

Decapoda, Caridea). Zoosystema 21 (1) : 65-76.

ABSTRACT

The shrimp Hippolyte ventricosa H. Milne Edwards, 1837 is redescribed in

detail, largely on the hasis of syntypes. H. ventricosa has been previously

recorded in varions parts c>f the Indo-Pacific Océan but most of ihcse records

are probably based on closely related spedes. For the rime being, lhe rrue

H. ventricosa is only known with certainty from India. Subrie but significant

différences hâve been detected beween Indian H. ventricosa and its close rela¬

tive from the Red Sea and the Gulf of Aden, H. orientalis Heller, 1862.

These two species were previously consldered as synonyms. A lectotype is

designated for Hippolyteproteus (Paul’son, 1875).

MOTS CLÉS

Hippolyte ventricosa ,

Hippolyte orientalis,

Hippolyte protetts,

Crustacea,

Decapoda,

Caridea,

Hippolytidac,

Indo-Pacifique,

Inde,

mer Rouge,

golfe d’Aden,

taxonomie,

syntypes.

RÉSUMÉ

Redescription de Hippolyte ventricosa H. Milne Edwards, 1837fotidée sur les

syntypes, avec des remarques sur Hippolyte orientalis Heller, 1862 (Crustacea,

Decapoda, Caridea).

La crevette Hippolyte ventricosa H. Milne Edwards, 183” est redécrite en

détail, essentiellement d’après les syntypes. H. ventricosa a été signalée en de

nombreux points de I Indo-Pacifique, mais la plupart des signalements anté¬

rieurs sont probablement fondés sur des espèces voisines. Pour l’instant, les

seuls signalements certains de H. ventricosa concernent des spécimens récoltés

en Inde. Des différences subtiles mais significatives onr été relevées entre des

H. ventricosa originaires de l'Inde et sa proche parente de la mer Rouge et du

golfe d’Aden, //. orientalis Heller, 1862. Ces deux espèces étaient précédem¬

ment considérées comme synonymes. Un lectotype est désigné pour

Hippolyte proteus (Paul’son, 1875).

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1999 • 21 (1)

Udekem d’Acoz C. d’

INTRODUCTION

The systematics of rhe Indo-Pacific species of the

genus Hippolyte Leach, 1814 is chaotic

(d’Udekem d’Acoz 1996). Many species are only

known by vcry short and totally' inadéquate ori¬

ginal descriptions. Thcre are probably many

undescribed species and several distinct species

hâve bcen obviously lumped togethcr under tlie

name Hippolyte ventru»ta H. Milne I dwards,

1837 chat was previcuisly considered as the coin-

monest and most widespread Indo-Pacific species

of the genus (Holthuis 1947; Chace 1997).

The original description of Hippolyte ventricosa (as

Hippolyte ventrieosus) by H. Milne Edwards

(1837) is extremely short and imprécise: “Espèce

extrêmement voisine de VH. variable [Hippolyte

variant Leach, 1814| mais dont le rostre ne porte en

dessus qu'une seule dem située prés de sa base, et dont

les prolongements latéraux des trots premiers anneaux

de l’abdomen présentent des dimensions nés considé¬

rables. Longueur, environ i lignes [9 ntmj. Trouvée

par M. Dussumier dans les mers d'Asie (C. Al.)."

The real idenrity of H. Milne Edwards’ species

cannorbe estait!ished Iront his description.

Fortunately the lype marerial of the species srill

exists, Indeed, in the collections of the Muséum

national d’Histoire naturelle (MNHN), Paris, I

found an old vial wirh rhe followtng typed label:

“Hippolyte ventrieosus Edw., Inde, M. Dus-

sumier.” lu nty opinion these indications clearly

demonstrate that the spécimens are the synrypes

of H. Milne Edwards' species, even if thetr mor-

phology does not cotnade perfectly wich the ori¬

ginal description. Although almost ail walking

legs are derached, the specimens are otherwise in

a rematkably good condition afrer a conservation

of almost nvo centuries in alcohol.

Hippolyte ventricosa H. Milne Edwards, 1837 is

redescribed hereafter, largely on the basis of syn-

types, and is compared with its close relative

Hippolyte orientales Hcller, 1862 previously consi-

dered as a junior syttonym of H. ventricosa (see

Holthuis 1947; d’Udekem d’Acoz 1996; Chace

1997). This study is the first logical step towards

a possible révision of the Indo-Pacific species of

the genus Hippolyte.

The ratios hâve been calculated accord ing to the

method proposed by d’Udekem d’Acoz (1996).

Abbreviations

MNHN Muséum national d’Histoire naturelle, Paris;

P perciopod.

SYSTEMATICS

Hippolyte ventricosa H. Milne Edwards, 1837

(Figs 1 -4)

Hippolyte vcntricosus H. Milne Edwards, 1837: 371. -

Kernp 1914: 96, pl. 2, figs 1-3.

! Hippolyte vcntricosus — Kemp 1916: 391 (no descrip¬

tion except for colour pattern).

? Hippolyte ventricosa Tirmizi & Kazmi 1984: 313,

fig. la-g.

Hippolyte ventricosa — d’Udekem d’Acoz 1996: 108,

112 , 115, in part.

Mà 1 1.RI,41. l'.XAMINED. —- India. M. Dussumier coll.,

7 mature 9 9 in alcohol, in fairly good condition

(MNHN Na 1672) [obviously the syn types of

H. vemricosa\. ! specimen dissectcd with first and

second maxitlj, and firsr and second maxtlliped on

permanent microscopical préparation ntounted with

eu parai. Kilakarai Ramnad District, Tamil Uadu.

13-25.11.1913. S. W. Kemp coll.. Reg. No. S-ï 88/10,

1 d, 8 9 9, 1 juvénile (MNHN Na 471 " 7 ) [.speci¬

mens already reported hy Kemp (1914)). —

Maharashtra, rocks of Ratnagiti, on brown algae of

the genus badina, 19.11 1980, P. Y. Noël coll,, 4 ovi-

gerous 9 9 (MNHN Na 8140),

Description of syntyit.s (mature femai.es)

Outlinc fairly robust (Fig. IA). Ratio latéral

length/height of carapace = 1,7-2.0. Rostrum

fairly narrow to high, straig.hr, rather long, slight-

ly shorter or slightly longer thatt carapace; over-

reaching antennular pedunclc; reaching at most

scaphocerite apex. Rostrum without distinct

mediolateral canna; ttvo dorsal rostral teerh in

proximal position in five specimens, one dorsal

rostral tooth in proximal position in nvo speci¬

mens; no subdistal dorsal rostral tooth; no post-

rostral teerh; base of supraorbital tooth posterior

to posterior orbital margin; tip of supraorbital

tooth far front reaching the base of first dorsal

tooth; one to four ventral cecth on the distal half

of the rostrum (Figs IA, 2A-F). Antcnnal tooth

distinctly overreaching inferior orbital angle

(Fig. 2B). Hepatic spine nearly reaching or

slightly overreaching anterior edge of carapace.

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1999 ■ 21 (1)

Redescription of Hippolyte ventricosa

Pterygostomian angle not strongly protruding nor présent in other syntypes. Ratio dorsal

(Fig. IA). length/height of the sixtfi pieonite = 1.5-1.9-

Third pieonite moderately curved in latéral view Distal border of telson with eight strong spines;

(Fig. IA). The slight angular discontinuity on their length gradually increases front the sides to

dorsal border of fourth pieonite in the shrimp the center of the distal border of the telson; no

illustrated on Figure IA is due to damage and is intermediate spinules (Fig. 2H). First pair of

Fig. 1. — Hippolyte ventricosa Fl. Milne Edwards, India, syntype, ovigerous 9; A. shrimp In latéral view ; B, dactylus of left third

pereiopod. Scale bar: A, 2.0 mm : B, 0.22 mm.

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1999 • 21 (1)

Redescription of Hippolyte ventricosa

dorsolateral spines between proximal rhird and

middle of tclson (Fig. 2G).

Unpigmenred part of the eyestalk (measured dor-

sally from the point vvhere it begins to broaden

ro the base of cornea) slightly longer than broad

and slightly longer than cornea (Fig. 21). Cornea

overreaching or not reaching stylocerite apex.

Antennular peduncle reaching (J.5 of scaphoce-

rites. First segment of antennular peduncle vvith

one distal outer tooth: inner ventral tooth on

U.65 offirst segment of antennal peduncle (distal

outer tooth not considered); .stylocerite medium-

sized, reaching 0.73 (distal tooth included), 0.87

(distal tooth excluded) of First segment of anten¬

nular peduncle in spécimen dissccred (Fig. 2J).

Second segment of antennular peduncle 1.0-

1.3 tinte as long as broad in dorsal view, approxi-

mately 1.5 rime as long as rhird segment in

dorsal view. Outer antennular flagellum shorter

rhan inner. Scaphocerice 3.1 tintes as long as

wide in spécimen dissecced; distolateral spine of

scaphocerice far front reaching tip ofblade; disto-

lateral spine and hlade separated by a distinct

notch (Fig. 2L).

Mouthparts with morphology typical for the

genus Hippolyte (Figs 2M-Q, 3A). Mandiltular

incisor process with six teeth (one mandible exa-

mined) (Fig. 2M). Second maxilla with upper

ntargin of seapliognathitc straight (Fig. 20).

Epipod of first maxilliped with outer ntargin

straight (Fig. 2P). Epipod of second maxilliped

with outer ntargin distinctly notched (Fig. 2Q).

Wltcn cxLcnded forward, the third maxilliped

reaches about 0.4-0.6 of the scapltoccritc. Third

maxilliped (Fig. 3A) with tcw rather short apical

setae but vvith nine to elcvctt large conical spines

on its apex and the distal third of its inner border

(three spécimens examined); its exopod reaches

half of antepcnultimare segment of endopod;

ultimate segment ncarlv twice as long as pcnulti-

ntate (spines not considered).

Outer edges of fingcr.s of Pi chcla not denticulate

(Fig. 3C); tip ot fixed finger with three massive

toodi-like spines; tip of dactylus wirh four massive

tooth-likc spines, one being bicuspid (two Pf

examined) (Fig. 3B-D).

First segntenr of P2 carpus distinctly longer than

third segment (Fig. 3E), 0.8-0.9 time as long as

sum of second and third segments; first segment

2.8-3.8 rimes as long as wide, second segment

1.1-1.2 time as long as wide, third segment 1.6-

2.0 tintes as long as wide (five P2 measured).

Three distal teeth on P2 fixed ftnger (two bicus-

pid), four distal teeth on dactylus (two bicuspid),

cutting edges not denticulate (one P2 examined)

(Fig. 3F).

P3 lo P5 long and rather robust, with fcw setae

(Figs IA. 3G-1K Ëxtended forward, only pre-

viouslv undetached P3 almost reaching scaphoce-

rite apex; with merus 6.1 rimes as long as wide,

carpus 3.8 cimes as long as wide, propodus

6.9 rîmes as long as wide; merus with five lacerai

outer spines, carpus with one proximal outer

spine, propodus wirh six pairs of ventral spines' of

normal lengrh and robusrness, dactylus with ten

spines (Fig. 1A-B). Detachcd P3-P5 with zéro to

six latéral outer spines on metus, one proximal

spine on carpus (two .spines on one carpus), five

to seven pairs of ventral spines on propodus,

eight to fourteen spines on dactylus (sixeeen P3-

P5 examined). Dactylus of normal breadih and

lengtlu spines ail in one row, in ventral and api¬

cal positions (none in dorsal or subdorsal posi¬

tions); two apical spines; ventral and apical

spines of normal lengrh and width (Fig. IB);

ultiinate spine apparently partly fused to dactylus

(junedon of ultimate spine and dactylus difficult

to sce on microscopical préparations): ultimate

spine of P3 dactylus longer than penultimate

.spine. Ratio lengrh of ultimate spine of l’3 dacty-

lus/length of penultimate spine: 1.2. Ratio iength

of P3 dactylus with longest apical spjne/lengrh of

propodus: 0.40. Ratio Iength ol P3 dactylus with

longest apical spine/lengrh of carpus: 0.65. Ratio

lengrh of dactylus without spincs/bteadth of dac¬

tylus vvichout spines: 3-0. Ratio Iength of dacty¬

lus with largesc apical spinc/brcadth ot dactylus

without spines: 3-9. Ratio Iength of longest spine

of P3 dactylus/breadth ot dactylus without

spines: 1.1. Thèse ratios hâve been measured on

the only P3 chat was still attached. The variabili-

ty of thèse ratios in detached P3-P5 is slight.

Most spécimens (including ail syn types) wirh fàs-

cigerous setae on their ocular peduncles and

offert on their budy. Number of fascigerous setae

very variable.

Eggs small, 0.32-0.44 mm when recently extru-

ded (Fig. 2R).

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1999 • 21 (1)

Redescription of Hippolyte ventricosa

Additiqnai. descriptive charactkrs based on

NON-SYNTVPE SPECIMENS

Kemp’s and Noël’s Indian specimens show no

significant différences with the syntvpes.

However most pereiopods are srill attached in

Noël’s specimens, and one male is présent in

Kemp’s material.

In Noël's specimens there are three to five spines

on P3 mcrus, zéro to two spines on P4 merus, no

spines on P5 merus. The second pleopods of

Kemp’s male were no longer attached. However,

I found the endopodite of a male pleopod in the

vial containing Kemp’s specimens, obviously the

endopodite of the male présent in the vial. On

this endopodite, the appendix masculins lias ele-

ven apical setae and it is much shorter than the

appendix interna (Fig. 4A). The Pl of two

Kemp’s specimens hâve been examined on high

magnification (X 250) and they hâve the same

ornamentation as synrypes. A detached male

walking leg was found in the vial containing

Kemp’s specimens (Fig. 4B-C): it showcd no

significant morphnlogical différences with

females, except rhe propodal dilatation (that is

observed in the males of most Hippolyte species).

Fig. 4. — Hippolyte ventricosa H. Milne Edwards, India, Kilakarai Ramnad District, Tamilnadu, d; A, detached second pleopod;

B, propodus ot a detached walking leg (probably third pereiopod); C, dactylus of the same. Scale bar: A, C, 0.22 mm; B, 0.43 mm.

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1999 • 21 (1)

Udekem d’Acoz C. d’

COLOUR PATTERN

“In colour the majoriry were of a brilliant grcen;

but many other types [...] were observed”

(Kemp 1914). If the Kemp's (1916) specimens

are correctly identified, //. ventricosa can also be

dull olive brown.

Measuremknts

Total length ol syntypes up to 17 mm. If Kemp’s

(1916) specimens are correctly identified, the

species can reach up to 21 mm.

Etymoloty and spelling

There are two spelling ntistakes in the narne pro-

posed by H. Milne Edwards (1837), Hippolyte

ventricosus. lndced the correct Latin spelling of

the species name is “ ventriosus" (= big-bellied)

and not “ ventricosus." However, the International

Code of Zoological Nomenclature (chird édi¬

tion), art. 32 States that in case of incorrect laii-

nization, the original spelling should be

maintained. On the other hand the spécifie

name “ ventricosus” being an adjective, it should

be in concord witli the genus Hippolyte which is

féminine-, So the species should be named

Hippolyte ventricosa.

Type sériés

Since the type sériés seems morphologically

homogenous and since most pereiopods are deta-

ched and mixed together, 1 think that it is préfé¬

rable to designate no lectotype for the time

being.

Ecology

“Living among Zostera and other weeds inside

the coral reef at depths ranging front low water

to two fathoms" (Kemp 1914). If Kemp’s (1916)

specimens are correctly identified, II. ventricosa is

also “living in fucoid weeds washed by the

waves." Between rocks on brown algac of the

genus Vadina (maicri.il collccted by P. Y. Noël).

Geographicai. DISTRIBUTION and remarks

Hippolyte ventricosa is only known with certainty

front India. Specimens ofTirmizi & Kazmi

(1984) probably belong to the same species: no

morpbological différences can be detected in

their drawings (which are insufficiently detailed)

and they were collccted in Pakistan, i.e. very

close to India. Elilgendorf’s (1878) Virbius mos-

sambicus !-Ülgcndorf, 1878, Barnard’s (1950) and

Kensley’s (1972) Hippolyte ventricosa 11. Milne

Edwards, 1837 front African toasts of Indian

Océan are perltaps truc H. ventricosa but it is not

at ail sure. Indeed, the figures of thèse authors

are insufficiently detailed to identify their inate-

rial. Most other Indo-Pacifie records are probably

based on other species. Indeed, in many ins¬

tances significatif différences can be detéited in

published accounts, particularly as contents the

shape and the proportions ol scaphocerites. and

the length and position of spiues on dactylus of

P3-P5 (d’Udekem d’Acoz 1996). Iurtherntore,

the observations of I.edoyer (1984) suggests that

some Indo-Pacifie Hippolyte species could hâve a

limited range of geographicai distribution and

are replacée! in different parts of this océan by

vicariant species.

It is prématuré ro propose a key, even prelimina-

ry, of the Indo-Pacific Hippolyte.

Hippolyte orientalis Heller, 1862

(Eig. 5)

Hippolyte orientalis 1 leller, I 862: 277.

Virbius proteus Paill son, 1875: 115, in part: pl. XVI,

figs 3(4), 3a. 3b, 3ç(?), 3d(?), 3f(î), 5a, 5b, not pl. XVI

fig. 4, not pl. XVIII fig. 1 [= Hippolyte proteus

(l’nul'son, 18~5)].

Virbius orientalis - Nobili 1906: 33, in part.

Hippolyte ventricosus — Gurney 1922: 391. figs 94, 95;

1936: 25 - Kremcr 1990: 34, figs 15-21 (not publî-

slied).

Hippolyte ventricosa — Holthuis 1947: 55, in part, Red

Scsi mat criai only, not figs 7-9 (= ? nets species): 1958:

35 - d'Udckcm d'Acoz 1996: 108, 112, 115, in part.

MaTERIAI. l.XAMINtL>. Guif of Aden, Djibouti,

El. Coutière eoll., 109-97, G. Nobili del., 1905, half a

do/cn badly nuitilatcd specimens and fragments pre-

viously mixed together witlt Hippolyte proteus

(Paul’son, 1875) (MNHN Na 1600).

SYSTFMATIC l’OMTU )\

Hippolyte orientalis was originally describcd front

the Red Sea by Heller (1862). Although without

illustrations, the original description is rjther

good and dcfinitely indicates that it ts an

Hippolyte of the group ventricosa. Indeed Heller

(1862) indicates that the first segment of anten-

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1999 • 21 (1)

Redescri prion of Hippolyte ventricosa

nular peduncle has a distal outer tooth. The type

material of Hippolyte orientalis has probably been

deposited in thc Naturhistorisches Muséum,

Wien and there are good reasons to believe that

it is still extant. Indeed the type material of t\vo

other Hippolyte species described by Heller still

exists in r h is muséum: Hippolyte leptocerus

(Heller, 1863) (d’Udekem d’Acoz 1996) and

Hippolyte gracilis (Heller, 1862) (Dworschak in

lit. ).

After its original description, H. orientalis was

recordcd in the Red Sea by several carcinologists,

under various names. On the other hand it can

be assumed that Gurneys (1927) “ Hippolyte ven¬

tricosa' Iront the Suez Canal are also H. orientalis

since they corne front areas very close to the Red

Sca and agréé quite well wirh Heller's descrip¬

tion.

//. orientalis was previously considérer! by ail

modem authors, including me, as a junior syno-

Fig. 5. — Hippolyte orientalis Heller, Gulf of Aden, Djibouti, 9 9; A, rostrum: B, right antennular peduncle: C, right scaphocerite;

D. chela of right first pereiopod: E, third right pereiopod. Scale bar: A, B, C, 1.3 mm: E, 0.68 mm; D, 0.22 mm.

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1999 • 21 (1 )

Udekem d’Acoz C. d’

nym of H. ventricosa, However, I now consider

chat both species are probably distinct.

I hâve reexamined the specimens front Djibouti

(Gulf of Aden) reported as Virbius orientalis by

Nobili (1906) wltich are housed in the Muséum

national d’Histoire naturelle, Paris. Nubili’s .spe¬

cimens which are in an extremely bad condition

prove tu be a mixture of Hippolyte p rut eus

(Paul’.son, 1875) and ofan Hippolyte of the group

ventricosa , a fact that wax alreadv suggCSted by

Nobili s (1906) account. Due to the close proxi-

niity between the Red Sea and the Gulf ol Aden

and the biogcographical similarity of these two

areas, it is most likely that the Nobili’s Hippolyte

of the group ventricosa are //. orientalis.

Theretore. tliey arc Itéré considered as such.

In the H. orientalis examined, the outer edges of

the fingers ol the PI chela arc minutely but dis-

tinctly denticulate (rwo PI examined) while they

are totally smootlt in H. ventricosa (four PI exa¬

mined: two of syntypes and iwo of a non-type

specimens). The denticulation ol the first chela

of H. orientalis was already pointed out by

Kremer (1990) who said: “ Inncnseiten der

Scherenjinger mit kleinen Zàihnen besetzt." In rite

limited marerial that I hâve examined, the num-

ber of spines on rite merus of P3 in //. orientalis

is always two, i.e. lower rhan in //. ventricosa.

This tact is also supporred by the written

account of Gurney (1936) and by a figure of

Kremer (1990) [who both used the naine

H. ventricosa for H. orientalis ]. In ail other res¬

pects (induding ratio length/width of sixth pleo-

nite and the number of apical telson spines),

H. ventricosa and //. orientalis are nearly identi-

cal.

The number of nierai spines has often an impor¬

tant systematic value irt the genus Hippolyte

although it is known to show slight geographical

variations in some species (d’Udekem d’Acoz

1996, 1997). So, the importance of this lasr cha-

racter taken alone should be considered wich

some reserve. On the other hand, tliere is little

doubt that the différence in the ornamentation

of the PI chela is of spécifie nature. Theretore

H. ventricosa and H. orientalis are here conside-

red as distinct species.

Unfortunately, the extremely poor condition of

Nobili’s material and the small number of avai-

lable specimens does not allow a more detailed

study. According to Kremer (1990), adult

//. orientalis hâve one to three dorsal rostral teeth

and one to fïve ventral rostral teeth (dorsal and

ventral teeth can be lacktng in juvéniles), ftve to

eight teeth on incisor mandibular process, an

appendix masculina with eight apical setae and

much shorter than the appendix interna.

Gl'.tU.RAI’IIICAl DISTRIBUTION

The geographical distribution of H. orientalis

cannor be delitnited wirli précision. 1 lowever, it

seems probable that it is une ver)' wide. The spe¬

cies is known to occur in the Red Sea, the Suez

Canal and the Gulf of Aden, and in rny opinion

it is not impossible that it also occurs in the

Persian Gulf. This area is well-known lor com-

prising several endémie species and subspecies,

often closely related to typical indo-Pacific forms

(Por 8i Dimcntman 1989).

Remarks

The original description of Hippolyte proteus

(Paul’son, 1875) is obviously based on two spe¬

cies: Hippolyte orientalis Heller, 1862 and the

species which is usually named Hippolyte proteus

in literature. To tny knowledge rtothing is known

as concems PauTson's material but it can be assu-

med that it is probably lost. In order to preserve

the stability of nomenclature I designare the spé¬

cimen of figure I ol Paul’sons (1875) plate 18 as

the lectorype of Hippolyte proteus. This illustra¬

tion shows ail the characteristics of the species

usually named Hippolyte proteus. including the

absence of distal outer tooth on the first segment

ol antennular peduncle.

FURTHER RESEARCH ES

Our knowledge ol Indo-Pacific Hippolyte will

probably progress radier slowIy. The next logical

step should be the detailed redescription of other

imperfeetly known species. This would be abso-

lutely necessary (or the species originally dcscri-

laed as Virbius australiensis by Stimpson ( I 860)

and its supposed synonym Ca.ra.dina cincinnuli

Bâte, 1863. Indeed this or these species arc only

known by a qtiite rudimentarv diagnosis and are

ZOOSYSTEMA ■ 1999 . 2» (1)

Redescription of Hippolyte ventricosa

likcly to be common in some tropical part of rhe

lndo-Pacific Océan. If ail the type material of

Virbius autntliemis is lost (which is probably the

case), it would be necessary to designate a neoty-

pe lor it. After the studv of Stimpson’s and Bate's

species it will probably be possible to describe

several new species. However they vvill be lairly

difficult to describe correctly, some essenrial cha-

racters requiring exaniination under very high

magnifications (for example, the reeth of the che-

lae). In any case, “preliminary”, superficial,

imprécise or short descriptions of new species

shottld now be definïtely banned.

Acknowledgeme n ts

I am very gratefiil to Dr N. Ngoc Ho (MNHN)

for the loan of ail the material studied in the pré¬

sent paper and for giving me the authorization to

dissect ont syntype of Hippolyte ventricosa

H. Milne F.dwards, 1837.

REFERENCES

Barnard K. H. 1950. — Descriptive Catalogue of

South African Decapod Crustacea. Armais of the

South African Muséum 38: 1-837.

Bâte C. S. 1863. — On some new Ausrrahan species

of Crustacea. Pmredmgs oftbe Zoological Society of

London, year 1863: 498-505 + pis 40-41.

Chace F. A. 1 997. — The Caridean Shrimps

(Crustacea: Decapoda) of rhe Alhatross Philippine

Expédition, 1907-1910, Part 7: Famtlîes Atyidae,

Eugonatonotidae, Rhynchocinetidae, Bathy-

palaemo nellidae, Processidae, and Hippolytidae.

Smithsonian Contributions to Zoology 587: i-v +•

1-106.

Gurney R. 1927, — Report on the species of

Hippolyte. Zoological results of the Cambridge

Expédition to the Suez Canal, 1924, XXVI.

Transactions of the Zoological Society of London 22:

391-39-,

— 1936. — Notes on some decapod Crustacea of

Bermuda. 11. The species o (Hippolyte and their lar-

vae. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London

106: 25-32 t pis 1-5.

Heller C. 1862. — Beitrage zur Crustaeeett-Fauna des

rothen Meercs. Sitznngsberichte der Akademie der

Wissenschajten in Wicn 44 (1): 241-295 + pis 1-3.

HilgendorF F. 1879. — Die von Hrn. W. Perers in

Mozambique gesammelten Crustaceen. Monatsbe-

richt der Koniglieh Preussischen Akademie der W4t-

senschaften zu Berlin, year 1878: 782-852 + pis 1 -4.

Holthuis L. B. 1947. — The Hippolytidae and

Rhynthocinetidae collecicd by the Sibuga and

Snellius Expéditions witli Retnarks on other species.

Sibagfl Expedihc Monographie 39a (8): 1-100.

— 1958. — Contribution to the knowledge ol the

Red Sea, 8. 6 rustacea Decapoda Irorn the Red Sea

(Gulf of Aqaba and Sinai Peninsula). 1. Macrura.

Bulletin of the Sea Fisheries Research Station, llaifa

|7 : 1-40.

Kettip S. W. 1914. — Notes on Crustacea Decapoda

in the lndian Muséum V. Hippolvtidae. Records of

the lndian Muséum 10: 81-129 + pis 1-7-

— 1916. — Notes' on Crustacea Decapoda in the

lndian Muséum VU. Flirther Notes on

Hippolytidae. Records of the lndian Muséum 12:

385-405 + pi. 36.

Kensley B. E. 1972. — Shrimps and Prawns of

Southern Africa. South African Muséum éditions,

65 p.

Krenicr D. 1990. — Unlemichtingen zur Taxonomie

der Miltelmeer- und Rotmeer-A rte» phytalbeicohnen-

der Seegrttsgarnelen (Hippolyte). (Crustacea:

Decapoda). Diplomarbeii Universitcit Frankfurt-

atn-Maiti, 113 p. + 5 tables (not publishedl.

I.cdoyer M., 1984. Les Caridea (Crustacea :

Decapoda) des herbiers de phanérogames marines

de Nouvelle-Calédonie (Région dé Nouméa)-

Z.oologischc Vcrhandelingen. Leiden 211: 1-58.

Milne Edwards H. 1837, —- Histoire naturelle des

Crustacés, comprenant Panatumie, la physiologie ci la

classification de ces animaux. 2 : 531 p. Librairie

Encyclopédique de Roret, Paris.

Nobili G. 1906. — Faune Carcinologique de la Mer

Rouge. Décapodes et Stotnatopode.v. Annales de

Sciences naturelles. Zoologie (9) 4 : 1 -347 t- pis 1 11.

Paul son O. 1875. — Studies on Crustacea oftbe Red

Sea w'tth Notes Regardsng Other Setis. Part I.

Podophthahnata and Edrnsphthahnata (Cumacea).

Israël Progratn for Scienrific Translations,

Jérusalem, 1961. Publtshcd for the National

Science Foundation and Smithsonian Institution,

Washington, D.C., 164 p.

Por F. D. & Dimentman Ch. 1989. — The Lcgetcy of

letbys. An Ai/uatic Riogeography oj the Levant.

Kluwer Academie Publishers, Dordrecht, Boston,

London, viîi + 21-4 p.

Stimpson W. 1860. — Prodromus descriptions ani-

maltum evertebratorum quac in F.xpediiione ad

Oceanum Pacificum Scptentrionalem, a Republica

Federata missa, Cadwaladaro Ringgold et Johanne

Rodgers Ducibus, observavit et descripsit.

Proceedings of the Academy of N attirai Sciences ,

Philadelphia, year 1860: 22-47.

Tirmizi N. M. ht Ka/.mi Q. B, 1984. —A Northern

record lor Plippolytr ventricosa H. Milne Edwards,

1837 with note on Palaevton pacifiais (Stimpson,

1860) (Decapoda, Caridea), C.rustaceana 46 (3):

313-317.

Udekem d'Acoz C. d 1996. — The genus Hippolyte

Leach, 1814 (Crustacea: Decapoda: Caridea:

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1999 • 21 (1)

Udekem d’Acoz C. d’

Hippolytidae) in the East Atlantic Océan and the

Mediterranean Sea, with a checklist of ail species in

the genus. Zoologische Verhandelingen, Leiden 303:

1-133.

— 1997. — Redescription of Hippolyte obliquimanus

Dana, 1852, and comparison with Hippolyte

williamsi Schmitt, 1924 (Decapoda, Caridea).

Crustaceana 70 (4): 469-479.

Submitted on 7Januaiy 1998;

accepted on 13 May 1998.

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1999 • 21 (1)

A new genus and species of hermit crabs

(Decapoda, Anomura, Paguridae)

from the western Pacific

Michèle de SAINT LAURENT

Laboratoire de Zoologie (Arthropodes), Muséum national d'Histoire naturelle,

61 rue de Buffon, F-75231 Paris cedex 05 (France)

michelea@mnhn.fr

Patsy A. McLAUGHLIN

Shannon Point Marine Center, 1900 Shannon Point Road,

Anacortes WA 98221-9081B (U.S.A.)

patsy@henson.cc.wwu.edu

Saint Laurent de M. & McLaughlin P. A. 1999. — A new genus and species of hermit crabs

(Decapoda, Anomura, Paguridae) from the western Pacific. Zoosystema 21 (1 ) : 77-92.

KEYWORDS

Crustacés,

Decapoda,

Anomura,

Paguridae,

new genus,

new species,

western Pacific.

ABSTRACT

A new genus is proposée! for a new species widely distributed in the western

Pacific Océan from the Philippine Islands in the northwestern Pacific south

to Kermadec [slands of New' Zealand. Jûcqucsia n.g., bears considérable simi¬

larité' to lridopagurus de Saint Laurent-Dechancé, 1966, in lacking an acces-

sory tooth on the crista demata of the third ntaxilliped, but lia vin g eleven

pairs of quadriseri.il gills, slender elongate and subequal chelipeds, and a

well-developed leh male sexual tube. It is distinguished from lridopagurus by

the présence ot paired first pleopods in females. The new species is a very dis¬

tinct, but morphologically variable species. These variations, however, do not

appear to be correlated with either size or sex.

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1999 • 21 (1)

Saint Laurent M. de & McLaughlin P. A.

RÉSUMÉ

Un nouveau genre de Paguridae ( Crtutacea, Decapoda, A no mura) pour une

nouvelle espece du Pacifique occidental.

Un nouveau genre de la famille des Paguridae est établi pour une espèce nou¬

velle, très largement répandue dans le Pacifique occidental, depuis l'archipel

des Philippines au nord jusqu'à celui des Kermadec (Nouvelle-Zélande) au

sud. Ce nouveau taxon appartient au groupe des Paguridae à onze paires de

branchies quadrisèriées, dont l’ischion des troisièmes maxillipèdes est

dépourvu de dent accessoire à la crista dentata et dont les ntâlcs possèdent un

tube sexuel bien développé à gauche. Bien qu’il se distingue immédiatement

des autres genres du même groupe par la possession de pléopodes pairs sur le

premier Segment abdominal des femelles, il présente de nombreuse» simili¬

tudes avec le genre ouest-atlantique Iridopagurus de Saint Laurenr-Dechancé,

1966. Bien caractérisée, l’espèce nouvelle est cependant morphologiquement

très variable. Les variations observées concernent particulièrement la dimen¬

sion et la forme du tube sexuel mâle, la lorme et l’ornementation des mains

des chélipèdes. Apparemment Indépendantes de la taille ou du sexe des spéci¬

mens, elles paraissent plutôt en relation avec leur origine géographique et/ou

leur habitat.

INTRODUCTION expéditions by the Muséum national d Histoire

naturelle, Paris, and the Office de la Recherche

Specimens represenring this new genus and spe- Scientifique et Technique Outre-Mer) cruises,

des were First observed by the senior author with the Kermadec Islands specimens provlded

among the collections of the Musorstom by the National Muséum ot New Zealand

Philippines II Expédition of 1980. Numerous (NMNZ) [now Muséum ot New Zealand Te

specimens were subsequently found by the Papa Tongarewa (MoNZ)] and the New Zealand

second author in the collections ot the Océanographie Institute (NZOI) (now paLt of

Musorstom cruises ro the environs ot New the National Instirute ofWater and Atmôspheric

Caledonia and Vanuatu, 1984-1995. Alrhough ir Research (N1WA)|. One measurement, shield

was the author,s' initial intent to intitule this length (si), measured from the midpoint of the

monotypic new genus in a full report of rostral lobe to the midpoint of the posterior mar-

Musorstom taxa, their discovery of its occurrence gin of the shield provides an indication of animal

in the Kermadec Islands ot New Zealand, and size. Terminology follows rival of McLaughlin &

need to indude it in the lortheoming New de Saint Laurent (1998).

Zealand fa un al monograph, bas made its more Not ail specimens examined arc types. The holo-

immediate publication necessary. The new genus rype and seleeted paratypes and most non-type

is diagnosed, and its rclationship to miter pagu- specimens hâve been deposited in the Muséum

rid généra disCussed. The new species is deseri- national d’Histoire naturelle. Paris (MN1 IN), or

bed in detail. Pertinent aspects of its morphology rcturned to their institutions of origin.

are illustrated, including chelipcd variation. Additional paratypes bave been deposited in the

New Zealand Océanographie Institute, the

Natural Muséum of Natural History,

MATERIALS AND METHODS Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C.

(USNM), and The Natural History Muséum,

Materials for this study hâve corne primarily London (NHM). MUSORSTOM station data

from MUSORSTOM (acronym for the joint hâve been taken primarily from the published

I 7g ZOOSYSTEMA • 1999 • 21 (1)

MOTS CLÉS

Cruuacea,

Decapoda,

Anomura,

Paguridae,

genre nouveau,

espèce nouvelle.

Pacifique occidental.

A new Paguridae from the western Pacific

cruise records (Forest 1985; Richer de Forges

1990, 1993; Richer de Forges & Chevillon

1996; Richer de Forges et al. 1996).

The following abbreviations identify campaign,

sample type or gear;

BS bottom sample;

CP heam trawl;

DC Charcot drcdgc;

DW Waren dredge;

SMIB Substances Marines d’intérêt Biologique.

SYSTEMATICS

Jacques la n.g.

Type SPECIES. Jacquesia polymorpha n.sp., by pré¬

sent désignation and monotypy.

ETYMOLOGY. — Named for Professor Jacques Forest,

in récognition of his ntany contributions to crustacean

morphology and System a tics in general and to pagu-

rids in particuiar, Gendet féminine.

DlAGNOSIS

Eleven pairs ot quadriseri.il gills. Rosrrum rotm-

ded, usually produced only slightly beyond bases

of ocular acides. Latéral projections prominent.

Ocular pedunclcs moderately .slender basally,

expanded distally; corne,ie somewhat dilated.

Ocular acides narrowly triangular, rerniinating

acutely, with strong submarginal spine.

Antennular peduncles usually with elongate tilti-

mate segment fringed with long setae near dorso-

distal margin and longitudinal rowoflong setae

dorsolatcrally. Endopod ol m .pullule with very

prominent, non-iecurved external lobe. Third

maxilliped with wdl-dcveloped crista denrata,

without accessory tooth; merus with very long

slender spine on dorsodistal margin.

Chelipeds subequal in length, right stronger, bur

not always longer

Ambulatory legs with elongate, slender dactyls;

carpi (at leasr second) wirh row of spines on dor¬

sal margin but not ar dorsodistal angle. Fourth

pereopods subchelate or very wealdy semichelate,

with single row of scales in propodal rasp. Fifth

pereopods subchelate.

Males with club-like, stout, very short to mode¬

rately long left sexual tube, provided with termi¬

nal tufts of very long setae and additional longi¬

tudinal row ol long setae basally; coxa of right

fifth pereopod with small anteromesially-placed

gonopore; three unequally biramous left pleo-

pods. Females with paired gonopores; coxae of

fifth pereopods wirh fringe of moderate to dense

long setae; paired firsr pleopods, unpaired left

pleopods 2-5.

Uropods markedly asymmetrical, lêlson with

weak transverse indentation suggesting division

into anterior and posterior portions; posterior

lobes asymmetrical, left largest; terminal margins

very oblique, eath with well-developcd spines;

postérolatéral margins eacli with calcified plate.

Ri.viakks

In having eleven pairs of quadriserial gills,

Jacquesia demonstrates the plesiomorphic lamel-

lar condition (cf. de Saint Laurent-Dechancé

1966b) that is also seen in lritlopagurus de Saint

Laurent-Dechancé 1966, and Turleania

McLaughlin, 1997- Males of ail three généra

hâve a vvcll-devclopcd left sexual tube; however,

vvhile the tube terminâtes with a spare tuft of

setae in Turleania , in the presenfly monotypic

Jacquesia , the tip is praetically obscurcd by tufts

of long dense setae. Alrhough ail three généra

also lack an accessory tooth on the crista dentata

of the third maxilliped. it is with lritlopagurus

that Jacquesia appeau; to hâve the closes» phylo-

genetic relarionship. Species of both généra hâve

moderately short ocular peduncles with sotnew-

hat dilated corneas; rhe ocular acides are narrow¬

ly triangular. The antennular peduncles (Fig. IA)

commonly are provided with a distal row of long

serae on rhe ultimaie segment, as well as a pro¬

minent latéral spine on the statocyst lobe of the

basal segment In the structure of the mouthparts

(Fig. IB-F), the external endopodal lobe of the

maxillule is more scrnngly developed in Jacquesia

than in lritlopagurus , as illusrrated by de Saint

Laurent-Dechancé (1966a) for lritlopagurus iris

(A. Milne Edwards, 1S80), but the basally svvol-

Icn and distally rod-shapcd exopod of the First

maxilliped is virt uni ly idetuical in the two géné¬

ra. Species of both généra also hâve a very proini-

nent nierai spine on the third maxilliped.

Similarities are found as well in the shapes and

ZOOSYSTEMA ■ 1999 • 21 (1)

Saint Laurent M. de & McLaughlin P. A.

armature of the chelipeds and ambulatory legs in

species of both; however, only în Jacquesia are

females provided with paired first pleopods.

Jacquesiapolymoipba n.sp.

(Figs 1-4)

Type MATKRIAL. — Holotype: d. 5-0 mm (MNHN

Pg 5655), Vanuatu, Musortom 8, stn CP 1084,

15°50’S, 167°I7’E. 207-280 m.

Paratypes: 1 5 3.4 mm. I ovigerous 9,4.7 mm

(USNM 261450) Chesterfield Islande, Musorstom 5,

stn CP 31 1,22°I4'S, I 59°23.9'£, 320 m.

— 1 d, 4.9 mm (MNHN Pg 5656), Chesterfield

Isiands, Chalcal K stn DC 68. 22“34.2’S, 1 59°15.5’E,

296 m.

— 1 d, 2.0 mro. 1 9, 3.6 mm (NHM), Chesterfield

Isiands, Musorstom 5, srn F)W 255, 25°14.4'S,

159°54.S’E, 2.80-295 m.

— 3 dd, 3.4-4,2 mro, 3 $ 9, 2.0-3.7 mm, 1 ovige-

rous 9. 3.5 mm (MNHN Pg 5656), New Caledonia,

Smib 5. stn DW 88, 22°!8 6'S, 168°40,2'E, 35 m.

EtymolüGY. — Front the Latin palus , meaning much

or many. and morphe , meaning form or shape and

referring to the great morphological variability seen in

this species.

MATERMl EXAMfNED. — Philippine Isiands.

Musorstom 2, stn 54, 27.XI.I980, 13"59.5'N,

120°09.3 E. 170-174 m, I d , 4.2 mm (MNHN

Pg 5652). — Stn 57, 28.XL 1980, 18"5!.9’N,

120°03.7'L, 132-156 m. 2 <5 6, 3.7 mm, 4.2 mm

(MNHN Pg 5654). — Stn 61. 29.XJ.1980, 14"00 N,

1 20° 1 6.4’L, I ovigerous 9, 4.5 mm (MNHN

Pg 5653).

New Caledonia, Norfolk and Loyaltv Ridges.

Musorstom 4, stn DW 184. 18.1X.1985, !9°04'S,

1 63°27.5'E, 260 m, 3 6 6, 2.6-3.7 mm,

3 ovigerous 9 9, 4.3-4.8 mm (MNL1N Pg 5675).

Musorstom 6, stn DW 479, 22.11.1989, 21 "09.ES,

167°54.95'L, 310 m, 1 9 . 2.9 mm (MNHN

Pg 5681).

Northwest I/agoon, stn 1051, 4.V.1988, 20°11.8’S,

164° 1 0.5’E, 11-12 m, 1 9, 3.3 mm (MNHN

Pg 5658).

Chalcal 2, stn DW 69, 27.X.1986, 24"44’S,

168°08'E, 260 m. 1 6, .2.2 mm (MNHN Pg 5661).

Smib 3, srn DW 18- 23.V.I987, 23°42'S. 167°59’L,

338 m. 2 6 6, 2.5 mm. 4.5 mm (MNHN Pg 5662).

Smib 4, stn DW 42, 8.IIEI989, 24“45.7’S,

168"08.4'£. 320 m, 1 d . 2.6 mm (MNHN

Pg 5663). - Stn DW 44, 8.111.1989, 24°46'S,

168°08.2’E, 300 m, 2 6 5, 2.2-4.6 mm (MNHN

Pg 5664). — Stn DW 46, 8.111.1989, 24"46.7'S,

168°08.5’E, 260 m, 1 i, 3.4 mm, 1 ovigerous 9,

2.9 mm (MNHN Pg 5665).

Smib 5. stn DW 87, 11.IX. 1989, 22"!8.7’S,

168°41.3’E, 370 m, 1 6 , 2.3 mm (MNHN

Pg 5666). — Stn DW 88, 11.XI. 1989. 22°18.6’S,

168°40.2'E, 350 m, 3 dd, 3.4-4.2 mm, 3 9 9, 2.0-

3.7 mm, I ovigerous 9,3.5 mm (paratypes) (MNHN

Pg 5657).

Smib 8, stn DW 155, 28.1.1993, 24°45'S. I68 0 08’E,

257-262 m. 1 ovigerous 9, 2.7 mm (MNHN

Pg 5667). — Stn DW 157, 28.1.1993, 24"46'S,

168’08’E, 251-255 m, | d, 4.7 mm, 1 9, 3.0 mm

(MNHN Pg 5668). —Stn DW 158, 28.1.1993,

24"46 5, 168 02’F,. 262-290 m, I 9, 2.6 mm

(MNHN Pg 5669). Stn DW 165, 28,1.1993,

24".48'5, 168"! 0’K, 372-660 m, I d , 4.7 mm

(MNHN Pg 5670), — Stn DW 175, 29.1.1993,

23°4J’S. 168°00’E, 235-240 m. 1 d, 3.7 mm

(MNHN Pg 5671). — Stn DW 182. 31.1.1993,

23* 18'S, 168“05'E, 314-340 ni. 1 ovigerous 9,

5.7 mm (MNHN Ps 5672).

Smib 10, stn DW 209, 10.1.1995, 24°49’S, 168 n 09’E,

329-560 m, 1 d, 3.6 mm, 1 ovigerous 9, 6.6 mm

(MNHN Pg 5673). — Stn DW 210, 10.1.1995,

24*49’S, 168*09'E, 308-510 m, 1 d, 3.2 mm

(MNHN Pg 5674).

Volsmar, stn DW 40, 8.VI.I989, 22°20’S,

168 U 42.2’E, 295 m. ! d, 4.9 mm, ! 9, 2.6 mm

(MNHN Pg 5682).

Ik-ryx M, srn DW 18. 16.X.1992, 24’‘47.90’S,

1 68”09.05’E. 250-270 m, 2 6 d , 2.2-4.6 mm

(MNHN Pg 568-).

Batbus 4, stn DW 924, 7-VIII. 1994, I8 D 54’S,

163°24 I., 344-360 m, 1 ovigerous 9, 3.6 mm

(MNHN Pg 5688). — Stn DW 936, 8.VIU.1994,

1 9"03 S, f63''28’E, 258-252 m, I 9. 4.0 mm

(MNHN Pg 5689). Srn CP 939, 8.VT11.94,

1 8"58'S, 1 63"25‘H, 304-320 m, I 9, 4.0 mm

(MNHN Pg 5690). Stn DW 940, 8.V111.I994.

I8“59’S, !63°25'E, 305 m, 4 56, 3-1 -3.8 mm, 1 9,

2.0 mm, 1 ovigerous 9. 3.3 mm (MNHN

Pg 5691), — .Stn DW 942, 8.V11I.1994, 19°04’S,

163°2/ E. 270-264 m, 2 5 6, 47,4.1 mm, 1 ovige¬

rous 9,4.3 mm (MNHN Pg 5642).

Halical 1, stn DW 1)4, 28.XI. 1994, I8°55’S,

163”24T., 350-365 m, 1 ovigerous 9 , 3.6 mm

(MNHN Pg 5683).

Chesterfield Isiands and Lord Hosvc Ridge.

Chalcal 1, sut CPI 7, July 1984, 28"34.7 S,

I 59" 1 5.3’F , 295 m, 1 d, 3.7 utni (MNHN

Pg 5659). — Stn DC61, 26.V1I.1984, 21°42.4’S,

I59 D 29’E, 50 m, 1 d, 3.6 mm, 2 9 9, 2.6, 3,9 mm

(MNHN Pg 5660). — Stn DC 68, 27.VI 1.1 984,

22"34.2'S, 1 59°! 5.5’E, 296 m, I 6, 4.9 mm (paraty-

pe) (MNHN Pg 5656).

Musorstom 5, stn DW 255, 7.X.1986, 25"15.4’S,

159.54.8'E, 280-295 m, I d, 2.6 mm. 1 9, 3.6 mm

(pararvpcs) (NHM 5676). — Stn CP 311,

12.X.1986, 22" 14'S, 159.23.9’E. 320 m. 1 d,

3.4 mm, 1 ovigerous 9, 4.7 mm (paratypes) (L T SNM

261450). — Stn CP 312, 12.X.1986, 22°I7.2’S,

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1999 • 21 (1)

A new Paguridae Irom the western Pacific

159.24.8’F, 315-320 m, 2<S6, 3.1, 3.2 mm, 2 9 9 ,

1.2, 2.8 mm, 2 ovigerous 9 9 , 3.7. 3.8 mm (MNHN

p g 5677). — Stn CP 318, 13X1986, 22"26.5'S,

159.21,4'E, 330 m, 1 <3, 3.4 mm, (MNHN

Pg 5678. — Stn DW 361, 19X1986. 19°52.5S,

158.38.1 ’ü, 400 m, 1 <3, 2.2 mm (MNHN

Pg 5679). — Stn DW 378, 20.X.19K6. 19' 53.7'S,

158°38.3’E. 355 ni, 1 <3,3.6 mm (MNHN Pc 5680).

Vanuatu Archipclago. Musorstom 8, .stn DW 963,

2I.IX.1994, 2()“20'S, 169”49T, 400-440 m, 1 ovige¬

rous 9, 4.0 mm (MNHN Pg 5684). —

Stn DW 964, 21.IX.1994, 20°19'S, Î69°49’F, 360-

408 m, 1 ovigerous 9, 3,9 mm (MNHN

Pg 5685). — Stn DW 1070, 4X1994- I5°36’.S,

167°I6'E, 184-190 m, 1 9 , 3.4 mm (MNHN

Pg 5686). - Stn CP 1084. 5.X. 1994, 15'’50’S,

167°17’E, 207-280 m, 1 6 (hnlotype), 5.0 mm

(MNHN Pg 5655).

Kermadec Islands, New Zealand. Stn K 857,

30.VII.1974. 30t°33.8'S, 17830.6’W, 165-180 m,

1 <3, 3.9 mm (NZOl). — Stn BS 571, 16.1X.I975,

29°18.9'S. 1 t-“ 54.2'W, 274-210 m, 1 <3, 4.4 mm,

1 9,4.6 mm (NMNZ).

Distribution. — Philippine Islands: northwesr of

Mindoro, New Caledonia, Norfolk and Loyalty

Ridges, Chesterfield Islande. Vanuatu archipclago,

Kermadec Islands. Mosr commonlv beiween 150 and

400 m, luit reported Irom 11 i<i 660 m (see

“Remarks’k

Habit at. — Found occupying gastropod shells.

Diacnosis

Shield usuallv as broad or broader than long,

occasionally slighdy longer than broad. Rostrum

usually produced but not leaching beyond level

of latéral projections; broadly rounded, occasio¬

nally nearl) obsolere. Ocular peduncles 0.65 to

nearly entire lenglh of shield; corneas slightly

dilated; ocular acicjes câch with prominein sub¬

marginal spinc. Antennular peduncles overrea-

ching distal margins of cornea by half or more

than half length of ulcimate segment; ultimate

segment usually with IOW of long setae adjacent

to dorsodistal margin and longitudinal row of

long setae on dorsolateral surface, Antcnnal

peduncles overreadiing distal margins of corneas

by up to half length of ultimate segment.

Antennal acides leaching to or beyond distal

margins ol corneas.

Chelipeds both with dense covering ol long and

frequentiy also short setae on chclae and carpi, at

least partially concealing armature. Right cheliped

with dactyl and fixed finger frequentiy roundly or

acutely trianguJar in dorsal view. Palm with single

or double row of short to long, slender to mode-

rately stout spines of both dorsomesial and dorso¬

lateral margins, dorsal surface wirh several

irregular longitudinal rows ol small spines or spi-

nulcs, extending onto dorsolateral surface of fixed

finger. Carpus with spines on dorsomesial and

dorsolateral margins; latéral face frequentiy with

few small spines, particularly in ventral half.

JVIcrus with two to fivc acute spines on ventro-

lateral distal margin; blunr or subacute protubé¬

rance at vcntromcsial angle; ventral surface often

with few small spines or spinules. Lctr cheliped

often equalling, sometimes exceedîng, right in

length but less robust; chela often narrowly to

roundly triangular in dorsal view. Palm with row

of slender, short to quite long spines on both dor¬

somesial and dorsolateral margins, dorsal surface

with nuitierous irregular longitudinal rows of

small spines and spinules extending at least onto

proximal half of fixed finger, Carpus subrrian-

gular; dorsomesial margin with row of moderate

to long acute spines usually second short row of

smaller spines on sloping dorsolateral face;

somewhat rounded ventrolateral margin with

irregular single or double row of spines, latéral

face freqltentlv with several smaller spines on ven¬

tral half. Merus with ont- spinc on dorsodistal

margin; ventrolateral margin with two to flve

acute spines. ou distal half, vetitromesial margin

with one to three subacute spines near distal

angle.

Ambularory legs similady armed front lefr to

right, but segments proportionally dissimilar.

Dorsal margins of dactyls eacb with row of long

bristle-like setae, mesial faces with covering of

long still setae and dorsally accotnpanied by row

of primate, spiniform setae in proximal half,

mesial faces venirally and/or ventromesial mar-

gins each with seven to ten sliorter spiniform

setae. Carpi each with row of five ro twelve

Spines dorsal surface, spines of third pereopods

usually smaller and sometimes fewer in numher.

Meri of second pereopods each with two to live

small spines or spinules in distal half of ventral

margins; third unarmed.

Coxae of left fifth pereopods in males with thick,

short to moderately long, setose sexual tube

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1999 • 21 (1)

A new Paguridae from the western Pacific

directed posteriori)' toward exterior. Telson with

one to three prominent, curved or hooked spines

on each ourer angle; terminal margins oblique,

each with row ofsmaller acute spines.

Description

Shield (Fig. 1 A) as broad to 1.2 broader than

long, occasîonally slightly longer than broad;

anterior margin between rostrum and latéral pro¬

jections concave; antérolatéral margins slopuig,

slightly terraced or weakly concave; posterior

margin truncatc; dorsal surface with few tufts of

setae anteriorly and latcrally. Rostrum usually

produccd but not reaching beyond level of latéral

projections; broadly rounded, occasionally ncarly

obsolète. Latéral projections well-developed, sub-

acutely or acutely triangular, usually with margi¬

nal or submarginal spine, sometimes only

corneous-ti ppcd spi n ule.

Fig. 2. — Jacquesia polymorpha n.sp., S paratype, 4.9 mm (MNHN Pg 5656); A. gill lamella from distal portion of arthrobranch of

seventh thoracic somite; B, left antennule (dorsal view, aesthetasks omitted); C, left maxillule (external view); D, left maxilla (external

view); E, left first maxilliped (external view); F, left second maxilliped (external view); G, left third maxilliped (external view). Scale

bars; A, 0.5 mm; B-G, 1.0 mm.

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1999 • 21 (1)

Saint Laurent M. de & McLaughlin P. A.

Ocular pedundes (including corneas) approxi-

mately 0.65-0 05 shteld length; moderately slen-

der basally, broadencd at bases of slightly dilated

corneas; corneal diameter 0.38-0.57 length of

peduncle. Ocular acides narrowh and acutely

triangular, with very prominent submarginal

spine. Acides vvidely separated by prominent,

slightly concave interocular lobe.

Antennular pedundes (Figs 1 A, 2B) vvhen fuily

extended, overreaching distal margins of corneas

by 0.50-0.90 length ot uliimate segment.

Ultimate segment usually with row ol long setae

adjacent to dorsodistal margin and longitudinal

row of long setae on dorsolateral surface.

Penultimate segment with few short setae. Basal

segment with statocyst région expandcd laterally

and dorsoventrally flattened, with mute spine on

dorsolateral margin. Antennal pedundes (Fig.

IA) overreaching distal margins ol corneas by

0.25-0.50 length of ultim-ate segment. F'ifth and

fourth segments with mimerons long setae dorsal-

ly and ventrally. Third segment unarmed. Second

segment with latero-distal projection reaching

from 0.25 of fourra pcduncular Segment to nearly

distal margin, terminatiug in acute simple or bifid

spine; dorso-mesial distal angle wirh prominent

acute spine. First segment with usually small,

sometimes prominent, simple Or bifid spine dor-

sodistdly ahove antennal gland orifice. Anrennal

acide reaching nearly to distal margins or often

reaching considérable beyond distal margins ol

corneas; terminating in acute spine and with long

setae on mesial margin. Antennal flagella over¬

reaching outstretched chelipeds, with une or two

(one to rwo article length) every uther article and

one or rwo long (lotir ro flve article length) every

eight to twenty-five articles.

Right cheliped (Fig. IA) with chcla varying from

moderarely long and stout to long and moderate-

ly slender (Tables I, 2); dacryl and fixed finger

often roundly or acutely triangular in dorsal

view. Dacryl 0.65-1.5 length of palm, usually

overlapped by fixed finger; tlifting edge wirh one

or two low broad calcareous teeth in proximal

half, tew very small calcareous teerh, sometimes

nearly fused, distally; terminating in small cor-

neous claw; dorsomesial margin with single or

double row of short ro long, conical acute or

subacilte spines, dorsal surface llattened or .slight¬

ly convcx, with long setae obscuring one to three

irrcgular rciws of small spines or spinules at leasi

in proximal half; ventral and mesial surfaces also

with tufts of long setae. Palm 0.75 to equal length

of carpus; dorsomesial margin with single or irre-

gularly double row of short to long, slender to

moderately stout, often conical spines; dorsal

surlace llattened to slightly convex, with several

irregular longitudinal rows ot small spines and

Spinules, extending onto dorsolateral surface of

fixed fmger, dorsolateral margin with single or

nearly double row ot moderately strong conical

spines, at least on distal portion ol palm and

decrcasing in size toward rip ol fixed finger;

armature partially ro enrirely obscurcd by short

and long simple setae; mesial, latéral and ventral

surfaces ail with numerous short transverse rows

ot long setae; dorsal surface of fixed fmger also

with numerous long setae; cutring edge with one

or two large rather blunt and fcw to several small

calcareous reeth, terminating in small corneous

or calcareous claw. Carpus equal to or slightly

longer than merus; dorsomesial margin with row

ol acute spines at leasi in distal half, strongesr at

dorsodistal angle, dorsal surface with scattered

long setae, dorsolateral margin with single or

irregular double row of spines, mesial and ventral

surfaces with short rransverse rows of long setae;

latéral face frcquently with few small spines dor-

sally at leasi partially obscured by long setae, ven-

trolatera! margin with promineiit spine distally.

Merus with numerous long setae on dorsal mar¬

gin and mesial and latéral laces; ventrolateral dis¬

tal margin wirh two to flve acute spines; blunt or

subacute protubérance at ventromcsial angle;

ventral surface often wirh few small spines or spi-

nules. Ischium with setae mesially and ventrally.

Left cheliped (Fig. 3B-D) often equaling, some¬

times exceeding, right in length but less robust;

chela often narrowly to roundly triangular in

dorsal view. Dactyl 0.85-1.2 length of palm; cut-

ting edge with row of very small corneous teeth,

terminating in corneous claw; dorsal surface flat-

tened or weakJy convex, with one to three longi¬

tudinal rows of small to moderately large spines

in proximal 0.35-0.75, partially to enrirely

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1999 * 21 (1)

A new Paguridae from the western Pacific

Fig. 3. — Jacquesia polymorpha, n.sp., A, B, E, F, holotype 5.0 mm (MNFIN Pg 5655); C, S paratype, 4.9 mm (MNHN Pg 5656); D,

S, 3.7 mm (MNFIN Pg 5668): A, carpus and chela of right chellped (dorsal view, setae omltted); BD, same of left cheliped: E, right

second pereopod; F, left thlrd pereopod (latéral view, setae omitted). Scale bars: 2 mm.

obscured by long setae; dorsomesial margin with tufts of long setae. Palm 0.65-0.80 length of car-

row of short to moderately long spines decrea- pus; dorsomesial and dorsolateral margins each

sing in size distally and extending nearly to tip of with row of slender, short to quite long spines,

fixed finger; mesial and ventral surfaces with dorsal surface flattened or with slightly elevated

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1999 • 21 (1)

Saint Laurent M. de & McLaughlin P. A.

rounded médian plateau, surface with numerous

irregular longitudinal rows ol small spines and

spinules eXtending at Jeast onto proximal hall of

fixed finger, ail partially to completely ohscured

by short and/or long setae; cuCting edge of fixed

finger with row of small calcareons teeth inter-

spersed with small corneous teeth, termînating in

small corneous claw; mcsial, laLeral and ventral

surfaces also with numerous long serae, Carpus

suhtriangular, approximarely as long to 0.35 lon¬

ger than merus; dorsomesial margin with row of

moderate to long acute spines ar least in distal

0.65, usually second short row of smaller spines

on sloping dorsolatcral face, occasionally on one

or two ver)’ small spinules; ail partially obscured

by long setae; mesial, latéral and ventral faces

eacli with short transverse rows ot long setae;

somewhar rounded ventrolateral margin with

irregular single or double row of spines, distal-

rnosr offen extremely prominent, latéral face fre-

quently with several smaller spines in ventral half.

Merus with long setae on. dorsal, latéral and ven¬

tral surfaces, dorsodistal margin with one spine;

ventrolateral margin with two to five acute spines

in distal half, ventromesial margin with one to

three subacute spines near distal angle; ventral

surface often with one to several small spines dist-

ally. Ischium with long setae on ventral margin.

Fig. 4 — Jacquesia polymorpha n.sp., A, B. holotype. 5.0 mm (MNHN Pg 5655); C. F. d paratype, 4.9 mm (MNHN Pg 5656); D, G,

6 , 4.7 mm; E. H, tî, 3.7 mm (MNHN Pg 5675). A, dactyl and propodus of right fourth pereopod (latéral view); B, dactyl and propo-

dus of right fifth pereopod (latéral view); CE, sfernite and coxae of last (eighth) thoracic sternite, showing left sexual tube and right

gonopore (ventral view); F H, telson. Scale bars: 1.0 mm.

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1999 - 21 (1)

A new Paguridae from the western Pacific

Ambulatory legs (Figs 2B, 3E, F) similarly armed

from left to right, but proportîonally dissimilar.

Dactyls of second right 1.0-1.4, third left 1.4-2.2

length of propodi; in dorsal view, straight; in

latéral view, oftcn somewhat curved vemrally;

terminating in slender corn vous elavvs; dorsal

margins each vvith row of long bristle-like setae,

mesial faces with covering of long Stifl setae and

dorsally accomp.inied by row of pinnatc, spini-

torm setae in proximal half, mesial faces ventrallv

and/or ventromesial margins each with seven to

ten shorter spiniform setae. Propodi ol right

second 1.4-2.2, propodi of third left 1.0-1.6

length cit carpi; with long setae dorsally, arising

from low protubérances, few scattered setae ven-

trally, ventrodistal margin with one or two spini¬

form setae mesial ly. Carpi each with row of five

to rwelve spines dorsal surface, but without spine

at dorsodistal angle, spines of third pereopods

usually smaller and sometirne.s fçwer in number.

Meri of second right pereopods longer and more

slender than meri of third left; ail wirh low pro¬

tubérances and ttifts of moderately long setae on

dorsal margins; ventral margins of second pereo-

pods each with two to five srnall spines or spi-

nules in distal half; third unarmed. Ischia

unarmed.

Sternite of third pereopods with srnall, subovare,

roundly rriangular, or subquadrate anterior lobe

(Fig. 3C), un-armed or with one or two terminal

spinules partially obscured by long setae. Fourth

pereopods subchelate or very weakly scmichelate.

Coxae of fifth pereopods in males asymmetrical;

left (Figs 2C-H, 3D) with rhick, short to modera¬

tely long setose sexual tube directed posteriorly

toward exterior.

Telson (Figs 1 Fi, 4F-H) with posterior lobes

slightly to moderately asymmetrical, each outer

angle with one to three prominent, curved or

hooked spines; terminal margins oblique, each

with row of smaller acute spines.

Colour (in preservative)

Shield with splotches of orange, largest near pos¬

terior margin laterally. Ocular peduncles uni-

forndv orange. Second segments of antennal

peduncles opaque with orange distally. Chelipeds

whitish, with orange band at mid-length of both

dactyls and fixed fîngers; palms orange on mesial

faces at dorsodistal angles and in longitudinal

streak on dorsal midline; carpi each with patch of

orange distomesially and distolaterally, and one

large orange spot ptoxïmally on mesial and laté¬

ral face; meri each with patch of orange on

mesial and latéral faces at distal margins and one

large orange spot on latéral face proximally.

Ambulatory legs whitish, each with three orange

bands fin dactyls, one distally, une in proximal

half and one at proximal margin; propodi each

with orange band at mid-length and orange spot

on latéral face prOximally; carpi each with patch

of orange on distal margin mesinlly and laterally,

patch of orange dorsally at mid-length on mesial

face and spot in proximal half uf latéral lace ven-

trally; meri each wilh orange patch dorsodistally,

two widely-separated orange spots on latéral face

and additiorul orange spot on mesial faces of

second pereopnds. Ischia o( third pereopods each

with diffuse patch of orange laterally.

Reproduction

Ft males were ovigerous at shield lengths of 2.7-

6.6 mm, and ail carried numerous small eggs.

The reproductive season appears ro be quite pro-

longed, with egg-bearing feitiales collected Irnm

Augusr to Match. Eggs were ail in relatively early

stages of development at die lime of capture,

with non-eyed eggs measuring from 0.62 to

0.82 mm in diameter.

Remarks

As its namc implies, Jacquesia polymorpha is mor-

phologically highly variable. Thèse variations are

most striking in the length of the male sexual

tube and the shape of the left chcla (Fig. 3B-D).

The ten males front Vanuatu and the

Chesterfield Islande had short sexual tubes

(Figs 1D, 4.C) and despite a xi/.e range of 2.6 to

5.0 mm (shield length), the sexual tube remained

short, not rcaching nuich if any heyond the coxal

margin. These short sexual tubes appeared to

arise more anteriorly on the coxa than the longer

tubes, and as previously indicated, were ptessed

closely against the coxal surface. Among the

thirty-four males with long sexual tubes, ail from

New Caledonia proper and the Kermadec

Islands, shield lengths rangée! from 2.0 to

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1999 • 21 (1)

Saint Laurent M. de & McLaughlin P. A.

Table 1 . — Chelae width/length ratio in samples of Jacquesia polymorpha n.sp. with short male sexual tube (given as percent maxi¬

mum width to length). a. m., appendage missing.

Locality

Cruise/Station

Depth (m)

s.l. (mm)

Right chela

3 9

Left chela

3 2

Chesterfleld

Mus. 5, CP 312

315-320

1.8

Chesterfield

Mus. 5, CP 312

315-320

2.8

Chesterfield

Mus. 5. CP 312

315-320

3.1

a. m.

Chesterfield

Mus. 5, CP 312

315-320

3.3

—

Vanuatu

Mus. 8, DW 1070

184-190

3.4

a. m.

Chesterfield

Mus. 5. CP 311

311

3.4

—

Chesterfield

Mus. 5, CP 316

330

3.5

—

Chesterfield

Chalcal 1. DC 61

250

3.6

Chesterfield

Chalcal 1. CP 17

295

3.7

—

Chesterfield

Mus. 5, CP 312

315-320

3.7

Chesterfield

Mus. 5, CP 312

315-320

3.8

Vanuatu

Mus. 8. DW 964

360-40

3.9

Chesterfield

Chalcal 1, DC 61

250

3.9

—

Chesterfield

Mus. 8, DW 963

400-440

4.0

Vanuatu

Mus. 5. CP 311

320

4.7

Chesterfield

Chalcal 1, DC 68

296

4.9

Vanuatu

Mus. 8, CP 1084

207-280

5.0

Average

43.7

48.7

38.5

42.2

Table 2. — Same data as Table 1 in samples of Jacquesia polymorpha n.sp. with long maie sexual tube.

Locality

Cruise/Station

Depth (m)

s.l. (mm)

Right chela

3 9

Left chela

3 2

Chesterfield

Mus. 5, DW 361

400

2.2

—

N. Caledonla

Chalcal 2. DW 69

260

2.2

a. m.

—

N. Caledonia

Smib 4, DW 44

300

2.2

—

N. Caledonia

Smib 5, DW 87

370

2.3

—

N. Caledonia

Volsmar, DW 40

295

2.6

—

N. Caledonia

Mus. 4, DW 184

260

2.6

—

N. Caledonia

Smib 4. DW 46

260

2.9

—

N. Caledonia

Smib 5, DW 68

350

3.3

a. m.

N. Caledonia

Smib 5, DW 88

350

3.4

N. Caledonia

Smib 5, DW 88

350

3.5

—

N. Caledonia

Smib 4. DW 46

260

3.5

Chesterfield

Mus. 5, DW 378

355

3.6

—

N. Caledonia

Smib 5, DW 88

350

3.7

—

N. Caledonia

Mus, 4, DW 184

260

3.7

N. Caledonia

Mus. 4. DW 184

260

3.7

—

N. Caledonia

Srnib 5, DW 88

350

4.2

N. Caledonia

Mus. 4, DW 184

260

4.5

—

N. Caledonia

Beryx 11, DW 18

250-270

4.5

N. Caledonia

Smib 4, DW 44

300

4.6

N. Caledonia

Smib 8, DW 165

372-660

4.7

N. Caledonia

Mus. 4, DW 184

260

4.8

a. m.

N. Caledonia

Volsmar, DW 40

295

4.9

Average

48.7

49.5

48.7

47.5

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1999 • 21 (1)

A new Paguridae from the western Pacific

4.9 mm, and in ail individuals the tube extended

vvell beyond the distal coxal margin (Fig. 4D, E).

The dorsal surfaces of the chelae are covered by

long setae accompanied by dense short setae,

both of which almosr entirdy obscurcd the surface

armature The lefr chela is relarively broad,

roundly triangular in males of the first grotip. In

rhe second grotip the serai covering of the chelae

consisred principally of dense long setae; and the

left chela was relarively narrow and triangular.

In both groups of males, the righr gonopore is

quite small, developed near the anteromesîal

margîn of the coxa, and it is at least partially

concealed by the surrounding setae.

As with chela shape, rhcre was sonie variation in

the occurrence of short setae. AU specimens had

an abundam covering of long setae, both margi-

nally and on the surfaces; however, most fre-

quently, but not exdusively, rhe broader the

chela, rhe more common the presence of short

setae as wcll.

Armature of the chelipeds and amhulatory legs

similarly showed considérable variation, that did

not appcar correlated either with sex or size.

While spines on the tnargins ofborh palms were

often relarively short (Fig. 3A, B, D). they also

could be exrremely elongafe, slender and curved

(Fig. 3C). Armature of rhe carpi of rhe lefr cheli¬

peds was even more variable. A row of spines of

moderate to appréciable si/e was always présent

on the dorsomesial margin, but while usually

extending wcll onto rhe proximal half, the spine

row sometimes would not reach beyond mid-

length. Spines on the sloping dorsolateral margin

in somc specimens fornied a wcll def'tned row,

but in others were rcplaicd by only one or two

spinules. Similarly, die latéral laces ol lhese carpi

were unarmed in sonie specimens, had only a

ventral marginal row of spines or could be srron-

gly spinose over rhe entire ventral half ol the sur¬

lace. Spines on the carpi varied both in ntimber

and in strength on both rhe second and rhird

pereopods.

The four specimens Irom the Philippines differed

from ail ol the others in lacking the distinct row

of long setae on the distal margin of the uitimate

segment of the antennuiar peduncle. It did not

appear that rhe setae had been lost during capture

or as a resuit of préservation, as no row of setal

porcs could be detected under lilgh magnifica-

tion with light microscopy. There also appeared

to be a slight différence in the density of the ter¬

minal setation of the male sexual tube; its length

was gcnerally intermédiare between the long or

short tubes observed in the orher males. It is pos¬

sible that these différences are indicative of a dis¬

tinct Philippine subspecies; however, in view ol

the wide ranges of variation observed in orher

char.tcters of J. polymorphe n.sp., we do not )eel

it prudent to propose a separate taxon for the

Philippines specimens on the basis of four indivi¬

duals.

DISCUSSION

We inicially were of the opinion that two very

similar species were represented in the collection.

I he first could be characterized in having short

sexual tube that was not produced much beyond

the distal margin of rhe coxa and was very closely

applied against the coxa, givtng the impression ol

partial fusion. Additionally, the serai covering of

the chelae in thi.s group consisted principally of

dense long setae; rhe left chela was not narrow

and triangular. The males of rhe second group

each had a relarively long male sexual tube that

extended well beyond rhe distal margin ol rhe

coxa, chelae with the dorsal surfaces covered by

long setae accompanied by dense short setae,

both of which almost entirdy obscured the surface

armature, and a relarively broad, roundly trian-

gtilar left chela.

To test our hypothèses, we examined not only the

lengih/width ratios ol the ldi chela in the two

groups, but also chose of the right, and four

otlier structures that arc commonly conservarive

in pagurid species, looking for borh inter-group

différences and possible sexual dimorphism. Our

sam pie si/es are loo small for meaningful sratisri-

cal analyses, but hâve provided the means for a

substnntive assessment.

As ma y bc scen from Table I (first group), there

was not an appréciable différence between the

average ratios of either chela in males and

females. In contrast, there was a suggestion of

sexual dimorphism in the second group

ZOOSYSTEMA - 1999 • 21 (1)

Saint Laurent M. de & McLaughlin P. A.

Table 3. — Shield lenglh/width ocular peduncle/shield Isngth ratios; percent overreach of antennular and antennal peduncles* in

samples of Jacquesia polymorpha, new species. with short male sexual tube. \ percent ultimate antennular and/or antennal pedun-

cular overreaches ocular peduncle (measured at distal corneal margin).

Cruise/Station

si (mm)

Shield

â 9

Ocular

peduncles

8 9

peduncles

8 9

peduncles

8 9

Mus. 5 CP312

1.8

—

Mus. 5 CP312

2.8

Mus. 5 CP312

3.1

Mus. 5CP312

3.3

Mus. 8 DW1070

3.4

—

100

Mus. 5CP311

3.4

—

Mus. 5CP31B

3.5

Chai 1 DW 61

3.6

—

Chal.1 CPI 7

3.7

Mus. 5CP312

3.7

Mus. 5CP312

3.8

Mus. 8 DW964

3.9

—

100

—

Chalcal 1 DW61

3.9

—

Mus.8 DW963

4.0

102

116

Mus. 5CP311

4.7

—

Chalc, 1 DW68

4.9

Mus. 8 CPI 084

5.0

100

Average

91.5

95.8

76.6

78.0

86.1

79.2

26.8

29.4

Table 4. — Same data as Table 3 in samples of Jacquesia polymorpha, new species, with long male sexual tube.

Cruise/Station

si (mm)

Shield

8 9

Ocular

peduncles

8 9

peduncles

8 9

peduncles

6 9

Mus.5 DW361

2.2

—

Chai.2 DW69

2.2

—

Smib 4 DW44

2.2

—

Smib 4 DW87

2.3

Volsm. DW40

2.6

100

Mus. 4 DW184

2.6

Smib 4 DW46

2.9

Smib 5 DW88

3.3

Smib 5 DW88

3.4

Smib 5 DW88

3.5

—

Smib 4 DW46

3.5

Mus. 5 DW378

3.6

Smib 5 DW88

3.7

100

Mus. 4DW184

3.7

Mus. 4 DW184

3.7

Smib 5 DW88

4.2

101

Mus. 4 DW184

4.3

Ber. 11 DW18

4.5

Mus. 4DW184

4.5

Smib 4 DW44

4.6

—

Smib 8 DW165

4.7

Mus. 4 DW184

4.8

Volsmar DW40

4.9

101

Average

95.5

93.8

85.9

77.3

75.5

82.1

28.5

43.1

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1999 • 21 (1)

A new Paguridae from the western Pacific

(Table 2); males o( chis group cended to hâve

noticeably narrower clielae. Although an average

différence can be seen between die two gronps,

their ranges do overlap. In the four addirional

characters (Tables 3, 4), the average ratios ol

shield lengrb to width vvere not appreciably diffe¬

rent between the sexes in the First group, but lon¬

ger shields were more common in lemales of the

second group. When the ratios ol shield length

to ocular pcduncular length were examined, the

reverse Was truc. Différences in the average ratios

between males and females of the Rrsr group

were pronounced, but only slighr in the second

group. In the distance that both the antennular

peduncles and antc-nnal peduncles extended

beyond rhe distal margins ol the corneas (given

as the ratio of extension to ocular peduncle leng¬

th, in percent), fernales of the First group avera-

ged appreciably greater extension than did males,

whereas males averaged greater antennular

peduncle extension in the second group and

antennal peduncular extension was very similar

between the sexes. Although averages of ail ratios

diff ered between the îwo groups, ranges overlap-

ped. No definitive patterns could be detected

that would support the hypothesis of two taxa

represented.

We then looked at the bathymétrie and géogra¬

phie distributions of the two groups. As may be

seen in Tables I, 2 with only two exceptions, ail

specimens of the group characterized by a broad

chela and long male scxual tube came from the

New Calcdonia area; specimens of rhe second

group ail were collectcd in the Chesterfield

Istands and Vanuatu. The three specimens from

rhe Kermadçc Rlands, while nor included in our

morphomerric examination, are assignable ro the

first group. No différences in bathymétrie distri¬

butions hâve been ohserved. Therefore, we hâve

concluded thar the morphological variation seen

in Jaccfucsia polymorpha, new spccies, is more

probably a (miction of geography and/or habitat

than genetic différence. Howevcr, because our

détermination lias been made on a relatively

small sample, rhe possibilité that two taxa really

are involved can not be totally ignored. For that

reason, we hâve selected the holotype and para-

types exclusively from the group characterized by

the shorr male sexual tube and narrow left chela.

Acknowledgements

We express our sînccre thanks to Jacques Forest,

Muséum national d’Histoire naturelle, Paris,

Alain Crosnier, Office national de la Recherche

Scientifique er Technique Outre Mer, Paris, and

Steve O’Shea, National Instituie of Water and

Atmospheric Research, Wellington, for providing

much of the material upon which chis study bas

been based. This is a scientific contribution from

the Shannon Point Marine Center, Western

Washington University.

REFERENCES

Forest J. 1985. —I et If - Philippines (1976. 1980),

résultats des campagnes Musorstom. Tome 2.

Mémoires du Muséum national d'ilhtoire naturelle

(A) Zoologie 133 : 7-30. fïgs I, 2.

Mei.juglilin P. A. 1997. — Crustacés Decapoda:

Herrmc crabs of the Family Paguridae from rhe

K A RE BAR cruise in Indortesia. in Crosnier A. &

Bouchet P. (eds). Résultats des Campagnes

Musorstom. Volume 16. Mémoires du Muséum

national d'Histoire naturelle 172 : 43.3-572,

figs 1-44.

McL.aughlin P. A. &. Saint Laurent M. de 1998. — A

new genux for four species of hermir crabs hereio-

fore assignetl ro the gémis Payants Pabricius

(Decapoda: Anunturj: Paguridae). Prnccedings of

the Bio/oçical Society o/ Washington 111 ( 1 ) :

158-187, fias M 2.

Mil ne F.dwards A. 1880. — Report on the résulta of

dredgings, under the supervision of Alexander

Agassi?., in rhe Gu If of Mexico, and in the

Caribfeean Sca, 1877. 78. 79, by the l'nttcd States

Coast Survey steamer "Blaire", 1 ieut.-Commander

C.D. Sigsbcc, Ü.S.N., and Commander J. R.

Bardât, Ü.S.N., commanding. VIII. Prudes préli¬

minaires sur les Crustacés. Bulletin of the Muséum

of Comparative Zoology, Harvard College 8(1):

1 - 68 .

Richet de Forges B, 1990. — Les campagnes d’explo¬

ration de la faune bathyale dans la zone écono¬

mique de la Nouvelle-Calédonie. Explorations for

batrnal launa in the New Caledonia économie

? ont, ut A Crosnier (ed.), Résultats des

Campagnes Musorstom. Volume 6. Mémoires du

Muséum national d'Histoire naturelle (A) 145 :

9-54, figs 1-13.

- 1993. — Les campagnes d'exploration de la laitue

bathyale (aires depuis mai 1989 dans la zone écono¬

mique de la Nouvelle-Calédonie. Liste de stations,

in Crosnier A. (ed.), Résultats des Campagnes

Musorstom. Volume 10. Mémoires du Muséum

national d’Histoire naturelle 156 : 27-34.

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1999 ■ 21 (1)

Saint Laurent M. de & McLaughlin P. A.

Richer de Forges B. & Chevillion C. 1996. — Les

campagnes d’échantillonnage du benthos bathyal

en Nouvelle-Calédonie en 1993 et 1994

(Bathus 1 & 4, SM1B 8 et Halipro 1), in

Crosnier A. (ed.). Résultats des Campagnes

Musorstom. Volume 15. Mémoires du Muséum

national d'Histoire naturelle 168 : 35-53, figs 1-5.

Richer de Forges B., Faliex E. & Menou J.-L.

1996. — La campagne Musorstom 8 dans l’archi¬

pel de Vanuatu. Compte rendu et liste des stations,

in Crosnier A. (ed.), Résultats des Campagnes

Musorstom. Volume 15. Mémoires du Muséum

national d'Histoire naturelle 168 : 9-32, figs 1-16.

Saint Laurent-Dechancé M. de 1966a. — Iridopa-

gurus, genre nouveau de Paguridae (Crustacés

Décapodes) des mers tropicales américaines.

Bulletin du Muséum national d'Histoire naturelle ,

Paris, série 2, 38 (2) : 151-173, figs 1-38.

— 1966b. — Remarques sur la classification de la

famille des Paguridae et sur la position systéma¬

tique d’ Iridopagurus de Saint Laurent. Diagnose

d’ Anapagrides gen. nov. Bulletin du Muséum natio¬

nal d'Histoire naturelle , Paris, série 2, 38 (3) :

257-265.

Submitted on 21 May 1998;

accepted on 6 October 1998.

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1999 • 21 (1)

Trapeziid crabs (Crustacea, Brachyura,

Xanthoidea,Trapeziidae) of the Indian Océan

and the Red Sea

ZOOSYSTEMA •

Peter CASTRO

Biological Sciences Department,

California State Polytechnic University,

Pomona, California 91768-4032 (USA)

pcastro@csupomona.edu

Castro P. 1999. — Trapeziid crabs (Crustacea, Brachyura, Xanthoidea, Trapeziidae) of the

Indian Océan and the Red Sea. Zoosystema 21 (1) : 93-120.

KEYWORDS

Crustacea.

Brachyura,

Trapeziidae,

Indian Océan,

Red Sea,

symbioses.

ABSTRACT

Twenty-seven species belonging to five généra of tbe finiily Trapeziidae inlia-

bit the Indian Océan ami the Red Sea. These are: Hexagonalin brucei ,

Quadrella boopsis , Q. conmata , Q. maculosa, Q. retieulata , Q. serenei, Tetraba

cavimann, T. cinctipes , T. fulva , 7. ntgrolineata , 77 ntbnductyla , 77 vannibii,

Tetmloides heterodactyla, Tetmloides nigrijrom, Tmpezia cymodoce , Tr. digital:s,

Tr. ferruginea, Tr. flauopuncmta, Ir. fornum , Tr. guttata, Tr. lutta , Tr. puni tipes,

Th richtem , 7i: rufoputictata , 7n septata , 7i: speciosa, Tr. ligrimt. The taxono¬

mie status of ont of tlicsc species, Quadrella serenei Galil, 1986, is discussed

and the species is redescribed, Q, serenei was initially referred to as Q. cyrenae

Ward, 1942 but it is concluded tbat Ward used specimens of Q. maculosa

Alcock, 1898 in iis description; Q. lewimolmi Galil, 1986 is a subjective svno-

nym of Q. serenei. Anorher species, Tmpeziapunctipes Castro, 1997, is a new

record for the région.

MOTS CLÉS

Crustacea,

Brachyura,

Trapeziidae,

océan Indien,

mer Rouge,

symbiose.

RÉSUMÉ

Trapeziidae (Crustacea, Brachyura, Xanthoidea) de l’océan Indien et de la mer

Rouge.

Vingt-sept espèces appartenant à cinq genres de la famille Trapeziidae vivent

dans les eaux de l'océan Indien et de la mer Rouge. Il s'agit de : Hexagomiba

brucei. Quadrilla boopsis, Q, roronatii , Q. maculosa, Q. retieulata, Q. serenei,

Tetraba cavimann, 77 cinctipes . 77 fuira, 77 nigrolineatn, T. rubridactyla, i, van-

ninii, Tetmloides heterodactyla, Tetmloides nigrifnnh, Tmpezia cymodoce,

Tr. digitalis, Tr. ferruginea, Tr. flauopunttata, Tr. formata , Tr. guttata, Tr. lutta,

Tr. punctipes, Tr. richtem, Te. i ufopunctata, Tr. septata, h: spcciosa, Tr. tigrina.

La position taxonomique d’une espèce, Quadrella serenei Galil. 1986, est dis¬

cutée et l’espèce est redécrite. Q. serenei a été initialement désignée comme

Q. tyrenae Ward, 1942 mais on conclut que Ward a utilisé des spécimens de

Q. maculosa Alcock, 1898 dans sa description ; Q, kwimohni Galil, 1986 est

un synonyme subjectif de Q. serenei.. Une autre espèce, Trapezia punctipes

Castro, 1997, est signalée dans la région pour la première fois.

1999 -21 (1)

Castro P.

INTRODUCTION

Although included by Serène (1984) in his

monograph of the Xanthoidea of the western

Indian Océan and the Red Sea, the more récent

révisions of the Trapeziidae by Galil (1985,

1986a, 1986b, 1986c, 1988a, 1988b), Galil &

Clark (1988), Galil 6c Lewinso'hn (1983, 1984.

1985) and Castro (1996, 1997a, 1997b. 1998b,

1999) hâve prompttd a reexamtnation of ni a te-

rial front the région, especially thar examined by

Serène himself. Scveral collections, particularly

those at the Muséum national d'Histoire natu¬

relle, Paris, as vvell as spedmens examined live

hâve served as the basis lot rbix study. Not inclu-

ded here ate six species chat were included in the

Trapeziidae by Serène (1984): Calontrcinus afri-

canus Caïman, 1909, C. habei Takeda, 1980,

Domecia glabra Alcock, 1899. D. hispicla Eydoux

et Soulever, 1842, Jonesius triunguiculatiu

(Borradaile, 1902) and Palmyria palmyrensis

(Rathbun, 1923). Their position within the

Xanthoidea needs to be reexamined.

Référencés only lise records for the area and

should not be interpreted as complété synony¬

mies. One exception is Quadret/a serenei Galil,

1986, which is revi.xed. Measnremenrx are given

as carapace widtb (cw) and carapace length front

the médian sulcus (cl). Géographie liâmes follow

their Ertglish spelling in rhe tltird (1993) édition

of the Times Atlas (l imes Books, London).

The specimens studied are deposited in institu¬

tions that are indicated in the text as follows:

BMNH Natural History Muséum (former British

Muséum [Natural 1 listory]), London,

U. K.;

BPBM Bernice 1’. Bishop Muséum, Honolulu,

Hawaii, USA;

CBM Natural llistory Muséum and Institutc,

Chiba, Japan;

LACM Natural History Muséum of Los Angeles

County, Los Angeles, USA;

MHNR Muséum d'Histoire naturelle, Saint-Denis,

La Réunion, France;

NHS Nanki High School, lanabe, Japan;

MNLIN Muséum national d’Histoire naturelle,

Paris, France;

RMNH Nationaal Natuurhistorisch Muséum (for¬

mer Rijksmuseum van Natuurlijke

Historié), Leiden, The Netherlands;

SAM South African Muséum, Cape Town,

South Africa;

SMF Forschungsinstitut Senckenberg, Frankfurt

am Main, Germant;

USNM National Muséum of Natural History,

Smithsonian Institution, Washington,

D.C., USA,

WAM Western Australian Muséum, Perth,

Australia;

YU Department ol Biology. York University,

York, U.K.;

ZISP Zoological Institute, St. Petersburg. Russia;

ZMMU Zoological Muséum, Moscotv State

University, Moscow. Russia;

ZRC Zoological Relerence Collection, National

University of Singapore, SLngapore.

LIST OF SPECIES

Hexagonalia brucei (Serène, 1973)

Quadrella bnopsis Alcock, 1898

Quadrella coromta Dana, 1852

Quadrella mandata Alcock, 1898

Quadrella retmdata Alcock, 1898

Quadrella serenei Galil, 1986

Tetralm cavimana Heller, 1861

Tetralia dnctipes Pnulson, 1875

Tetralia fitlua Serène, 1984

Tetralia nigrolineata Serène et I )at, 1984

Tetralia rubridactyla Garth, 1971

Tetralia vanninii Galil et Clark, 1988

Tetraloides beterodactyla (I leller, 1861)

Tetraloides nïgrifrons (Dana, 1852)

Trapezia cymodoce (Herbxt, 1801 )

Tmpezta dighalis Latreille, 1828

Trapezia fenugiuca Latreille, 1828

Trapezia flavapttnaaia Eydoux et Souleyet, 1842

Trapezia farmosa Smith, 1869

Trapeziaguttata Rüppell, 1830

Trapezia lutta Castro, 1997

Trapeziapunedpes Castro, 1997

Trapezia nebterd Galil et Lewinsohn, 1983

Trapezia rufuptuu tata (Hcrbst, 1799)

Trapezia septata Dana, 1852

Trapezia speciosa Dana, 1852

Trapezia tigrina Eydoux et Souleyet, 1847

ZOOSYSTEMA ■ 1999 - 21 (1)

Trapeziid crabs of the Indian Océan and the Red Sea

SYSTEMATIC ACCOUNT

Family TRAI'I-./.IIDAF Miers, 1886

Genus Hexagonalia Galil, 1986

Hexagonalia brucei (Serène, 1973)

Quadrella brucei Serène, 1973: 202, figs 3, 8, 17-19,

pl. 2A-D (Kenya); 1984: 288, fig. 192, pl. 41 B, C

(Kenya).

Hexagonalia brucei - Galil 1986c: 276, figs 1, 2

(Kenya).

Materjal EXAMINE». — Kenya. “Manihine", cr. 331,

2°33’S - 40°54'E, 100 m, 11.X.1971. A. J. Bruce coll.

: 1 9 (MNHN-B 8190): cr. 333. 10.X11.197I: 1 d

(MNHN-B 8189); 2°58.6'S - 40°45'H, 170 m,

cr. 333, 8.XIU971: 4 66, 1 9 (MNHN-B 8191);

2°33'S - 40°54'E, 100 m, cr. 334, 9.1.1972: 6 6 6,

3 99 (MNHN-B 8192).

Mozambique Straits. “Van Gog", 30-170 m, on gor-

gonian ?, 26.1V, 1966. B. G, Ivanov coll.: 1 9

(7.MMU).

Distribution. — Only known trom a scylasterid

coral and what appears to be a gorgonian in the wes¬

tern Indian Océan at depths of 50-170 m.

Genus Quadrella Dana, 1851

Quadrella boopsis Alcock, 1898

Quadrella boopsis Alcock, 1898: 227 (Bay of Bengali;

1899: pl. 38, fig. 1. - Serène 1975: 514, figs 5-12,

pl. 2 (Madagascar); 1984; 287, fig. 191, pl. 41A (Ma¬

dagascar). - Castro 1999 (Mozambique, Madagascar).

Quadrella bispinosa Borradaile, 1902: 266. fig. 58

(Maldives). Barnard 1950: 819 (Mozam¬

bique). — Galil 1986c: 278, fig. 3A-D (Maldives).

MATERIAL EXAMINE», — Mozambique. Xai-Xai: 1 d

(SAM A10830).

Madagascar. Faux Gap région, 28.X.I958,

A. Crosnier coll.: 2 6 6, 1 $ (MNHN-B 8188).

Distribution. — Syrtjbiont of deudrophylliid corals

Iront the sourhwestern Indian Océan to the western

Pacific Océan (Japan to French Polynesia) at depths of

10-95 ni (see Castro 1999).

Quadrella coronata Dana, 1852

Quadrella coronata Dana, 1852a: 84. - Alcock 1898:

226 (northem Indian Océan). - Borradaile 1902: 266

(Maldives). - Rathbun 1911: 235 (Seychelles). —

Klun/.inger 1913: 317 (Red Sea). - Barnard 1947: 365

(South Africa); 1950: 281. fig, 52c. f (South

Africa). — Serène 1984: 289, ng. 195, pl. 41F

(Madagascar). - Galil 1986c; 282, figs 3F„ 4C-E

(Seychelles. Maldives, Sri Lanka). - Kalk 1995: 228,

fig. 8.10a (as Tmpezia cynwdocea [«VI) (Mozambique).

Quadrella coronata var. granulosa Borradaile, 1902:

266 (Maldives). - Laurie 1906: 411 (Sri Lanka).

Mati.kiaI EXAMINE». — Red Sea. “Ob”, 50 m,

8.VI. 1956: 1 d (ZMMU).

Persian Gulf. Off Kltor Fakkan, 2572FN - 56°23’E,

24-28 lit, on StphonwoMd sp., 3-4. VU. 1995, M. Apel

coll.: 4 ? 9 (SME 24083).

Seychelles. Reves 2 Expédition, stn 21, 5°21.8'S -

56 fl 10.4’E, 55 m, on gorgonian. 6.IX.1980: 1 d, 2

9 9 (MNHN-B 11622): stn 41, 4°43 - S - 56°14..VE,

53 m, on goigoiiiau. I3.JX.1980- I <5, l 9 (MNHN-

B 11614); stn 44, 4 r 19,3’S - 56“ 11.9'F, 62 m, on gor¬

gonian, 14.IX.1980: 2 ê'â, J 9 (MNHN-B 11615);

stn 49, 3“54.4'S - 55°4.9.1’£, 57 m. on antipatharian,

15.IX.1980: 1 d (MNHN-B 11623). — Northwest

of D'Arros 1„ NIOP-E Tyro Expédition, stn 751,

5°24’S - 53° 19 F, 56-59 m, on alcyonaccan,

26.X1I.I992; 2 6 6 (RMNH D 4/202); sm 752,

5°24'S 53'19'E, 45-55 ni, on alcyonaccan,

26.XII.1992:3 6 6, 2 ? 9 (RMNH D 4-203); north

of St. Joseph Atoll, stn 7 55. 5°23’S - 53 0 19'E, 50 ni,

on alcyonaccan, 26.XI1.1992: 4 6 6. I 9 (RMNH

D 47204); south ol D Arros E, stn 764, 5°29 S -

53“l8'F„ 50-55 m, 28.XU.1992; I 6, I 9 (RMNH

L) 47205); north of Poivre Atoll, sm 766, 5"44'S -

53"20’F., 43-48 m. 29.XI1.1992; I 6, I 9 (RMNH D

47206); north of Poivre Atoll, stn 776, 5"42'S -

53°18'E, 42-45 m, 3I.XII.I992: I 6 (RMNH D

47207); west of Poivre Atoll, stn 778, 5”46'S -

53°I FF,. 57 tri, 1.1.1993: 1 9 (RMNH D 47208).

Comoro Is. Mayotte, Passe de Fongogori, 40 m, on

white gorgonian, April 1995, J. C. Martin coll,: 1 6

(MHNR-40).

Mozambique. "AJgoa". 37“I5’S - 18“30'F., 69 m,

17.VI.1994: ! V (SAM A41484).

South Africa. KwaZulu-Natal, W. H. Bell-Manley

coll.: I 9 (BMNH 1928.12.1.56), — KwaZulu-

Natal, Port Durnford. "Meiring Naude", 29°00.9’S -

32N2.FE. 200-220 m, 13.VI.1988: I 6 (SAM

A43254), — KwaZulu-Natal, ofl Sodwana Bav,

“Sardinops”, 31“8'S 32'M3 E, 70 m, on gorgonian,

2.VI.I990: I 6 (SAM A43257), 1 9 (SAMA43258);

Kastcrn Cape Province, ol f l .tla Nek, 27°13.6 S -

32 Ü 14.3'F., 75 m. 8.VI.1990: 1 9 (SAM A4.3256);

Eastern Cape Province, ofl Boteler Pt, 27°00.4'S -

32°55,2’F. 66 nv, (tVI.1990: I 9 (SAM A43255).—

KwaZulu-Natal, Durban, 1932: I cî. I 9 (SAM

A7829), — OiïCape Agulhas, 50 ni, 13-14.XII. 1984,

W. I.irvcd coll,: 1 d, I 9 (SAM A43253).

Madagascar. Nosy Bé, 5 m, 1971, P. Laboure coll.:

1 d (MNHN-B 25239), 1 d, 1 9 (MNHN-

B 25240), 1 d (MNHN-B 25241).

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1999 - 21 (1 )

Castro P.

Maldives. C. Anderson coll.: 1 2 (YU).

Distribution. — Symbiont of alcyonaceans, antjpa-

tharians and gorgonians boni ihe Red Sea, Persian

Gulf and western Indian Océan to die western Pacific

Océan (Japan to tlie ( oral Sea) at depths of 5 220 ni.

Quadrella maculosa Alcock, 1898

Quadrella coronata var. maculosa Alcock, 1898: 226

(Andaman 1s): 1899, pl. 38, fig. 2.

Quadrella maculosa - Rathbun 1911: 23S (part)

(Seychelles. Cargados Carajos ls). - Gardi 1971: 188

(Maldives). - S c ré ne 1984: 288, fig. 194, pl. 41E,

(Kenya, Madagascar). - Galil & Takeda 1983: 203

(Seychelles), - Galil 1986c: 283, fig. 5C-F (Red -Sea,

Seychelles, Maldives, Sri Lanka): 1988b: 178, fig. 10

(Red Sea).

Quadrella cyrenae Ward 1942a: 45, pl. 3, figs 5, 6

(part) (Mauririus).

MaterIAI tüAMliSiKiL — Gulf of Aden. “Meteor”,

MINDIK-F.xpedition, I2°31,2’N - 44°48,4’F„ 76 ni,

16.111.1987: 5 (5 £?, 3 9 5,2 jttv. (S MF 24084),

Kenya. 2°33’S - 40"54'E, 102 m, A. ). Bruce col!.,

9.1.1972: 1 d (MNHN-B 8198).

Seychelles. Rcves 2 Expédition, stn 28, 4°48.r.S -

54°49.5'F, 50 m, 9.IX. 1980: I 9 (MNHN-B 11635):

stn 34, 4-26.2'S - 54"53.0’E. 55 m. I0.IX.1980: 1 cl,

1 9 (MNHN-B 11616); stn 35, 4°58.1 V 54°52. IT.,

50-60 ni. 10.1X.I980: 1 6. 1 9 (MNHN-B 11619);

on antipatharian: I d, I 9 (MNHN-B 11617):

stn 49, 3°54.4'S - 55'M9.l'F. 57 m, on antipatharian,

15.1X.I980: 1 d IMNHN-B 11624); stn 58. 4°22.1 -

54°39.3’E, 60 ni, I9.1X.1980: 1 2 (MNHN-

B 11636): stn 60, 4 D 10.3'S - 55 D tl.8’E, 41-50 ra,

19.IX.1980: I 9 (MNHN-B 25721); stn 65, 58 m,

20.1X.I980: 1 d. 3 9 9 (MNHN-B 1163 7 ). —

Northwest of D’Arros F, 5“24'S - 53"13'L, 56-59 m,

on antipatharian, NIOP-F, lyro Expédition, stn 751,

26.XII.1992; 1 Ÿ (RMNH D 47211); north of St.

Joseph atoll, 5°23’S - 53°19'F., 50 ni. on antipatha¬

rian, sltt 7 55, 26.XII.I992: 1 d, 1 2 (RMNH

D 47212); south of D A n os I., 5°29'S - 53 U 1H'E, 50-

55 m, stn, 28.XM.1992: I d, 1 9 (RMNH D 47213).

Madagascar. Nosy Bé, 1971, P. 1,aboute coll.: 1 d,

1 9 (MNHN-B 25244), 6 d o\ 3 9 2 (MNHN-B

25246). — FAO 60, 22j p 0ï& f S - 43 , 08’E, 115-135 m,

5.VI. 1973: I d, 4 2 2 (MNHN-B 8196). — Tulcar,

outer reef slope, 40-50 ni, 1S.VI1.I97I, B. Thomassiti

coll.: 1 d, I 2 (MNHN'-R 8197)-

La Réunion. “Marion Dufresne ’, stn CP43, 73-77 m,

18.V111.I982: 2 9 9 (MNHN-B 11621).

DISTRIBUTION. — Symbiont of antipatharians from

the Red Sea and the western Indian Océan to the

Pacific Océan (|apan ro French Polvnesia) at depths of

40-135 m.

Quadrella reticulata Alcock, 1898

Quadrella commua var. reticulata Alcock, 1898: 227

(Sri Lanka, Andaman 1s).

(Quadrella reticulata - Scrènc 1973: 199, figs 1,7, 11-13,

pl. 1 (Sri Lanka). - Galil 1988b: 179, fig. 1 1 (Red Sea).

Mai MUAI LXAMINHO. — Sri Lanka. Colombo: 1

femini/cd d, 2 2 2 (7.RC. 1970.8.7,1-1).

Distribution. — Symbiont of antipatharians from

the Red Sea to the western Pacific Océan (Japan to

Indonésie) at depths of 18-82 m (sec Castro 1999).

Quadrella sereuei Galil, 1986

Quadrella sereuei Galil. 1986c: 289, fig. 8A, B

(Seychelles, Madagascar, Cargados Carajos ls).

Quadrella maculosa - Rarhbun 1911: 235 (part)

(Cargados Carajos ls). — Serène 1973: 204

(part). Galil & Takeda 1985: 203 (part). - Castro

1997a: 63, pl. 713 (part) (Vanuatu); 1997b: 1 ] 1 (part)

(French Polynesia),

r Quadrella cyrenae Ward, 1942a: 45 (part)

(Mauritius): 1942b: 53 (part) (Mauritius, Cargados

Carajos ls?). - Michel 1964: 30 (Mauririus). Guinot

1967: 275 (list). - Serène 1968: 89 (list).

Quadrella cyrenae Serène 1975: 510, figs 1-4, 13,

pl. i (Madagascar, Mauritius, French Polynesia); 1977:

5| (Seychelles); 1984: 288, fig. 193, pl. 41D (Kenya,

Madagascar).

Quadrella sp. - Monod 1979: 9, figs 1-8 (French

Polynesia),

Quadrella lewinsohni Galil, 1986c: 285, figs 5A, B, 6

(Nicobar ls), - Poupin 1996: 57 (list). - Castro 1997b:

11 1 (French Polvnesia).

Quadrella reticulata — Takeda & Marumura 1996: 7,

pl. 1. figs 7, 8 (Japan).

Noc Quadrella cyrenae Ward 1942a: pl. 3, figs 5, 6

(Mauritius) (= Q. maculosa Alcock, 1898).

Tytu MAI l RIAL. — Madagascar. Fort Dauphin, 50 m,

October 1958, A, Crosnier coll.: 1 d holotype

(d 12 0 min, cw 14.6 mm; MNHN-B 819.3). — FÂO

60, 22°08’S - 43°08’E, 115-135 m, 5.V1.1973: 1 2

paratype (cl 12.8 mm, cw 16.5 mm; MNHN-

B 8195).

Matériau examined. — Kenya. 2°33’S - 40°54’E,

100 m, 10.XII.1971, A. J. Bruce coll.: I d (MNHN-B

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1999 • 21 (1)

Trapeziid crabs of the Indian Océan and the Red Sea

8194). — “Professer Mesyatsev', 19.XJ1.1975: 2 9 9

(ZMMU); 50 m, 4.1V. 1976: 1 $ (ZMMU Ma 4436).

Seychelles. Rêves 2 Expédition, stn 1”, 5 C '44.8'S -

56°39.1’E, 55 m, on antipatharian, 5.IX, 1980: I 2

(MNHN-R 26138); stn 3!. 4"4l.9'S - 54*'36.7'E,

50 m, on anriparharian, 9.IX. 1980: ) <3,1 9

(MNHN-R 116.32)! sm 35, 4"38.!'s - 54"52,rE, 50-

60 m, on aniipatharian, 10.IX. 1980: 2 9 ? (MNHN-

B 26137); stn 41, 4'’43'S - 56"14.3'E, 50 ni,

13.IX.1980: I 9 (MNHN-B 11633); stn 53.

3°48.3’S - 55°20.7’E, 64 m. 17.IX. 1980: 1 6

(MNHN-B 11634). — West of Aride l„ 4“I3\S -

55 n 34’E, 47 m, on aniipatharian. NIOP-E Tyro

Expédition, stn “02, 17.XII.1992: 1 2 (RMNH

D 47209); north of Bird 1.. 3*428 - 55° 12 E, 55-

63 m, on aniipatharian, stn 730, 22.X1I.1992: 2 6 6,

3 9 9 (RMN H D 47210); northwest of D’Arros 1.,

5°24’S - 53*31'E, 56-59 m, on antipatharian, stn 751,

26.X11.1992: 1 9 (RMNH); sourit of D’Arros I„

5°29’S - 53° 18’E, 50-55 m, stn 764, 28.XI1.1992:

1 S , 3 9 9 (RMNHl; west of Poivre atoll, 5®46’S -

53° 11 ’E, 57 ni, stn 778, 1.1.1993: I 9 (RMNH

D 47214).

Madagascar. Nosy Bé, 1971, P Laboute coll.: 1 9

(MN1IN-B 25242), 1 d , 1 2, 3 juv., 1 flrsr crab stage

(MNHN-B 25243); 35 ni. 10.IX.1970: 2 6 6, 1 2

(MNHN-B 25245). — 25"09'S - 47“14.2'E, 80-

85 rn, 3.111.1973, A. Crosnier coll.: 1 9 (MNHN-

B 16476).

La Réunion. "Marion Dufresne", srn CP43, on anti¬

patharian, M. de Saint Laurent coll.: 2 9 9, prezoeas

(MNHN-B 26136).

Cargados Carajos Is. Percy Sladen Trust Expédition,

90 m. 1.IX.O05-. ! V t ESN M 41344),

Chagos Archipelago. Île Vache Marine, G. B.

Reinickc coll., 3.111.1996: I d (RMNH D 46883);

Great Chagos Bank, Nelson f, 12.111 1996: I 2

(RMNH D 46882); 13.111,1996; 1 6, 1 9 (RMNH

D 46881).

Nicobar Is. Tillanchang I., 1. Eibl-Eibesfcldt coll.: 1 6

holotype of Q. lewinsohni Gai il (cl 8.7 mm, cw

10.7 mm; SMI 9891). 1 2 allotype of Q. lewinsohni

(cl 13.4 mm, cw 10.6 mm; SMF 23851), 4 2 9 para-

types of Q. ieiirfnsoimi (cl 7.2-10,1 mm, cw 9.0-

12.7 mm; SME 23852).

Japon. Kii Peninsula, ofî Shirahama, 40-50 m, on

Antipathes sp., 21.X.I997, M. Marumura coll.: 1 6,

1 2 (NHS).

Vanuatu. MUSORSTOM 8, stn DW988,

19° 16.04'S I69°24.12’E, 372-466 m, 20.IX.1994:

1 juv. 9 (MNHN-B 25766).

French Polvnesta. Marquesas Is, Tahnata I,. 10-15 m,

on antipatharian, M. Oenizor coll.: I 6,2 92

(MNHN-B 20411). — Marqueras Is, Tahuata I.,

J. Haywood coll., 24.IV.1971: I 6, I 9 (BPBM

51 1782). Marquesas Is, Fatu lliva, IO°29.0'S -

I38°40.18’W, 49 ni. 29.1.1991, J. Poupin coll.: 2 6 6,

1 9 (MNHN-B 26139). — Marquesas Is, Eiao I.,

100 m, MUSORSTOM 9, stn CP 1157,

23.VIII.1997: I ci. ! 2 (MNHN-R 26199), I juv. 9

(MNHN-R 26197). Marquesas 1s, Nuku lliva I.,

104-109 m, MUSORSTOM 9, stn 1170,

25.VIII.I997: I ri, 1 9 (MNHN-B 26200); 108-

112 m, stn CP 1177. 25.VIII.I997: 2 ci ci, I 2

(MNHN-B 26196); 75 m, sm CP 1178: 1 ci, 2 2 2,

2 juv. (MNHN-B 26198).

Unknovvn locations. “Vitiaz”, cr. 17, stn 2803, 87-

100 m. 7.1.1989: 3 66, 5 9 9 (ZMMU). — On

anripatharianx: 2 9 9 (SMF).

Dis t ivimj i ion. — Symbiont of anripatharians from

the western Indian Océan, Japan, Vanuatu (southwes-

tern Pacific) and French Polynesia ar depths of 10-

466 m.

CüLOUR. — A fernale from the Seychelles (RMNH

D 47209) photographed livc had brownish gray cara¬

pace and blue-gray cbelipeds and legs. The cheliped

articulations and fingers were purple-pink; the eyes

and dacrylus and distal portion o( the piopodus of

walking legs were yellow. Small specimens photogra¬

phed befoie préservation in fapun (1.ikeda tSc

Marumura 1996: pi. I, fig> 7, 8; as Q. mien lata) and

VaiUiarUi sourhwestem Pacific (Castro 1997a: pl. 7B;

as Q. maailoui) had a partent ofpurple lines on a lîght

purple background. The purple lines fnrmcd a iliin

“M ’ across the anterior half of rhe carapace and a tri¬

angle on the posterior half. l'hin. sinuous purple lines

crossed the chclipeds. The distal portion of the merus

and propodus ot the walking legs were dark purple.

Discussion

Ward (1942a) described Q. cyrenae hom spéci¬

mens collected in Mauritius. Ward’s description

and the idéritity of the holotype, however, are

puzzling. Sonie of the characters given in the des¬

cription (cheliped carpus “atmed with two

sptnes” and “sharp forwàrdly diiected spine" on

each side of the carapace; Ward 1942a: 45) and

characters shown in two photographe (one ante-

riot spine visible on each cheliped carpus, no

visible thoracie suture; Ward 1942a: pl. 3, figs 5,

6) are diagnostic for Q. maculma , a close species

that is also found through die western Indian

Océan (sec above). 1 he présence on the cheliped

merus of “about ten fine curved spincs which

become larger distall/’, however, is a charactcr

found only in juvéniles and small adults of both

Q. cyrenae and Q. tnaculosa. Although Ward nvay

hâve based his description on a small specîmen,

the size of the holotype (“9 mm m maximum

carapace width”) is that of an adult. Of the seven

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1999 -21 (1)

Castro P.

specimens ot Q. cyrenae ol a sirnilar size (c\v 9.0-

10.4 mm) that were examined (MNIIN-B

11632. 11634. 16476. 20411 ; BPBM), four had

only rounded rubercles and three had cwo distal

teeth on rhc chcliped mcrus, nor rhe "ren fine

curved spines” of Wards description. Such ambi-

guities were poinred ont bv Serène (1975), who

had initially triade Q, cyrenae a junior synonym of

Q. maculosa (Serène 1973). Serène examined a

male specimen sent bv the Mauritius Institute.

presumablv the holotype of Q. cyrenae although

not labelled as such. The specimen did not agréé

with Wards description but Serène recognîzed

this and five othcr specimens he had examined

(MNHN-B 8193, 20411 and one lo.st specimen)

as belonging to a species different from Q. matu-

losa or anv described species of Quadrella. Serène

neverthele.ss optcd ro refer to it as Q. cyrenae ,

even though he questioned the authenticity ot

Wards presumed holotype.

Barnard (1950. 281) suggested that Q. cyrenae

was “probablv to bc regarded as a varier} 7 ” of

Q. coronata Dana, possibly based on the curved

spines described on the chcliped mcrus bv Ward

(1942a). Galil & Takcda (1985) concluded ins-

tcad that Q, cyrenae was a junior synonym of

Q. maculant-, but Galil (1986) divided specimens

previously identifted as Q. cyrenae by Serène

(1975) (as well as additional material) and descri¬

bed two new species: Q. leivinsohni Galil, 1986,

and Q. serenet Galil. 1986.

The two species were differentiated by:

1) a narrower, V-shaped indentation bersveen the

two médian lobes of the anterior carapace border

in Q. serenet (wider and U-shaped in Q. lewin-

sohni);

2) a more prominetu supraorbital angle in Q. sere-

nei;

3) non-protuberant eyes in Q. serenei (“cornea

extending beyond postorbital angle” in Q. lewin-

sohni)-,

4) “raised tubercles anteriorly, successively larger

and more acuminate distally” in Q. serenei

(“minute tuberculation” on the chcliped mcrus of

Q. lewinsohm) (Galil 1986: 291).

Examination oi extensive material (including

most specimens seen by Serène and Galil) rhat

varied in size from first crab stage to large indivi-

duals (female, cl 13.2 mm, cw 16.5 mm;

ZMMU) shows thar Q. serenei and Q. leivinsohni

are conspecific. The shape of the indentation bet-

ween the médian lobes ot the anterior border of

the carapace is clearly, as in othcr species of

Quadrella, a highly variable cbaracrer. Ir is most-

Iy, alrhough not exclusively, correlated with size.

It is V-sbaped in the smallest individuals, inter¬

médiare in some of the larger ones (female,

cl 10.5 mm. cw 13.4 mm; ZMMU) and mosrly,

but not always, U-shaped in the largest indivi-

duals (Serène 19' 7 5: pl. 1 B'; Galil 1986: tig. 5A).

h is U-shaped, however, in the holotype of

Q. serenei (Serène 1975; pl. IB; 1984: pl. 4lD;

Galil 1986: llg. SA). Large specimens ofa similar

sï/.e and same sex that were collecred together

varied in the shape oftheir indentation. The rela¬

tive size of the supraorbital angle and of rhe eyes,

which. were also used ro disiinguish befween the

two species, are also variable characters influenc-

ed bv the size and the position of rhe eyes when

rhc specimen was preserved. One specimen

(female, cl 7.2 mm, cw 9.0 mm; SME 9891 ) had

a bulging left eyc but a non-bulging righr eye. A

similai situation isohserved in the figure given by

Galil (1986: llg. 5A) for a paratype specimen of

the same SME material. The ornamentation of

the cheliped merus shows enormous variation,

from spine-likc teeth in the smallest juvéniles

(MNHN-B 25243. 25245; ZMMU) to various

arrangements of small tubercles in the largest

individuals (see below). Othcr différences dedu-

ced from the descriptions by Galil (1986; 285,

290), such as the number of teeth on the dacty-

lus of the lourth pair ot walking legs (fifreen in

Q. leivinsohni T fourteen in Q. serenei) fall, as in

the other characters, within the notmal variation

ol a species.

It is thus concluded that:

1) it appears that Ward (1942) used specimens of

Q. rnaculusa in his description of Q. cyrenae'.

2) Serène ( 1975) rerained rhe name Q. cyrenae for

a Mauritius specimen that did not fit Ward s des¬

cription as well as additional material that cor-

rectly showed to be différent" from Q. macnlosa ,

even though he questioned the validity of rhe

holotype and Ward s description;

3) rhe two species established by Galil (1986),

Q. leivinsohni and Q. serenei, as well as the species

referred to as Q. cyrenae by Serène, bclong to a

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1999 -21 (1)

Trapeziid crabs of the Indian Océan and the Red Sea

single species dial can bc distinguished from

Q. maculosa and the orher species of Quadrilla.

The fate ofWards holotype is unfortunately unk-

nown. Michel (1964) does nor indicate rhe pré¬

sence of a holotype at the Mauritius Insiiiure.

Tvvo specimens of Q. cyrenne Ward were listed,

one from Mauritius and one “withour data.' A

specimen currendy présent at the Insritute is

labelled as Q. cyrenae but not as its type

(D. Guinot. petsonal communication). The type

material designated by Galil (1986: 285) for

Q. lewinsohni (SM h 9891, 23851, 23852) is

unfortunately in poor condition and ail the

appendages, except a cheliped in one paratype

specimen, are dismembered. The holotype

(MNHN-B 8193: Serène 1975: figs 2, 13,

pl. 1A-E; 1984: fig, 193, pi. 41D [both as

Q. cyrenae 1; Galil 1986: fig. 8A) and paratype

(MNHN-B 8195) that were designated by Galil

(1986: 289) for Q. serenei are. however, in excel¬

lent condition.

The description of Q, serenei by Galil (1986) is

accurate except some characters thaï pertained to

its séparation from Q. lewinsohni , now regarded

as a subjective junior synonym. These characters

faiI within the range of variation of the species.

Under the 1985 International Code for

Zoological Nomenclature, if nvo species are des-

cribed simultaneously, the first reviewer chooses

the valid one. The original description is there-

fore revised and expanded to ipcorporate chis

variation as well as new characters.

Redescri ition and

MORPHOLOGICAL VARIATION

Carapace globose, constricted behind postorbital

angle (Serène 1975: pl. IA, B; 1984: pl. 41 D;

Galil 1986: figs 5A, SA). Antérolatéral borders

inflated. F.pibranchial teeth acute in juvéniles and

small aditlrs, progressively smaller and tubercu-

late with increasing size of individuals. Acute

intermédiare touth halfway between postotbital

and epibranchial teeth in juvéniles. Postérolatéral

margins arched. Frontal lobes triangular and

acute; médian sulcus deepet than submedian

indentation, narrow and V-shaped in juvéniles

and small adules, often but not ahvays progrès,si-

vely wider and U-shaped with increasing size.

Latéral lobes separated from submedian lobes by

smaller, oblique or U-shaped sulcus and not

extending as far forward as submedian lobes,

except in smallcsc juvéniles, which are equal in

size. Supraorbital angle disrally acute in juvéniles

and small adults, progressively tuberculate with

increasing size of individuals. Postorbiral tooth

long, acute and directed outward. Inner suborbi¬

tal tooth acute, almost as prominent as latéral

frontal lobes. Eyes protubérant, relatively less so

in largesr individuals.

Conspicuous and complété suture (sternal suture

2/3) between second and third thoracic sternites.

Interantennular septum triangular with rounded

anteriur border. Anterior edge of buccal frame

sinuous, imperceptibly notched medially: not-

chcd edges at termination of exhalant canals.

Exognath of third maxillipeds medially constric¬

ted, tooth ar anterior margin rounded, less so in

smallest juvéniles. Ischium of endognath subrec-

tangular, posterior half of inner margin with

minute tubercles; merus with distal outer angle

extended, distal inner angle obliquely eut, inner

margin rounded.

Chelipeds massive and about equal (Serène 1975:

pl. IA, C, D; 1984: pl. 4lD; Galil 1986: figs 5A,

8A)- Anterior edge ol ischium with sevcral roun¬

ded tubercles. Merus subcylindrical, almost as

long as carapace; ten to eleven acute teeth along

anterior border in smallest juvéniles, decrcnsing

in mimber and length with size of individuals,

until six to seventeen short, minute or rounded to

sharp tubercles (larger and more pointed distally)

in larger individuals. Carpus rounded, armed

with nvo acute teeth on inner margin in smallest

juvéniles, decreasing in length and becoming

tuberculate with increasing size of individuals;

absent in largesr. Dactyius and fmger slender to

slightly swollen, parricularly in males.

First walking leg about rwice as long a.s carapace.

Propodüs longer than dactyius, with Lwetve to

twenry cornute spines on posterior margin.

Dactyius with rhirteen to sixteen triangular recth

that decrease in size proximally and row of thir-

teen to seventeen cornute spines; on anterior bor¬

der irregular rows of short setae; on distal end

acute, curved and cornute tooth. Propodüs of

fourth walking leg slightly longer than dactyius,

with ten to sixteen cornute spines on posterior

margin. Dactyius (Serène 1975: pl. 1E, E’; Galil

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1999 -21 (1)

Castro P.

1986: figs 5B, SB) with thirteen to sixteen trian-

gular teeth chat decrcase in size proximally and

row of rwelve to sixteen cornute spines; on distal

end acute, curved and coinute tooth.

First male pleopod straight, tapered; short sub¬

distal spinules (Serène 1975: figs 1-4; 1984:

fig. 193; Galil 1986: fig. 6).

ADDII lONAL KLMAKKS

Adult Q. serenei can be differentiated from adnlt

Q. maculosa (Serène 1973: pi. 3; 1984: pl. 41E;

Galil 1986: fig. 5C-F), a close species, bv the pré¬

sence of a clear and complété sternal suture

(absent in Q. maculosa), more sJender chelipeds

(thicker chelipeds and fingers, parficularly in

males, in Q. maculosa), smooth to slightly tuber-

culated lower margin of the cheliped propodus

(tuberculated in Q. maculosa), verv few or no

setae on the omet margin of propodus of cheli¬

ped (manv setae, some plumo.se, in Q. maculosa),

wider and shallowcr médian sulcus on the antc-

rior border of the carapace, ruberculate epibran-

chial teeth in Larger individuaLs (acute. prominent

and directed upward in Q. maculosa ), a cheliped

merus that is unarmed or has several rounded to

pointed tubercles along rhe anterior border (at

least one or two acute distal teeth in Q. maculo¬

sa), sparse setae on the propodus and dacrylus of

the walking legs (many long setae in Q. maculo¬

sa) and a male pleopod that has short subdistal

spinules (thicker and longer subdistal spinules in

Q. maculosa : Serène ) 973: figs 20-22; 1984:

fig. 194). Preservcd specimens of Q. serenei rarely

show any hints of colour, whereas pigment is

almost alvvays observed on the carapace, walking

legs and abdomen of Q. maculosa (Serène 1984:

pl. 41E).

Juvéniles and small adults of both species are

similar and most of the charaeters used in the

adults do not apply. The most reliable charaeters

are the absence of abundant setae on the cheliped

propodus and the presence of a sternal suture in

Q. serenei. A suture was observed in only two

small females of Q maculosa (cl 2.8 mm, cw

3.5 mm, MNHN-B 25244; cl 3.8 mm. cw

4.9 mm, MNHN-B 1163 7 ). In small adults (cw

around 4.0-9,0 mm) of Q. serenei, the epibran-

chial spines and the spines on the cheliped merus

and carpus become tuberculated and those on the

cheliped carpus decrease in nurnber much faster

with increastng size than in Q. maculosa. An

intermédiare cpibranchial spine on one or both

sides was found in small specimens of both spe¬

cies.

This reappraisal of Q. serenei complétés the révi¬

sion of Qiiadrella, which now comprises six spe¬

cies: Q. buopsis Alcock, 1898 (see Castro 1999),

Q. coronata, Q- maculosa , Q. nilida Smith, 1869,

Q. micttlata (see Castro 1999) and Q. serenei.

Genus Tetralia Dana, 1851

Ail six known species of Tetralia are svmbionts of

reef corals ( Acropora). Most species (as well as two

others now placée! under Tetraloides Galil, 1986)

were grouped together as one species, 7. glaberri-

mn (Herbst, 1790) before a révision by Galil

(1986a, 1986b, 1988a). The holotype of 1. gla-

berrima, however. appears to be lost and ihus the

identity of the type species of the genus remains

unknown. The identifies of only a few of the

Ittdian Océan and Red Sea records of T. glaberri-

ma hâve been determined after the examination

of specimens or from colour descriptions. Still

unidenrified are records of Krauss (184.3: South

Africa), Hilgendorf (1879: Mozambique),

Ortmann (1894: Tanzania), Borradaile (1902:

Maldives), Doflein (1904: Seychelles), l.aurie

(1906: Sri Lanka), Caïman (1909: Christmas I.),

I.enz (1910: Europa I.), Stebbing (1910: South

Africa), Chopra tk Das (1937: Arabian Sea, Bay

of Bengal, Andaman Sea), Varova (1943:

Somalia). Stella (1953: Red Sea), Fourmanoir

(1954: Madagascar), Sankarankutty (1961:

Laccadive Is; 1962: Andaman Is: 1966a: India;

1966b: Seychelles, Mauririux, Maldives), Michel

(1964: Mauritius), Garth (1974: Maldives, Sri

Lanka), Lundoer (1974: Andaman Sea). Serène

(1977: Seychelles), Tsareva (1980: Western

Australia) and Garth (1984: Seychelles).

Tetralia cavimana Heller, 1861

Tetralia cari manu llellcr, 1861a: 1 4 (Red Sea); 1861b:

353, pl. 3, figs 24, 25 (Red Sea). - Paulson 1873: 57,

pl. 7, figs ”, 7a; pl. 9, fig. la-d (pan) (Red Sea).

- Kossmann 1877: 44 (Red Sea). - De Mail 1880: 180

(Red Sea); 1881: 94 (Red Sea). - Miers 1884b: 537

(part) (Red Sea). — Galil 1988a: 59, figs la, 2a, b (Red

100

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1999 -21 (1)

Trapeziid crabs of the Indian Océan and the Red Sea

Sea, Gulf of Aden, Persian GulO; 1988b: 170, fig. 6

(Red Sea, Gulf of Aden). — Hogarth 1994: 103

(Oman).

Tetralia glaberrima - Nobili 1906a: 143 (Persian

Gull); 1906b: 294 (Red Sea, Gulf o( Aden). -

Klunzinger 1913: 314 (Red Sea). - Balss 1924: 13

(Red Sea). - Monod 1938: 142 (Red Sea).

? Tetralia glaberrima - Nobili 1901: 16 (Red

Sea). - Lamie 1 91 S: 41 3, 463 (Red Sea). - Pesta 1928:

72 (Red Sea), - Gtiniey 1938: 7 7, pi. 2, % 29-33

(Red Sea). - Ramadan 1936: 33 (Red Sea), -

Stephensen 1945: 161, fig. 42C, D (Persian

Gulf). - Hogarth 1989: 106 (Oman).

Materiai kxaminkd. — Red Sea. 1897. F.

Jousseaume cnil.: 12 cîd, 3 2 2 (MNHN-

B 8544). — Gulf of Suez, 29.X11.1928. R. DctUfiis

col!.: 2 dd (MNHN-B 15937). 2 9 2 (MNHN-

B 13940). — Abu l.at I., “Calypso”, 1952: 1 d,3 2 2

(MNHN-B 13936), I 2' (MNHN-B 13939);

Marmar, 19.1.1952: I d (MNHN-B 13942).

Gulf of Aden. Obock, 1803, M. Maindron coll.: 1 2

(MNHN-B 8539), I 6 (MNHN-B 8538). — Musha

1., 21.1.1904. C. Gravier coll.: 1 d (MNHN-

B 8537). — “Odtbey”, cr. 34, 13°59.5'N - 48°24.7'L,

3-5 m, 23.1 VJ985 :2 6 3, 1 $ (ZMMU Ma-4480).

Socotra. 1 d, I ? (VU).

Persian Gulf. Ar/anah L, sut 53, 1901, ), Bonnier &

C. Pérez coll.; 8 66, 10 9 2 (MNHN-B 11683),

2 dd, 2 9? (MNHN-B 13941), 42 6 3, 48 ? 0

(MNHN-B 16784), 17 dd. 21 9? (MNIJN-

B 25375). — Juraid 1.. 27 C, I1'48"N - 49°57’24”E,

14.X.1956, C. E. Dawson coll.: 1 d (USNM

101921).

Kenya. Kilifi Creek, XII. 1985. W. Baumeister coll.:

I 9 (SMF 17753).

Distribution. — Only reœrded front the Red Sea,

Persian Gulf and the western Indian Océan as far

south as Kenya.

Tetralia cinctipes Paulson, 1875

Tetralia cavimanu var. cinctipes Paulson, 1875: 60,

pl. 7, fig. 8 (Red Sea).

Tetralia hetcrodactyla - Heller 1861a: 14 (part) (Red

Sea); 1861b: 353 (part) (Red Sea). Nor Tetraloides

heterodactyla (Heller, 1861).

Tetralia glaberrima - .Alcock 1898: 223 (part) (north-

eastern Indian Océan). - Borradailc 1902: 265 (part)

(Maldives). - Klunzinger 1913: 314 (part) (Red Sea).

Trapezia digila/is forme typica - Bouvier 1915: 273

(part) (Mauritius). Not T. digitalis I.atreillc, 1828.

Tetralia glaberrima pullidactyla - Garth 1971: 185

(Maldives). Serène 1984: 282, pl. 40C (Mozam¬

bique Channel, La Réunion).

Tetralia cinctipes - Galil 1986b: 97, figs 1-3 (Red Sea,

Seychelles); 1988b: 171, fig. 7 (Red Sea). — Galil &

Clark 1988: 138. figs IA, 3A, 4A, 4F, 5A, 6A

(Somalia, Kenya). - Castro 1997a: 64 (Madagascar, La

Réunion).

Mai I RI AI TXAMINED. — Seychelles. Remire Reef,

12.11.1972, A J. Bruce coll.: 2 dd, I 2 (MNHN-

B 13344). — Malié, North Easr Point, NIOP-F lyro

Expédition, stn 604, 4°35 S - 55°28’E, reel fiat and

slope lo 5 m, 8.X1LI992, G. Franscii coll,; I d

(RMNH D 47215); La Digue L, sut 735, 4’23 , S -

55'50’L, 10 m, plate Aeroponr, 23.XJI.1992: 4 dd,

1 2 (RMNH L) 47216): St. loseph Atoll, stn 759,

5°27’S - 53 0 21’E. 10 m, 2S.X1U992: I d. 1 9

(RMNH D 47217).

Comoro Is. Mayotte, 1901. Huntboldt coll.: 2 dd

(MNHN-B 139Ô7).

Madagascar. Banc de Geyser, Mardi 1972, A. J. Bruce

coll.: 1 d, I 9 (MNHN-B 25376): Banc de la Zélée,

1 d. 1 ? (MNHN-B 8169).

La Réunion. S. Ribes colt.: 1 d, 1 ? (MNHN-

B 8168): 4 3 6, 3 9 9 (MNHN-B 16087);

30.VU. 1977; ! d, 1 9 (MNHN-B 14044). Saint

Gilles, reef fiat, 17.LX.1982, M. de Sainr Laurent coll.:

1 d (MHNR-B 33). — La Saline, reef Hat, 1 m,

Attrapant huriti/is, 7.IX. 1996, P Castro & S. Ribes coll.:

1 d. 1 V (MHNR-B 34), A, abwnmoidts: I d, 1 9

(MHNR-B 35); d. bumilis, 9.IX.1996: I d, 1 9

(MHNR-B 4l); outer reef slope, 20 m, A. bumilis,

8.IX. 1996: l d. 1 9 (MHNR-B 36), A. abrotanoides:

I d, 1 ? (MHNR-B 37).

Mauritius. Le Chaland, September 1911, P. Carié

coll.: t d, 2 29 (MNHN-B 16910).

Indonesia (Indian Océan). Pulo Boenta, “Te Vcga ,

stn 93, 5°33'N - 95°09'E, 0-0.9 m, 20.XI.1963: 1 9

(USNM).

Distribution. —Throughout the Indo-West Pacific

région except the Persian Gulf and the Hawaiian

Islands.

Tetralia fulva Serène, 1984

Tetralia glaberrima fulva Serène, 1984: 282 (part)

(Seychelles, Madagascar).

Tetralia glaberrima - Wcdenissow 1894: 413

(Somalia). Alcock 1898: 223 (part) (northeastern

Indian Océan). - Borradaile 1902: 265 (parc)

(Maldives).

Trapezia digitalis forme typica - Bouvier 1915: 273

(part) (Mauritius). Not T. digitalis Latreille, 1828.

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1999 • 21 (1)

101

Castro P.

Matkriai. F.XA.VIINTD. — Red Sea. Perim, 1897,

F. Jousseaume coll.: I d (MNHN-B 25688).

Tan/ania. I ).ir es Saiaam. 1971-1972, R. G. Hartnoll

coll.: 2 cî 6, 4 9 9 (BMNH 1988.878).

Seychelles. Praslin I„ baie Ste Anne, 19.11.1972,

A. J. Bruce coll.: 1 d , 1 9 (MNHN-B 8180); Remire

Reef, 12.11.1972- 1 6 . 1 2 (MNHN-B 16820).

Comoro 1s. Mayotte, M. Marie coll.: 1 9 (MNI IN-

B 25687).

Madagascar. Nusv Bé, 23.V1958, A. Crosnicr coll.:

3 6 6, 3 9 9 (MNHN-B 8179); Nosy Komba Pavs,

September 1900: 1 d, 1 9 (MNHN-B 8183).

Nosy Komba Pas:,. 10 m, Mardi 1971. Corfdir coll.:

2 6 6,2 9 9 (MNHN-B 12797).

La Réunion. 30 m. S. Rjbescoll.: 1 6 , I V (MNHN-

B 16821 ). — Saint Gilles, reef flar, I7.IX.1982. M. de

Saint Laurent coll.: I 6 , I 9 (MHNR-B 53). — La

Saline, reel liât, 1 m, 7.IX. 1996, P. Castro & S. Ribes

coll.: 2 6 6, 3 ? ? (MHNR-B 54).

Mauritius, l.e Chaland, September 1912, P. Carié

coll.: 3 66,2 9 9 (MNHN-B 13935).

Chagos Archipelago. Speakers Bank, “Odissey”,

5°03’N-72°12.2'L, 20.VI 1984: I 2 (Z1SP).

Thailand (Andaman Sea). Plnikei I , Cape Phamva,

16.X. 1990, T. Komai colt.: 1 6,2 V? (CBM

ZC 2254).

Christmas 1. 1940, C. A. Gibson-Hill coll.: 1 d, 1 9

(ZRC 1965.II.23.23-25).

Distribution. Throughbut the Indo-West Pacific

région excepr the Persian Gulf and the Hawaiian

Islands.

Tetralia nigrolineata Serène et Dat, 1957

Tetralia glabetrima forma nigrolineata Serène et Dat,

1957: 120.

Tetralia glaberritna tügrifrons - Serène 1984: 283,

pl. 40F (La Réunion). Not Tetmloides nigrifrotu (Dana,

1852).

Tetralia glaberritna obscura - Morgan 1990: 51

(Western Australia).

MATERIAt IXAMINlT). — Seychelles. Mahé. Norih

East Point, NIOP-1. Tyro Expédition, sut 604.

4°35’S - 55°28'F., rccHl.n and slopc. 4 m. 8.XI1.1992.

B. Hockscma coll.: 1 6, 1 9 (RMNH D 47223);

Mahé, cap Maçons/anse des Forbans, stn 612. 4“4(>'S -

55°31’E, reef flar and slope, 5 m, 12.X11.1992, C.

Fransen coll: 1 d (RMNH D 47224).

Aldabra. 1 d, 1 9 (MNI IN-B 14030).

Mozambique, Coconut Bay, 17.V. 1973: 1 d (SAM

A43252),

La Réunion. S, Ribes coll.: I d, I 9 (MNHN-

B 8182). — La Saline, reef flar, 1 m, 7.IX. 1996, P.

Castro & S. Ribes coll.: 2 66, 1 9,1 juv. (MHNR-

B 55); reef liât, 1 m, Acrojxtra abrotanoides, 9.IX. 1996:

2 d d, 3 9 9, 1 juv. (MHNR-B 56); outer reef slope,

20 m, À. humilis, 8.IX. 1996: 1 juv. (MHNR-B 57).

Distribution. — Known from the western Indian

Océan as far norrh as the Seychelles to the western

(Japan to the Coral Sea) and central (Marshall Is to

Tonga) Pacific Océan.

Remarks

The carapace and walking legs of live juvéniles

and srnall adules from La Réunion varied from

white to light pink or light brown as shown by

Serène (1984: pl. 40F). The smailesr individuals

vvcrc ail white. A crest was usuallv présent on the

cheliped merus ol most of the.se small individuals.

Tetralia rubridactyla Garth, 1971

Tetralia glabarima rubridactyla Garth, 1971: 185

(Maldives).

Tetralia glaberritna — Borradaile 1902: 265 (part)

(Maldives) - Rathbun 1911: 235 (part)

(Seychelles), - Barnard 1950: 280, fig. 52c, d

(Mozambique). — Garth 1984: 120 (part)

(Seychelles). - Kalk 1995: 228, fig. 8.10b

(Mozambique), — Jones 1997: 234, unnumb. fig. (eas-

tern Indian Océan).

7 etralia glaberritna laeviaima - Serène 1984: 282,

fig. 188, pl. 40A, B (Kenya. Madagascar, Ht Réunion).

'Ietralia glaberritna fitlva Serène, 1984: pl. 40D (part)

(Seychelles). Not T. ftlva Serène, 1984.

'tetralia bcterodiutyla fitsça - Serène 1984: 283 (part)

(Seychelles). Not Tetmloides heterndaetyLt ( 1 leller, 1861).

I lira lia rubridactyla - Galil 1988a: 65, ligs Id, 2g, h

(Maldives, Sri Lanka). Castro 1999 (Somalia, Kenya,

Seychelles, Aldabra, Mozambique, Comoro Is,

Madagascar, l a Réunion, Mauritius, Maldives).

Ietralia huuimumta Galil et Clark, 1988: 13 S, figs 1 B,

2A, 3B, 4B, 4G, 6B (Somalia, Kenya, Tanzania,

Seychelles, Aldabra).

MaITiRIAI, f XAMINHA. — Somalia. Gcstra, 1981, M.

Vannini coll.: 1 d, 1 9 par a types of T. innamorata

(BMNH 1987.76).

Kenya. A. |. Bruce coll.: 1 d. 1 ? (MNHN-

B 13345); Mombasa I.* 4°04,5 T S - 39°40.4’E,

29.111.1971, 1 à holutype of 7. innamorata (BMNH

1987.23) , I d paratvpe of /. innamorata (BMNH

1987.24) ; 20 m, 14.IU.1972: 2 6 6, I 9 (MNHN-

B 12795); Lamu Cltannel, 10,1.1972. 1 d, 1 9

(MNHN-B 8159); Tiwi, 4°l4'S - 38“36’E,

28.11.1971: 1 9 (BMNH).

Seychelles. Coetivy I., Percy Sladen Trust Expédition,

102

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1999 - 21 (1)

Trapeziid crabs of the Indian Océan and the Red Sea

1905: 1 6,2 9 9 (USNM). — Praslin [., baie Ste

Anne, 19.11,1972, A J. Bruce coll.: 1 6, 1 9

(MNHN-R 25383); Mahé, Port Victoria, 15.11.1972:

1 9 (MNHN-B 8203): Remire Reef, 12.11.1972: 1 6.

1 9 (MNHN-B 12799), 1 3, 1 9 (MNHN-

B 13343), I 9 (MNHN-B 13347). — Rêves 2 Expé¬

dition, stn 27, 4-55.6'S - 54“58.5'F 52 m, 8.IX.I980:

1 9 (MNHN-B 12810). — Mahé, North F.ast Point,

NIOP-E Tyro Expédition, sut 604, 4“35'S - 55°28'F„

reef fiat and slope, 2-4 m, 8.XII.1992, C. Franscn

coll.: 2 6 6,3 ? 9 (RM N H 0 47226). I 9 (RM N H

O 47220); Mahé. anse Nord d'Ext, stn 601, 4°.34'S -

55°28'E, reef fiat, 3 m, 5.XII. 1992: 1 6, I 9 (RM N H

D 47225); Mahé, cap Mayons/ansc des Forbans,

stn 612, 4 C 46'S - 55°31I., rcci flat and slope to 5 tu,

12. XJ1.1992: 1 d, 1 5 (RMNH D 4"227), 1 9

(RM N H O 47221); Aride !., stn 711, 4°13'S -

55°40'E, 18-19.XII.1992: I 6 (RMNH D 47228);

north-east ol Aride 1., stn 714, 4°10’S - 55 0 44'li,

55 m, 19.XII.1992: 1 6 (RMNI I D 47229): Bird F,

stn 723, 3°42'S 55‘ I 2'F, 8-12 m, 2 I XII. 1992: 1 6

(RMNH O 47230); .St. Joseph Atoll, stn 759, 5°27’S-

53 0 21'E, 10 m. 28.XII.I992: 1 â, ! 9 (RMNH

D 47231): Poivre Atoll, stn 767, 5 a 44’$ - 53°I8'F,

10 in, 29-31.XII. 1992: 1 J, 1 9 (RMNH D

47222). —“Akadcmik Petrovskv", 21-24.X1I.I983:

1 6 (ZMMU Ma-4488).

Aldabra. “Calypso", 20 m, I6.V.1954: I d, 1 9

(MNHN-B 14026). I ? (MNHN-B 14037); Comp

Reef, 12 m, I5.V.1954: 2 dû. 2 9 9 (MNHN-

B 14027),, — Main Channel, Royal Society

Expédition, 10.XII.1967, J. D. Taylor coll.: 3 6 6,

1 9 (BMNH).

Farquhar 1. 26.11.1972, A. J. Bruce coll.: I d, 1 9

(MNHN-B 12796).

Cotnoro 1s, Mayotte, M. Marie coll.: 1 d, 1 9

(MNHN-B 13913).

Mozambique. Inhaca I., (une 1971: 1 d (SAM

Al 5437). Delagoa |= i-ourenço Marques] Bay: I d

(SAM A8209).

Madagascar. 13e Larrigues coll.: I d (MNHN-

B 13909). Cap Diego, 15.VTI1.1916, Fl. Poisson

coll.: 1 d (MNHN-B 13912). — Banc du Leven,

13. V1I.197I, A. J. Bruce coll.: 1 9 (MNF1N-

B 13342); banc du Geyser, 14.111.1972: 1 d, I 2

(MNHN-B 8160), 1 3, 1 9 (MNHN-B 8161).

La Réunion. 20 m, S. Ribes coll.: I d (MNHN-

B 8181); 1 d, I 9 (MNHN-B 8178). La Saline,

outer reef slope, 20 m, 7.IX. 1996, I'. Castro & S. Ribes

coll.: 2 dd, 2 9 9 (MHNR-B 58), l d, 1 9

(MHNR-59); Aftopoftl IntHlil’s, H.1X. 1996: I d, 1 2

(MHNR-B 60); reef liât, ! m, 7.IX.1996: 1 9

(MHNR-B 61); 9.1X1996: 1 d, 1 9 (MHNR-B 62).

Mauritius. 1913. P. Carié coll.: 1 d, I 9 (MNHN-

B 25686): Port Louis: I d (MNHN-B 13938): Le

Chaland: 1 d (MNHN-B 1391 I).

Maldives. Kaafu Atoll, 22.1.1991, P. Hogarth coll.:

1 9 (YU). 1 d, 1 9 (YU). — Vaavu Atolf 12-14 m,

17.IV.1996. C. Anderson coll.: 1 9 (YU).

Indoncsia (Indian Océan). Poelau Tikoes [= Pulau

Tikus], 19.XII.1925, H.C. Kellerscoll: 2 d d, 3 9 9

(USNM 75881); November 1925: 2 66, 2 9 9

(USNM).

DISTRIBUTION. — Known from the western Indian

Océan as far north as Somaha to the Pacific Océan

(Japon to French Polynesia) except the Hawaiian

Islands.

Remarks

Colour variations are discussed as part of the révi¬

sion of die species by Castro (1999).

Tetrulin vanninii Galil et Clark, 1988

Tetralia vannimi Galil et Clark, 1988: 146, figs IC,

2B, 3C, 4C, 4H, 6C (Somalia, Kenva). - Castro

1997b: 113, fig 1 (Kenya. Seychelles). '

Matkri.M- I ; XAMINKD. — Socotra. 1996: 1 9 (YU).

Kenya. Wasin 1s, 5.X. 1971. A. |. Bruce coll.: 10 d d,

6 9 9 paralypes (BMNH 1986:10,37).

Seychelles. Mahé, cap Maçons/anse des Forbans,

NI OP-F Tyro Expédition, stn 612, 4°46'S - 55“3I E,

reef fiat and slope to 5 m, 12.XII.1992, C. Fransen

coll.: 1 d, 1 9 (RMNH D 47218); Aride I., stn 711,

4“ 1 .VS - 55 P 40'E, 18-19.XII.1992: 1 9 (RMNH

D 47219).

DISTRIBUTION. — Known from the western Indian

Océan (Socotra to the Seychelles) and the Pacific

Océan (Japan to French Polynesia) except the

Hawaiian Islands,

Rfmarks

Several colour morphs of vvhat is morphological-

ly identical to T. vanninii hâve been discovered in

the western and central Pacific Océan.

Unforrunately, the live colour pattern of the type

material from Easr Africa is tuiknown.

Genus Tetraloides Galil, 1986

The rwo known species of Tetraloides are sym-

bionts of reef corals ( Acropora ). As in Tetmlia,

many Indian Océan records for Tetraloides vvere

most probably referred to as Tetralia glaberrima.

Tetraloides heterodactyla (Heller, 1861)

Tetralia heterodactyla Fleller, 1861a: 14 (part) (Red

Sea); 1861b: 354 (part) (Red Sea). - Pauison 1875: 60

(Red Sea).

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1999 -21 (1)

103

Castro P.

ITetralia gLiberrima — Henderson 1893: 336, 367

(part) (India).

Tetralia gLiberrima - Borradaile 1902: 265 (part)

(Maldives).

Tetralia pubescens Kltmzinger, 1913: 316, pl. 7, fig. 15

(Red Sea). - Balss 1924 (Red Sea). - Ramadan 1936:

36 (Red Sea).

? Tetralia nigrifrons — Stella 1953: 65 (Red Sea).

Tetralia heterodactyla heierodat ryla - Garth 1974: 205

(part) (Maldives, Sri Lanka).

Tetralia heterodactyla fnsea - Garth 1971: 185

(Maldives); 1984: 120 (Seychelles). - Serène 1984:

283, pl. 42B (part) (Seychelles, îles Glorieuses, La

Réunion).

Tetratoidcs nigrifrom - Galil 1986a: 72, figs 1-3 (part)

(Red Sea, Somalia).

Tetraloides beterudactyla — Galil 1988b: 174, fig. 8

(part) (Red Sea). - Galil & Clark 1988: 147, figs 1D,

3D, 4D, 4L 6D (Red Sea, Somalia, Kenya, Christmas

I-).

MatEhiaI I XAMIM'Tj. — Soinalia. Gesira, November-

December 1976, M. Vannini coll.; 1 d (RMNH

D 47266).

Kenya. Bambuni Beach. 19-26.XL 1969, L. B.

Holthuis coll.: 1 9 (RMNII D 47267).

Seychelles. Poivre Atoll, NKH’-E Tyro Expédition,

stn 767, 5''44'S - 53"18'E, 10 ni, 29-31.XI 1.1992, C.

Fransen coll.: i 9 (RMNH L) 47232).

La Réunion. La Saline, outet reet slope, 20 m,

Acropnra bnmilis, 7 IX. 1996, P. Castro & S. Ribes coll.:

1 d, I 9 (MHNR-B39).

Maldives. Tl mh Atoll, 12 lit, 11 IV. 1996, C. Anderson

coll.: 1 d, 1 9 (YU); Laatnu Atoll, 8 m, 14.1V.1996:

1 d, 1 9 (YU).

Distribution. — Throughout the Indo-West Pacific

région except the Persian Gulf and the Hawaiian

lslands.

Tetraloides nigrifrons (Dana, 1852)

Tetralia nigrifrons Dana, 1852a: 83.

Tetralia cauimanus - Miers 1884b: 5.37 (part) (Indian

Océan). Not T. cavimana Heller, 1861.

? Tetralia glaberrima - Henderson 1893: 336, 367

(part) (India).

Tetralia glaberrima - Borradaile 1902: 265 (part)

(Maldives). - Ratbbun 1911: 235 (part) (Seychelles).

Tetralia heterodactyla heterodactyla — Garth 1971: 185

(Maldives). Not Tetraloides heterodactyla (Heller,

1861).

Tetralia heterodactyla - Garth 1974: 205 (part)

(Maldives, Sri Lanka): 1984: 120 (Seychelles). -

Tsareva 1980: 121 (Western Australia).

Tetralia heterodactyla lissodactyla - Serène 1984: 285,

fig. 189, pl. 42(7 (Seychelles, îles Glorieuses, La

Réunion).

Tetraloides nigrifrons — Galil 1986a: 72 (part)

(Seychelles. CÎiristmas L, Maldives?, Sri Lanka?). —

Galil N Clark 1988: 149, figs IL, 3E, 4F„ 4J. 5B. 6E

(Somalia, Kenya, Christmas L). Castro 1997a: 72,

pl. IF (Seychelles. îles Glorieuses, La Réunion).

MÀTF.RIAt. I-.XAMINED. Seychelles, Coetivy L. Percy

Sladen Trust Expédition. 1905: 1 d, 1 9 (USNM

41338). — Mahé, tap Maçons/anse des Forbans,

NIOP-F Ivro Expédition, stn 612, 4°46’S - 55'31’E,

reel fiat and slope to 5 ni. Aéroporté 12.XII.1992, C.

Fransen coll,: I d, 1 9 (RMNII D 47233); St. loseph

Atoll, stn 759. 5°27'5 - 53"21'L. 10 m, 28.Xlf.1992:

1 d, 1 9 (RMNH D 47234).

Aldabra. Main Charnel, Roval Society Expédition,

10.XII.1967. J. Taylor coll.: frf, 1 9 (BMNII).

La Réunion. La Saline, outer reel slope, 20 m,

Aéroport,t humilis, 7.IX. 1996, P. Castro & S. Ribes coll.:

1 d, l 9 (MHNR-B 38).

Distribution. — Recorded throughout the Indo-

West Pacific région except the Red Sea, Persian Gulf,

Indonesia and the Hawaiian lslands.

Genus Trapezia Latreille, 1828

Ail twenty-rwo known living species of Trapezia

are symbionts of pocilloporîd corals.

Trapezia cymodoce (Herbst, 1801)

Cancer cymodoce Herbst, 1801: 22, pl. 51, fig. 5 (Red

Sea).

Trapezia cymodoce — Savignv 1817: pl. 5, fig. 2 (Red

Sea). - Audouin 1826: 85 (Red Sea). - Coufon 1864:

569 (Red Sea). HilgendorF 1869- “6. pl. 2, fig. 4

(part) (Zanzibar); 1879: 798 (Mozambique). - Miers

1878: 408 (Red Sea, Sri Lanka); 1884b: 520, 535

(Seychelles. Iles Glorieuses). De Man 1880: 177

(Red Sea); 1881; 94 (Red Sea); 1887: 69 (Andaman

Sea). Henderson 1893: 336, 366 (India). -

Wedenissow 1894: 412 (part) (Somalia). Del Prato

1896: 183 (Red Sea). Alcock 1898: 219 (Arabian

Sea, Sri Lan Ica, Andaman Sea, Andaman Is, Nicobar

Is). - Nobili 1901: 15 (Red Sea); 1903: 18 (India);

1905: 10 (Tan/ania); 1906a: 143 (Red Sea); 1906b:

292 (Red Sca, Gulf ofAden). — Borradaile 1902: 265

(part) (Maldives). - Doflein 1904: 104 (Seychelles). -

Lenz 1905: 351,390 (Tanzania, Aldabra, Europa I.);

104

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1999 - 21 (1)

Trapeziid crabs of the Indian Océan and the Red Sea

1910: 552 (Europa L, Madagascar); 1912: 4 (Red

Sea). - Laurie 1906: 410 (part) (Sri Lanka); 1915:

415, 460 (part) (Red Sea). Caïman 1909: 705

(Christmns L). — Stebbing 1910: 304 (South

Africa). - Rathbun 1911: 234 (part) (Seychelles,

Cargados Carajos ls, Chagos Arcnip.). - Bouvier

1915: 272 (pari) (Mauritius). — Gravier 1920: 469

(Madagascar). - Balss 1924: 13 (Red Sca). - Gravclv

1927: 144 (India). - Pesta 1928: 72 (Red Sea). - Balss

1935a: 145, 146 (Western Australü); 19.35b: 40

(Western Australia). Ramadan 1936: 35 (Red

Sea). — Chopra & Das 1937:410 (Arabiatt Sea, Bay of

Bengal, Andaman Sea J. — Guritey 1938: 76, pl. 2,

figs 23-28 (Red Seal. - Monod 1938: 141 (Red

Sea). - Vatovâ 1943: 22 (Somalia). - Stcphensen

1945: 161, figs 42A, B (Pcrsian Giilf), — Barnard

1950: 276, fig. 52a, b (part) (South Afl'ica). — Tweedie

1950: 126 (part) (Cocos [Kceljngl ls). - Stella 1953:

64 (Red Sea). Ponrmanoir 1954; 13 (part)

(Madagascar). Sankarankurty 1961: 131 (Laccadive

ls); 1962: 147 (Alidamali ls); 1966b: 51 (Seychelles,

Maldives). - Guinot 1962a: 240 (part) (Red Sea,

Maldives): 1962b: 2 (Cuit of Aden). Michel 1964:

30 (Mauritius). - Dav 1969: 117. unnumb. fig. (South

Africa). — kcnslcy 1970: 104 (Mozambique). - Garth

1971: 188 (part) (Maldives); 1974: 205 (part)

(Maldives, Sri Lanka); 1984: 120 (part) (Seychelles). -

Serènc 1971: ligs 26. 28, 30, 32 (Mauritius): 1977: 50

(Seychelles); 1984; 272, fig. 179, pl. 38B (part)

(Kenya, Madagascar, Seychelles), - Ltindoer 1974: 7

(Andamqn Sea). - Edwards & F.mberton 1980: 237

(Red Sea). - Tsareva 1980: 118 (Western Australia). -

Türkay 1981: 59 (Mauritius). - Black &r Prince 1983:

140 (Western Australia). - Galil 1988b: 161, fig. 1

(Red Sea). - Hogarth 1989: 106, 114 (Oman): 1994:

102 (Oman), - Morgan 1990: 51 (Western

Australia). - JSalk 1995: 228, fig. 8.10e (as Quadrelia

coronata) (Mozambique). — |ones 1997: 234, unnumb.

fig. (eastern lndiun Océan).

Trapezia coerulea Riippcll, 1830; 27. pl. 5, fig. 7, pl. 6,

fig. 22 (part) (Red Sea). Heller 1861a: 13 (Red Sea):

1861b: 348 (Red Sea): 1865: 25, 256. 261 (Nicobar

ls). Kosstnann 1877: 44 (part) (Red Sea). - Richters

1880: 152 (Mauritius).

Crapsillus dentatus MacLeay, 1838: 67, pl. 3, unnum-

bered fig. (South Africa). — Krauss 1843: 35 (South

Africa).

? Trapezia dentifrom - Hess 1865: 136 (Western

Australia).

Trapezia ferruginea - Milne Edwards 1868: 71 (part)

(Zanzibar, Madagascar).

Trapezia ferruginea var. coerulea — Paulson 1875: 53,

57, pl. 7, figs 4, 4a (Red Sea).

? Trapezia ferruginea var. cymodoce — Paulson 1875: 56,

57 (Red Sea).

Trapezia cymodoce var. typica — Ortmann 1893: 481

(Maldives); 1894: 54 (Tanzania).

' Trapezia ferruginea var. dentata — Borradaile 1902:

264 (Maldives).

Trapezia dentata - Klunzinger 1913: 310, pl. 4, fig. 10

(Red Sea).

Trapezia cymodoce var. omatin Chen 1933: 108, fig.

53 (Sri Lanka).

Quadrella rufopunctata — Chen 1933: TU, fig. 55 (Sri

Lanka).

Maihkiai RXAMlNtD. — Red Sea. No location:

3 66, 2 9 9 (MNHN-B 2925); 1 d (MNHN-

B 4342); Clot-Bcy colL 1 6,2 9 9 (MNHN-

B 2922), 2 9 9 (MNHN-B 2923), 2 9 9 (MNHN-

B 2938), I 9 (MNHN-B 2940 paît); 1897,

F. lousseauiue coll.: 1 6., I 9 (MNHN-B 9703),

2 6 6, I $ (MNHN-B 16604), 1 9, 3 9 9

(MNHN-B 16606), 2 dd, I 9 (MNHN-

B 16899). — 'Ibr I- El Tut]. January-Jttiy 1826,

L. Riippell coll.: I 6 lectotypc of Trapezia coerulea

Ruppell (SME 4101 ); 1 d. 2 9 9 syntypes ol T. coe-

ruteu (SMP 1567); 10 66, 14 ¥ 9 paralectorvpes of

T. coerulea (SMI 17716). — Gull ol Suez, end of

canal, 1934, A. Gruvel coll.: 6 d d . 1 9 (MNHN-

B 16824). - Suez, Vaillant coll.: I d (MNHN-

B 2945). Filât, ,N ’tyloplmra: I d, 1 ? (MNHN-

B 22355). — Massawa, stn 17. 1901, J. Bonnier & C.

Pérez coll,: 4 66, 10 9 9 (MNHN-B 25372). —

Sarso L, “Xarifa", Seriatopora , 2-3 m, 16-21.XL 1957,

S. GerTach coll,: 3 dd (1 femînized by sacculinid),

I 2 (MNHN-B 16884). — Perim L, P. (ousseaume

coll: 14 dd. 15 9 $ tMNHN-B 25352)! - Gullof

Suez, stn II, 8,XII.1928, R. Dollfus coll.: i d

(MNHN-B 16896); stn 1/bis, 25.XN.I928: 3 dd,

3 29 (MNHN-B 16904); Jub.il, 29.X11.1928: 1 d

juv. (MNHN-B 16897); Golf of Akaba, sut 38,

4.11.1929; l d (MNHN-B 16903). — "Calypso”,

1952: 1 d, 1 2 (MNHN-B 16607), 1 d (MNHN-

B 168251: Abu L.u I.: I d, I 2 (MNHN-B 16605);

stn 5: 1 d, 1 9 (MNHN-B 16602); stn 9: 1 d

(MNHN-B 16603); stn 100: 2 d d, 4 9 ? (MNHN-

B 16608).

Gulf of Aden. Aden, 1897. K Jousseaume coll.: 1 d,

1 2 (MNHN-R 16902). — Aden. 1897, L. Simon

coll.: 7 d d3 9 2 (MNHN-B 25340). — Djibouti,

1893, M. Maindron coll.: I 9 (MNHN-B 8538

part). Djibouti, 15.1.1906, C. Gravier coll.: I d ,

1 $ (MNHN-B 25353). - Djibouti, 1897. F.

Jousseaume coll.: 24 dd, 24 9 9 (MNHN-

B 25741); Übock: 1 d. 1 9 (MNHN-B 16905). —

“Odissev", et. 34. 13“59.5’N - 48‘24.7’E, 3-5 m,

23.IV.1985: 6 66, 13 9 9 (ZMMU Ma-4477).

Oman. Muscat, M. Maindron coll.: 1 d, 1 2

(MNHN-B 17493). — Pocillopora damicomh , P. W.

Glynn coll.: 3 d d, 3 2 9 (LACM); Bandar Khayran,

Stylophorapistillata, 28.IX. 1982: 1 d, I 9 (LACM);

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1999 -21 (1)

105

Castro P.

off Christian Cemetcrv, P damicornis , 28.IX. 1982:

2 d d, 4 $9 (LACM).

Persian Gulf. Juraid I., 27°1 l’48”N - 49°57'24”H.

4.X. 19%, C. F.. Dawson coll.: 1 d (USNM 101920),

1 d (USNM).

Kenya. Shimoni, 4*38.8‘S - 39*21./'EL 20.X.19 1, A.

J. Bruce coll.: 1 d,2 2 9 (MNIIN-B 8230).

Tanzania. Zanzibar, G. Grandidicr coll,: 1 9

(MNHN-R 2927). — Zanzibar, I . Rousseau coll.;

I 9 (MNHN-B 2935 part), 2 dd (MNI IN-

B 29,30). - Zanzibar, 4.IX 1959. A. I Bruce coll.:

1 c?, I 9 (RM N H H 34987); 25.IX.1900: 2 99

(RMN H D 34980).

Seychelles. Mahé, 1392, Alluod coll.: 1 d. 2 9 9

(MNI IN-B 23088), — Mahé, 1.VI.I960, A. J. Bruce

coll.: 4 d d, 2 9 9,2 juv. (1 ACM); Praslin I., baie Ste

Anne, 19.11.1972: 1 d. I V (MNHN-R 8228), I d

(MNHN-B 8229); Curieuse Bav, Smatopont hystrix,

20.11.1972: 2 d d . 2 9 ? (MNHN-B 13341); Mahé,

15.11.1972: l d r I 9 (MNHN-R 8227), 1 9

(MNHN-B 13339); Coctivv I 32 m, 21.11.1972:

1 <5 (MNHN-B 13333). — Rêves 2 Expédition.

32 m: I 6,199 (MNHN-B 9098); stn I. 5 U 24'S -

57°01.4’F-, 55 m, 2.1X.1980: I 9 (MNHN-R 12801);

stn 7, 4"52.8'S 56‘ , 01.4 , |„ 57 m. 30.IX. 1980: I d.

1 9 (MNHN-B 12S03); stn 18, 5"44.9'S - 56°35.5’F,

50 m, 5.IX,1980; 1 d, 3 9? (MNHN-B 12804);

stn 24. 5"08.8’S - 55“25.5'E. 35 ni, 8.IX.1980: I d

(MNHN-B 12800), 1 d. I 9 (MNHN-B 1)020);

stn 27, 4 OC >3.0'S - 54°58.5'F, 52 m. 8.1X.I980: 2 dd,

1 $ (MNHN-B 20085); stn 34, 4 J 25'S - 54‘53,2'F,

60 m, 10.IX.1980: 3 dd, I 9 (MNHN-B 12807);

Stn 38. 5“02,0'S - 56*49’E-, 44 m, 13.IX.I980: ! 6,

1 9 (MM IN-B 12805); stn 60,4M0.3 S - 55U ! 8’F,

46 m, 19.IX.1980: 1 d, 3 9 9 (MNHN-B 11625),

1 d (MNHN-B 12802); sm 02, 4°!lVS - S5’2S.4’K,

68 m, 19, IX. 1980: l 9 (MNI IN-B 12809). —West

of Aride F, NIÛP-B Lvro Expédition, stn 702,

4°13’S 55"34’F, 47 m, 17.XII.I992: I d (RMNH

D 472.35): north-west of Praslin I., stn ~'05, 4°16'S

55°40’E. 25 m. 17.XII.1992: 3 dû. 4 9 9 (RM N FI

D 47236); south-east of Mahé stn 738, 4°45'S -

55°33'F, 35-45 m. 24.XII.1992: I d (RM N H

D 472.37): north of Poivre Atoll, .stn 766, S‘’44’S ■

53 o 20'E, 43-48 tn. 29.XII.1992: I d (RMNII

D 47238).

Aldabra. "Calypso", 1954: I d (MNHN-B 14028);

42 m, 23.V. 1954; I d, I 9 (MNHN-B 14033).

Saya de Malha Bank, "üdissey”, cr. 33, 12-13 ni,

9.VI. 1984' 1 d, I 9 (ZMMU); 6 dd, 6 9 9

(ZMMU Ma-4413).

Comoro Is. Mayotte: 4 dd, 3 9 9 (MNHN-

B 16888).

Iles Glorieuses. 10 ni, A. Crosnier coll., lanuary

1973: I d (MNHN-B 13338).

Mozambique. Fourenço Marques [= Maputo],

lune 1920: 1 d, 1 9 (SAM A43241). — lnhaca I„

19.11.1951, O. Tattersall coll.: 1 d (BMNH). -

lnhaca F, june 1971: 4 dd, 4 9 9, 3 juv. (SAM

A15432). — Magaruque, 23.V.1973: I d. 2 9 9

(SAM A43233).

South Africa. KwaZulu-Natal, Port Edward,

!6.V. 1939: I d, 1 9 (SAM A43235). — KwaZulu-

Natal, Aliwal Shoal, 24 m, |une 1980: 1 d, 1 9 (SAM

A43234),

Madagascar. No location: 1 9 (MNHN-R 13340);

1903: 1 d, 1 9 (MNHN-B 16898); May 1919, R.

Decary coll.: I ? (MNI IN-B 16889), I 9'(MNHN-

B 16894); De Farrtgues coll.: I 9 (MNHN-

B 16900). — Diego Suarez, May 1919, R. Dccary

col!.: 1 d, 2 9 9 (MNHN-B 23078). — Nosy Bc,

23. V, 1958, A. Crosnier coll.: 5 dd,. 2 9 9 IMNHN-

B 8224); liiléar, Oc.tober 1958: 1 9 (MNHN-

B 8225); Stc l.uce, 4 ni, May I960: 1 9 (MNHN-

B 8226). — Tulear, G. Grandidier coll.: 1 d. 1 9

(MNHN-B 4344 pari). Tuléar, G. Gcav coll.,

1006:4 d d, 5. 9 ¥ (MNHN-B 25381), — Iuléar, G.

Petit coll.: I d, 2 99 (MNHN-B 23077). 2 9 9

(MNHN-B 23094); Tamatave: I 9 (MNHN-

B 16892). — lamatavc. h Millot coll.: I d (MNHN-

B 16890). I 9 juv, (MNHN-B 16891), 3 d d, 4 9 9

(MNHN-B 23087).

La Réunion, l a Saline, ourer reef slope, 40 ni,

P. danneomü, S. Ri lies coll.: I d, 1 9 (MFINR-B 8);

30 in, 30.X. 1977: 1 d, 1 9 (MNHN-B 804(1). — Le

Port, "Marion Dufresne’', 10.IX.1982, H. Zibrowius

coll.: I d. 1 9 (MNHN-B 12812); stn CP97, 35 m,

28.VIII.1082: 1 d (MNHN-B 1 2811 ). La Saline,

rcefflat, I m, P. damicornis , .IX. 1996, P. Castro &c S.

Ri lies coll.- 1 9 (MHNR-B 9).

Mauritius, 1913, Il Carié coll.: 13 dd, 12 9 9

(MNHN-B 253*0), ! d (MNHN-B 23082); 1914:

1 d (MNHN-B 13945); 1919; 1 d, 1 9 (MNHN-

B 9701); Port Louis, 1914: 21 dd, 23 9 9 (MNHN-

B 16785); récif du Grand Port. 1913: 6 d d, 10 9 2

(MNHN-B 16786), 23 dd. 28 2 9 (MNHN-

B 25357); 1919: 1 d, 1 9 (MNHN-B 9702); Le

Chaland, 28.XI1.19I2: 5 dd, 6 9 9 (MNHN-

B 25350): 1913; 1 juv. (MNHN-R 23053).

Maldives. Rasdu Atoll, 19.111.1958, W. Kiausewitz

coll.: 1 d (SMF 12357).

Sri Lanka. Weligama Bav, 1912, F. Beer coll.: 1 d

(SMF 11745), 2 dd,2 9 9 (SMF 11740),

Thailand (Andaman Sea). Phuket I., Makham Bay,

26.V11L1980, P. Castro coll.: colout photographe, —

Plmket F, Cape Phanwa, 10.X.1990, I. Koniai coll.:

2 dd, I V (CBM ZC 2281).

(ndoncsia (Indian Océan). Batu Is. Pulo Bai, “Te

Veea”. stn 101. 0'1’S - 98"3rF. 25.XI.I963: 1 d

(USNM).

DISTRIBUTION. — Throughout the Indo-West Pacific

région excepr the Hawaiian Islands and rnost of the

central Pacific.

Remarks

Records of T. cymodoce most probably include

106

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1999 - 21 (1)

Trapeziid crabs of the Indian Océan and the Red Sea

specimens of T. Lutea. Both species hâve a conspi-

cuous tomcntum along the outer edge of die che-

liped propodus.

Live individuals from La Réunion and Phuket

Island. Andaman Sea toast of Thailand, showed

the colour pattern characteristic of western Pacific

populations (Castro 1997a: pl. 2A) but the dorsal

surface of the carapace was often dark orange

brown. A widc vellow to tan band crossed the ven¬

tral surface of the carapace and thitd maxillipeds.

Trapezia digitalis Latreille, 1828

Trapezia digitalis Latreille, 1828: 696 (Red

Sea). - Hcllcr |861a: 14 (Red Sea); 1861b: 348, 350

(Red Sea), - Kossmann 181 : 44 (Red Sea), - De Man

1880: 177 (Red Sea); 1881: 94 (Red Sea), - Aleuck

1898: 222 (Sri Lanka), - Nohili 1906b: 293 (Red

Sea). - Caïman 1909: 705 (Christmas I.). - Rathbun

1911: 235 (Seychelles, Chagos Archip.). ■ Klunzinger

1913: 312. pl. 7, fig. ]4 (Red Sea). - Balss 1924: 13

(Red Sea). - Pesta 1928: 72 (Red Sea). — Clien 1933:

1 I 1 (Sri Lanka). - Ramadan 1936: 35 (Red

Sea). - Barnard 1950: 278 (South Africa). - Iweedie

1950: 126 (Cocos [Kedingj Js). - Michel 1964: 31

(Mauritius).-G.trih !971M88 (Maldives); 1974: 205

(Maldives): 1984: 120 (Seychelles). - Fdwards &r

Emberton 1980: 237 (Red Sea), -Tsarcva 1980: 120

(Western Australia). - IMack & Prince 1983: MO

(Western Australia). - Se rêne 1984: 277, fig. 185,

pl. 38D (Seychelles, îles Glorieuses, La Réu¬

nion). - Galil 1988b: 163, fig. 2 (Red Sea). Castro

1996: 536, fig. 2 (Red Sea, Seychelles, Madagascar, La

Réunion, Mauritius).

Trapezia lencodaciyta Rüppell, 1830: 28 (Red Sea).

IGrapsillus subinteger MacLeay, 1838: 67 (South

Africa).

Trapezia ferruginea var. digitalis - Paulson 1875: 55,

57, pl. 7, figs 5, 6 (Red Sea).

Trapezia digitalis var. typica - Borradaile 1902: 265

(Maldives).

Trapezia digitalis forme typica — Bouvier 1915: 273

(part) (Mauritius).

? Trapezia subinteger - Ward 1942b: 100 (Chagos

Archip.).

MAI l.RIAL. tXAMINtiD. — Red Sea. Jiddah. M. Botta

colL: 2 dd (MNHN-B 2931). — Abu l.at 1.,

“Calypso”, 1952: 4 dd (1 feminized), 2 59

(MNHN-B 13924), 1 d, 1 9 (MNHN-B 13926),

1 d (MNHN-B 13927). — Port Sudan, August-

September 1978, H. Emberton coll.: 1 d, 2 9 9

(RMNH D 47242).

Somalia. Gcsi/a, M. Vannini coll., November-

December 1976: 1 d (RMNH D 32163).

Seychelles. Praslin f, baie Ste Anne, 19.11.1972, A- J.

Bruce coll.: 4 d d, 4 9 9 (MNHN-B 8266). — Reves

2 Expédition, sun 27, 4°55.6’S - 54°58.5’E, 52 m,

8.IX.1980: 1 9 (MNHN-B 20654). — Mahé. cap

Maçons/ansc des Forbans. NIOP-E Tyro Expédition,

stn 612, 4 U 46'$ -55 t, 3rF„ reef fiat, under rocks,

12.X1I.1992, C. Fransen coll.: 2 99 (RMNH

F) 47239): reef fiat and slopc to 5 ni. l’nciiloporn ivr-

rucasa: 2 dd (RMNH D 47240); Ile Dcsnoeufs,

stn 783. 6‘12’S - 53 o 02'E, outer reef slope, 2.1.1993:

1 9 (RMNH D 47241); Si. François Atoll, stn 792,

7°05‘S - 52"44E, outer reef slopc to 27 m. 5-6.1.1993:

1 d, 1 9 (RMNH D 47242).

Aldabra. “Calypso", 1954: 1 d, 1 9 (MNHN-

B 14031).

Farquhar Is. 26-11.1972, A. |. Bruce coll.: 1 d, 2 9 9

(MNHN-B 8265),

Saya de Malha Bank. "Odissey”, cr. 33, 12-13 m,

9.VI. 1984: 2 d d, 1 juv. (ZMMU).

Iles Glorieuses. 16.1X. 1958, A. Crosnier coll.: 1 d

(MNHN-B 8264).

Mozambique. Coconui Bav, 17.V. 1973: 1 d, 2 9 9

{SAM A43237).

Lu Réunion- La Saline, outer reef slope, 5 m, S. Ribes

coll.: 1 d (MNHN-B 8267); 5 m: 1 d (MNHN-

B 13325). I d, 1 5 (MNHN-B 13326). 1 d.3 9 9

(MNHN-B 13328); 20 m: 1 d. 1 9 (MNHN-

B 13329); 5 m. P. eydouxt: 1 d, I 9 (MNHN-

B 13324); 5 m, Styhphmm 2 dd, 1 5 (MNHN-

B 13327): 5 m: 2'dd, 3 9 5 (MHNR-B 10). —

1982, C. Vadon coll.: 1 d, 1 9 (MNHN-B 9746);

I d. I 9 (MNHN-B 9747); P. uemuosa, 2 92

(MNHN-B 9748).

Mauritius. Port Louis, 1913, P. Carié coll.: 1 d

(MNHN-B 16908): récil du Grand Port, 1913: 1 9

(MNHN-B 16907), l d (MNHN-B 25361); Le

Chaland, October 1911: I d (MNHN-B 16909),

Chagos Archipelago. Salomon Is, l’ercy Sladen Trust

Expédition, 1905: 1 d. 1 2 (USNM 41337), —

Diego Garcia, "Viriaz”, cr. 35, 1.5 ni. I2.X1962: 1 6

(ZMMU Ma-2206). — Speakers Bank. "Odissey',

cr. 33, 5*3.3’S - 72H5.2'E, 10-15 m, 18-21.VI. 1984:

3 dd,6 9 9 (ZMMU).

Cocos (Keeling) Is. 1941, C. A. Gibson-Hill coll.:

I d , 2 5 2 (ZRC 1965.11.22.77-79), 3 d d, 3 9 9

(Z RC 1970,7.23-25).

Chrîstmas I. 1940, C. A. Gibson-Hill coll.: 1 d, 1 9

(ZRC 1970,7.1.3.74).

Distribution. — J'hroughout the Indo-West Pacific

and eastern Pacific régions except the Persian Gulf.

Trapezia ferruginea Latreille, 1828

Trapezia ferruginea Latreille, 1828: 695 (Red

Sea). - Heller 1861a: 13 (Red Sea); 1861b: 348. 349,

pl. 4, fig. 40 (Red Sea). — Coulon 1864: 569 (Red

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1999 -21 (1)

107

Castro P.

Sea). - PauJson 1875: 7, 52, 57 (Red Scsi). Miers

1878: 407 (Red Sea. Mauritius); I884h: 536

(Seychelles. Sri Lanka). - De Man 1880: 178 (Red Sea);

1881: 94 (Red Sea). - Alcock 1898: 220 (Sri Lanka,

Andaman Is. Nicobar fs). — Nobili 1901: 15 (Red Sea):

1905: 10 (Tanzania): 1906a: 143 (Red Sea); 1906b; 293

(Red Sea). - Caïman 1909; 705 (Christmas 1.). - L.enz

1910: 553 (F.uropa I.). — Stebbing 1910: 504 (South

Africa). - Balss 1924: 13 (Red Sea). - Resta 1928: 72

(Red Sea). Chett 1933; 109 (Sri Lanka).- Ramadan

1936: 35 (Red Sea). Tweedie 1950: 126 (part) (Cocos

[Keeling! ls). Sankarankutty 1961: 130 (Luccadive ls);

1962: 147 (Andaman Is); 1966b: 51 (Seychelles,

Maldives), - Michel 1964: 31 (Mauritius). - Carth

1971: 188 (Maldives); 1974: 205 (Maldives, Sri Lanka);

1984: 120 (Seychelles). - Sert ne 1971: figs 27, 29, 31,

33 (Mauritius); 1984; 273, fig. 180, pi. 38C (Seychelles,

Cotnoro U, Madagascar, il es Glorieuses, Fa

Réunion). Edwards & Emberton 1980: 237 (Red

Sea). - fsareva 1980: 118 (Western Australia). - Galil

1988b: 164, fig. 3 (Red Sea). Castro 1996: 540, fig. 3

(Red Sea, Seychelles, Comoro ls, Madagascar, La

Réunion, Mauritius, Maldives).

Trapezia coerulea Rüppell. 1830: 27 (part) (Red Sea).

? Cancer cymodoce Rüppell 1830: 27 (Red Sea).

Trapezia cymodoce - Heller 1861a; 13 (Red Sea);

1861b: 348, 352 (Red Sea); 1865: 25, 256, 261

(Nicobar ls). - Hilgendorf 1869: 76, pl. 2, fig. 5 (part)

(Zanzibar). Laurie 1915: 460 (part) (Red Sea). Mot

T. cymodoce (Hcrbst, 1801).

Trapezia fenuginea var. typica - Borradaile 1902: 264,

figs 41F (as T. fèrruginea) , 42B (Maldives).

Trapezia cymodoce fcrrugiuea - Rathbun 1911: 234

(part) (Seychelles, Chngos Archip.).

Trapezia lu de ma ta Klunzinger 1913: 307, pl. 7, fig. 12

(part) (Red Sea).

Trapezia fcrrugiuea forme typica - Bouvier 1915: 272

(Mauritius).

?Trapezia fèrruginea forme dentata - Bouvier 1915:

272 (part; (Mauritius).

Trapezia cymodoce var. edentula Laurie, 1915: 461 (Red

Sea).

Trapezia guttata — Guinot 1962a: 240 (part)

(Maldives). Not T. guttata Rüppell, 1830.

MATERIAl EXAMINEIV. Red Sea. No location:

Beaudouin coll.: I d (MN1IN-B 2947); Clôt Bay

coll.: 1 d (MNHN-B 2940 part); Quartin, Dillon &

G. Petit coll.: 2 9$ (MNHN-B 4543). — lot h £1

Tur], 1826, E. Riippell coll.: I ci. I 9 syntypes of

Trapezia coerulea Riippell (SMF 11759). — The

Brothers ls, 1901, J. Bonnier 8c G. Pérez coll.: 1 d

(MNHN-B 16544). — Jiddah, M. Botta coll.: 2 d 6

(MNHN-B 2941). — Hofun, 1929, E. Ninni coll.:

I 9 (MNHN-B 23057). — Assab, Issel & Beccari

coll.: I 9 (MNHN-B 16522). “Calypso”, 1952:

1 9 (MNHN-B 16523); Abu Lat L: 7 ïo (I femini-

zed), 4 9 9 (MNHN-B 13925), 6 66, 8 99

(MNHN-B 23056); Marnrar, 19.1.1952: I 6. I 9

(MNHN-B 16518). — Port Sudan, August-

September 1978, H. Lmberton coll.: 2 6 6, 2 9 9

(RMN H D 47314).

Sotnalia. Gcsira. Novcmber-Dccember 1976, M.

Vannini ctill.: I 6 (RMNH D 32163).

Kenya. Ras Iwarine, 4*01 'S - 39“44'E, 1 m,

Styhpbont, 27.N.1971, A.j. Bruce coll.: 5 de?, 8 9 9,

1 juv. (BMNFI), 4 6 6, 3 9 $ (BMNH).

Tanzania. Zanzibar, F. Rousseau coll.: I 9 (MNHN-

B 2935 part). — Zanzibar, ‘lutta Rcef, 28.11.1971, A.

J. Bruce coll.: 1 d, 1 2 (BMNH),

Seychelles. Praslin F, baie Su-Anne. 19.11 19 2. A.J.

Bruce coll: 1 6 . I 2 (MNHN-B 8236). 4 9 2, 1 6

(MNHN-B 8945); Rendre Reef, 1241.1972: 2 c?<3,

3 9 9 tMNHN-B 8944). Reves 2 Expédition,

stn 27, 4"55.6'S - 54 r, 58.5'K, 52 m, 8,IX.1980: 2 c? <?,

5 2 9 (MNHN-B 1162"), 2 6 6 (MNHN-

B 12806). — Mahé, anse Nord d’Lsr, NIOP-ETyro

Expédition, stn 601. 4’’34 S - 55’28'F., reef fl.n. 3 m,

5.XII.1992. C. Fransen coll.: 1 6 (RMNH D 47243):

Mahé. cap Maçons/ansc des Forbans, stn 612, 4"46’S -

55°3I F, reef fiat and si ope to 5 m. Pocillapora verru-

tvsa, 12.X1I.1992: 2 66, I 9 (RMNH D 47244);

north-east of Aride I. t stn 714,. 4 a J0’S - 55°44’E,

55 m I9.XJI.I992' I 6, 1 2 (RMNI 1 D 47245); St.

François Atoll, stn 792. 7 J 05’S - 52"44T., outer reef

slope to 27 m. 5-6.1.1993: 5 6 6,4 9 9 (RMNH

D 4-246); T. cy,Jouer. 1 6, I 9 (RMNH D 47247).

Aldabra. “Calypso” 1954: 3 66, 1 9, 2 juv.

(MNHN-B 14029).

Astove I. Stylophora, 27.11.1972, A. J. Bruce coll.:

4 9 9.1 6 (MNHN-B 8942).

Farquhar ls. 26.11.1972, A. | Bruce coll.: 4 <?<?,

3 9 9 (MNHN-B 82 55).

Saya de Mallia Bank. “Odissey", cr. 33. 12-13 m,

9,VI.1984: 5 6 6.7 V V (XMMLJ Ma-4410).

Comoro ls, Mayotte-, 10 m, September 1959, A.

Crosnier coll: I 9 (MNHN-B 8234).

îles Glorieuse», 16. jX. I 958, A. Crosnier coll.: 2 6 6,

2 9 9 (MNHN-B S233). — I6.IX.I95S, J Millot &

A. Crosnier coll.: 1 9 (MNHN-B 23049).

Mozambique. Jangamo, July 1968: I d. I 9 (SAM

A13514). — Coconut Bay, 17.V.I973: 3 6 6, 4 9 9,

1 juv. (SAM A43238).

South Africa. KwaZulu-Naral. Aliwal Sboal, 24 m,

June 1980: 1 6 (SAM A43239).

Madagascar. No location: 1 9 (MNHN-B 23045);

De Farrigues coll.: 1 9 (MNHN-B 16520). — Nosy

Bé, July 1958, M. Chavane coll.: I c? (MNHN-

R 8231 ). —Tuicar, R. Plante & A. Crosnier coll,: 1 <3,

I 9 (MNHN-R 8232).

La Réunion. La Saline, outei reef slope, 5 m, S. Ribes

coll.: 2 6 6, 3 9 9 (MNHN-B 8237). 5 m: 2 d c?,

1 9 (MNHN-B 16090); 10 m: 1 d. 1 9 (MNHN-

108

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1999 - 21 (1)

Trapeziid crabs of the Indian Océan and the Red Sea

B 16091); 20 m; 2 dd, 1 ? (MNHN-B 16089);

5 m, Stylophom mordax, 31 .XII. 1976: 1 9 (MHNR-

B II); 10 m, P. damicomh, 23.VIII. 1977: 1 î

(MHNR-B 12), P. verrucosa , 1 6 (MHNR-B 13); reef

Hat, 30.V1I.1977: 1 d, 1 9 (MNHN-B 16088).—

La Saline, “Marion Dufresne", 13 ni, 16.IX. 1982: 1 d

(MNHN-B 16548). —- Saint Gilles, reet Hat,

16.IX.1982, M. de Saint Laurent coil.; 1 d (MI1NR-

B 14). — La Saline, ottttr reef slopc, 20 ni, P. brevi-

comis , col!., 8.IX. 1997, B Castro & S. Ribes: I d

(MHNR-B 42); Saint Gilles, reef fiai. 1 m, /'. verruco-

s77, 11.IX.1996: 1 d, l 9 (MHNR-B 43), 1 cî. 1 9

(MHNR-B 44). 1 5 tMHNR-B 45),

Mauritius. 1 9 (MNHN-B 2946). - 1887. M.

Marie coil.: 1 ? (MNHN-B 16519 ). — B Carié coll.:

3 S (MNHN-B 16516); 1913: I 9 (MNHN-

B 23064); récit du Grand Port, 1913: 5 d <3, 9 9 9

(MNHN-B 25359); Le Chaland, 191.3: 1 cî, I 9

(MNHN-B 16521),4 66,2 9 2,2 juv. (MNHN-B

16524).

Maldives. Addu Atoll, “Xarila", 9 ni, 30.12.1957, S.

Gerlach coll.: 1 d (MNHN-B 16517). —

Miladummadulu Atoll, 27.IIL1964, R. Robertson

coll.: 1 9 (LACM).

Chagos Archipelago. Speakers Bank, “Odîssey",

cr. 33, 5"03.3'S -72H5.2T, 10-15 m, 18-21.VI. 1984:

14 dd, 14 9 9 (ZMMU Ma-44l9).

Sri Lanka. Galle, 5.111.1964. |. S. Garth coll.: 1 d,

1 9 (LACM).

Cocos (Kccling) Is 1941, C. A. Gibson-Hill coll.:

2 dd, 7 99 IZRC 1965.11,22.100-109); 5 dd.

4 9 9 (ZRC 1970.7.13.51-52).

Christmas I. 1940, C. A. Gibson-Hill coll.: 1 9

(ZRC 1970.7.13.73).

Distribution. — Throughout the Indo-West Pacific

and eastern Pacific régions except the Persian Gulf.

Remarks

Live individuals Iront La Réunion where darker

than chose front western Pacific Océan popula¬

tions. The dorsal surface of the carapace varied

front purplish orange to dark orange; the edges

were orange.

Trapezia flavopunctata

Eydoux et Souleyet, 1842

Trapezia flavopunctata Kydoux et Soulever, 1842: 230,

P l. 2, fig. 3.

Trapezia flavopunctata — Miers 1884a: 11

(Mauritius). - Serène 1984: 276, fig. 183, pl. 42A (La

Réunion, Mauritius).

Trapezia ferruginea forme areolata - Bouvier 1915: 272

(Mauritius). Not T. areolata Dana, 1852.

Trapezia rufopunctata forme flavopunctata - Bouvier

1915: 273 (Mauritius).

Trapezia mandata — Gravier 1920: 470 (part)

(Madagascar).

Trapezia rufopunctata flavopunctata — Michel 1964: 31

(Mauritius).

Trapezia ferruginea areolata — Michel 1964: 31

(Mauritius), Not T areolata Dana, 1852.

Trapeziatigrina- Serène 1971: 133. fig. 4 (Sri Lanka ?).

Not T. tigrina Eydoux et Souleyet, 1847.

Mai h RIAL EXAMINE!). — Madagascar. Diego Suarez,

May 1919, R. Deuuy cnil.: 1 9 (MNHN-B 23079).

La Réunion. 5 ni, Pucillapora eydauxi , S. Ribes coll.:

1 d (MNHN-B 8315); 1976: 14 dd, 4 9 9

(MNHN-B 16092); 10 m, P, vemtana, 30.IX. 1976:

1 2 (MHNR-B 15); 10 m, 24.VIT.I977: 1 d, 1 9

(MNHN-B 21495); La Saline, 1 5 m, P verrucosa: I d,

1 9 (MNHN-B 8248). La Saline, reef fiat,

16.IX. 1982, M. de Saint Laurent coll.: I d (MNiiN-

B 16596). — La Saline, 1 m, P. verrucosa, I I.IX.I996,

P. Castro & S. Ribes coll.: 2 d d, 4 9 5 (MHNR-

B 16),

Mauritius. I d. 1 9 (MNHN-B 23080). — M.

Marie coll.: 1 d (MNHN-B 23092). — P. Carié coll.:

1 9 (MNHN-B 2949); 1910. 1 9 (MNHN-

B 25336); 1913, 9 dd (MNIIN-B 8249), 2 dd

(MN1IN-B 9781), 5 dd, 15 9 2 (MNHN-

B 16540), 4 dd, I 9 (MNHN-B 23061), 1 d, 1 2

(MNHN-B 23073), 10 2 2 , 7 dd (MNHN-

B 23081), 5 9 2, I d (MNHN-B 25337); 1914. 30

dd, 30 2 9 (MNHN-B 16539), 2 dd, 2 2 9

(MNHN-B 23042); Port Louis, 1 9 (MNHN-

B 2948), 1 dd, I 2 (MN13N-B 25349); récif du

Grand Port, 1913, 1 9 (MNHN-B 25.362).

Chagos Archipelago. Diego Garcia, 7° I4 47"S -

72 a 22'Q2"E, 1-3 m. 16.VI1.1967: I 9 (LACM).

Distribution. — Known only from rhcsoutltwescern

Indian Occati to niost of the Pacific Océan, except the

eastern Pacific région.

Trapezia formosa Smith, 1869

Trapezia formosa Smith, 1869: 286.

Trapezia digitalis var. formosa - Borradaile 1902: 265

(Maldives).

Trapezia ferruginea - Twccdie 1950: 126 (part) (Cocos

[Keeling] Is). Not !'.ferruginea I.arreille, 1828.

Trapezia formosa - Garth 1971: 188 (Maldives). -

Castro 1998b: 178 (Kenya, Seychelles, Aldabra,

Mozambique, îles Glorieuses, La Réunion, Cocos

[Keeling] Is).

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1999 •21(1)

109

Castro P.

Trapezia bella — Scrcnc 1984: 278, fig. 187, pl. 38F (La

Réunion). Not 77 bella Dana, 1852.

MATERIAU EXAMINE!). — Kenya. Ras Kvatine, 4°01’S -

39°44’E, 1 ni, Stylopbora, 27.11.197 L A. J. Bruce

coll.r I d', l 9 (BMNH); 7’iwi, 4°15'S - 38°36.)’F.,

2 m, 1.111.1971: 1 ? (BMNH). — Mombasa ls,

Pocillopora untlcr stoncs, 14.111.1972. N. Bruce coll.:

1 d (MNHN-B 25292).

Seychelles. Praslin !.. small Pocillopom, 17.11.1972, A.

J. Bruce coll.: 5 d'd, 6 9 9 (MNHN-B 25289);

Remirc RceK !2.11,1972: I d, 1 9 (MNHN-

B 25288). — Rêves 2 Expédition, stn 27, 4^55.6'N -

54°58.5'E, 52 m, 8.1X1980: ! d (MNHN-

B 25290). — Mahé, cap Maçnns/anse îles Forbans,

NIOP-F, Tyro Expédition, stn 612, 4"46'S - 55°J1’E,

reef fiat and slope to 5 m, P. verrucosa, 12.XJ1.1992,

C. Fransen coll..- 2 de! (RMNH D 4 7 1 Kl); Aride 1.,

stn 711, 4° 13 S - 55°40'E, P. verrucosa , 18-

19.XI1.1992: 1 d (RM N H D 47109); St. François

Atoll, stn 792. 7“05’S - 52°44'F, outer reef slope to

27 ni, P. eydouxi, 5-6.1.1993: I d, 1 9 (RMNH

D 47107). 1 d (RMNH D 47111).

Aldabra. I d, I 9 (MNHN-B 140.34).

îles Glorieuses. 16.1X.1958, A. Crosnier & f. Millot

col!.: 2 6 6,1 2 (MNHN-B 25291 ).

Mozambique. Coconut Bay, 1TV.1973: I 2 (SAM

A43242).

La Réunion. La Saline, outer reef slope, 5 ni, S. Ribes

coll.: 1 d, 1 9 (MNFIN-B 23100): 5 m, Stylopbora :

3 6 6,2 2 2 (MNHN-B 23096): 5 m. P. verrucosa :

1 d, I V (MNHN-B 23097); 10 ni, P. verrucosa: 1 d,

1 9 (MH N R-B 25); 15 m: 2 36,2 29 (MNHN-

B 23098), I d (MNHN-B 23099); 5 m, P. verrucosa:

1 d. I 9 (MNFIN B 8345). — Saint Gilles, reef Hat,

17.IX. 1982, M. de Saint Laurent coll.; I d (MHNR-

B 26).

Cocos (Keeling) ls. [941, C. A. Gihson-Hill coll.:

1 d, 2 2 9 (ZRC 1997.777).

Distribution. — Recordcd across the Indo-Wcst

Pacific and easiern Pacific régions except the Red Sea,

Persian Gulf, French Polynesia and the Hawatian

Islands.

Remarks

Colour variations throughout the géographie dis¬

tribution are discussed in the révision of the spe-

cies b y Castro (1998b).

Trapezia guttata Riippell, 1830

Trapeziaguttata Riippell, 1830: TJ (Red Sea). - Heller

1861a: 14 (Red Sea); 1861b: 348, 351 (Red

Sea). - Kossmann 1877: 44 (Red Sea). - De Man

1880: 176 (Red Sea); 1881; 94 (Red Sea). - Richters

1880: 152 (Seychelles). - Leur 1905: .350, 390

( lanzania, Aldabra). — Nobili 1906b; 293 (Red

Sea). - Gurney 1938: 76, pl. 2, figs 19-22 (Red Sea). -

Tweedie 1950: 126 (Cocos |KeelingJ ls). Stella 1953:

64 (Red Sea). - Ciuinot 1962a: 240 (part) (Red Sea,

Maldives). - Michel 1964:31 (Mauritius). — Kensley

1970: 104 (Mozambique). Gàrth 1971: 188

(Maldives); 1984: 120 (Seychelles).. — Serênc 1977: 50

(Seychelles); 1984; 271. fig. 178, pl. 38A (Seychelles,

Madagascar, La Réunion). - Edwards &. Emberton

1980: 23~ (Red Sea). Tsareva 1980: 119 (Western

Australia). Türkay 1981: 59 (Seychelles). - Galil

1988b: 166, fig. 4 (Red Sea), - Morgan 1990: 52

(Western Australia). - Kalk 1996: 228 (Mozambique).

Trapezia fermginea - Milne Edwards 1868: 71 (part)

(Madagascar).

Trapezia fermainea var. guttata - Paulson 1875: 7, 54,

5 7 (Red Sea). - Borradaile 1902: 265 (Maldives). -

Doflcin 1904: 104 (Seychelles). - Ramadan 1936; 35

(Red Sea).

‘trapezia cyrnodoce firrugineu - Raihbun 1911: 234

(part) (Chagos Archip.). Not T, ftirugineit Latteille,

1828.

? Trapezia ferruginea var. ceylonka Chen 1933: 109,

fig. 54 (Sri Lanka).

Trapezia bidetitata Klunzinger, 1913: 307 (part) (Red

Sea).

Trapezia sp. Fourmanoir 1954; 13 (Madagascar).

M.-\IEIUAt TVAMINTD. — Red Sea. 1822-1827, E.

Riippell coll.: I d syntvpe (RMNH D 42.320). —

Eilat, Stylopbora: I 6, 1 2 (MNHN-B 23055). —

■‘Calypso’, 1952: I 6 (MNHN-B 16916), I 6. 1 ?

(MNHN-B 16914); stn 5: 2 dd, 1 9 (MNHN-

B 23065): Abu Lar I.: 1 2 (MNHN-B 165.31). —

Sarso 1„ “Xarifa”. 2-3 m, 11 .X1.1957, S. Gerhich coll.:

1 d. 4 9 9 (MNHN-B 169l~): Seriatopora , 16-

21.XI.1957: 2 66, 1 9 (MNHN-B 16918).—Port

Sudan, August-Septembei 1978, II. Emberton coll.:

1 d, 1 9 (RMNH D 47319).

Seychelles. Mabe, Port Victoria, Slylophvni aylhraea,

16.V.1966, A. J. Bruce coll.: I d, 1 2 (LACM);

Praslin L, Séria to parti tflystrix, 20.11.1972: 4 6 6,

4 2 2 (MNHN-B 822.3);

Aldabra. Main C.bannel, Royal Society Expédition,

10.X1U967. J. D. Taylor coll.: I 9 (BMNH).

Sava de Malha Bank. “Odissey", et. 33. 12-13 m,

9.VI.I984: 3 dd, 5 9 9 (ZMMU).

Comoro ls. Mayotte, 1903, M. Marie coll.: 1 d. 1 9

(MNHN-B 23071 bis).

Madagascar. Nosv Bc, Septçmber 1961, A. Crosnier

coll.: 1 d- 1 9 (MNHN-B 23062); 10 m, lanuary

1962: 4 dd. 2 ? 2 (MNI1N-B 8221). — Tuléar, G.

Grandidier coll.: 1 V (MNHN-B 4344 part). —

Tuléar, G. Petit coll.: I d, 1 9 (MNHN-B 2.3095);

Tamatave: 1 d, ! 9 (MNHN-B 16892),—Ta mat ave.

110

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1999 -21 (1)

Trapeziid crabs of the Indian Océan and the Red Sea

). Millotcoll.: I (5,4 9 5 (MNHN-B 16887), 2 6 6,

1 $ (MNHN-B 23076).

La Réunion. Pvciltopum damicornis, November 1977,

S. Ribcscoll.: 1 6 , 1 9 (MNHN-R 8222); 1977: 1 6 ,

1 5 (MNHN-B 23063); outer reef slope, 40 m: 1 6,

1 ?, 1 megalopa (MHNR-B 17). La Saline, reel

fiat, 1 m, P. damicornis, 7.IX. 1996, P. Castro & S.

Rihes col!.: 1 d. 2 9 9 (MH N IL B 18); 9.IX. 1996:

2 <3(5, 6 5? (MHNR-B 19); Saint Gilles, reef fiat,

1 m, P. daniuunus & P. iwi«w, 11 .IX. 1996: 2 c? cf,

1 9 (MHNR-B 20).

Mauritius. 1921, P. Carie coll.: 1 5 (MNHN-

B 16526).

Maldives. Addu Atoll, “Xai ila". Snialoporü >

29.X11.1957, S. Gerlach coll.: I 6 , 3 2 2 (MNHN-

B 13946), 5 6 <3,3 ? 9 (MNHN-B 16915).

Chagos Archipelago. Salomon Is, IVrey Sladcn Trust

Expédition, 20-28 m, 15.VU905: 1 d, 1 2 (USNM

41328); Eginont \y. 2 2 2 (U.SNM 41322), —

Speakers Bank, "( klissey”, cr. 33, 5*3.3’S - 72"I 5.2’F„

10-15 m, 18-21,VI.1984: 2 <3 6 ,3 9 2 (ZMMU),

Thailand (Andaman Sca). Phukcr L, lang Khen,

5.X. 1990, I Kiimai coll.: 1 <3, 1 2 (CBM XC2396);

Cape Phanwa, 9.X 1990: I 6 (CBM ZC 2400).

Indonesia (Indian Océan). Simeulue 1., 2“27 N -

96°24’E, Mardi 1913, L. Jacobson coll: I <3. 1 2

(RMN H I) 2101). 1 5 (RM N H D 47J72). — Batu

Is, Pulo Bai, “Te Vega", sm 101, O'TS - 98°31’E,

25.XI.1963: l V (USNM). — Padang, August 1963:

1 <3, 1 ? (MNHN-B 13289),

Cocos (Keeling) 1*. 1941, C. A. Gibson-Hill coll.:

10 (3(3,6 9 9 (ZRC 1965.1 1.22.110-119), 2 c3<3,

2 9 9 (ZRC 1970.7.13.3-12).

Christmas I. 1940, C. A. Gibson-Hill coll,: 1 <3,

4 92 (ZRC 1970.7.13.67-72).

Distribution — Throughoui the lndo-West Pacific

région except the Persian Gulf and the Hawaiian

Islands.

Trapezia Intea Castro, 1997

Trapezia Intea Castro, 1997a: 84, fies 2C, 2D, 3A-C,

pl. 2C, pl. 5A (Kenya. Seychelles, Aklabra, îles

Glorieuses, Madagascar, La Réunion, Mauritius,

Maldives, Cocos | Keeling] Is, Western Australia).

? Trapezia cymodocc Hilgendorf 1869: 76, pl. 2. fig. 5

(part) (Zan/.ibar). Borradaile 1902: 265 (part)

(Maldives).

Trapezia lymodoce - Latiric 1906: 410 (part) (Sri

Lanka). Rathbun 1911: 234 (part) (Chagos

Archip.). - Bouvier 1915: 272 (part) (Mauri¬

tius).—Chen 1933: 106 (Sri Lanka), — Bamard 1950:

276 (part) (South Africa). — Tweedie 1950: 126 (part)

(Cocos |Keeling] Is). — Garth 1971: 188 (part)

(Maldives); 1974: 205 (part) (Maldives, Sri Lanka);

1984: 120 (part) (Seychelles). — Serène 1984: 272

(part) (Seychelles), Not T, cymodoce (Herbst, 1801).

Mai TRIAI IXAMINïD. —Kenya. Ras Iwatîne, 4°01’S -

39°44 F., 1 ni, 26.11.197L A. J. Bruce coll.: 1 (3, 1 9

(BMNH), 1 (3, 2 9 9 (BMNH); Mombasa L,

12.11.1972: 1 9 (MNHN-B 13337).

Seychelles. Mahé, 17.VI.1966, A. |. Bruce coll.:

2 o 6, 3 9? (LACM); Praslin [., 7 m, 17.11.1972:

3 5 ,3.4 9 5 (MNHN-B 13335); baicStc Anne: I c3

(MNHN-B 13330), 1 5 (MNHN-B 25233); baie

Curieuse, Srriainpiira bystrix, 20.li.1972: I 6,2 9 9

(MNHN-B 230-C); Malté, Port Victoria, 15.11.1972:

1 ,3, 1 9 (MN11N-B 25232); Rcmirc Reef. Srylo-

phom, 12.11.1972: 1 6, I 2 (MNHN-B 13336)! —

Reves 2 Expédition, stn 27, 4°55.6'S -54'58.5’E,

52 m, 8.1X.1980: 2 6 6, 3 5 9 (MNHN-

B 11628). — Mahé, anse Nord d'Est, NIOP-E. Iyro

Expédition, stn 601.4"34’S - 55*28'E. réel Oar, 3 in,

5.X1I.I992, C. Fransen coll.: I 5 (RM N H D 47248);

Mahé. south of Pic au Sel and île Souns, stn 603,

4‘44’S - 55"32’E, reefflat. 2 m. 7.XI1.I992: 1 6, 1 9

(RMNH D 47249): Mahé, Nortli East Point, stn 604,

4*35'S 55°28'E, reef Hat and slope. 2-4 m,

8.XII.1992: l 6, 2 5 9 (RMNII D 47250); Mahé,

Port Launay National Park, stn 606, AHX'S - 55°23 E,

3-6 m, I0.XII.I992: I 6., I 9 (RMNH D 47691);

Mahé. cap Maçnns/anse des Forbans, stn 612. 4"46 S -

55"31 E. reef fiat. 12.XII.1992: 2 66. 2 V 9

(RMNI I D 47252). reef fiat and slope to 5 m,

Poallupnra verrucosa: I 6, I 9 (RMNH D 47251);

Aride I.. sm 711, 4 Ü I3’S - 55 E 40'E, 18-19.XII.I992:

2 99 (RMNH D 47254); Poivre Atoll, stn 767,

5°4’4'S - 53°18'E, P. damicornis, 29-31.XII.I992: I 6,

1 ? (RMNH D 4720; St. François Atoll, stn 792,

7“05'S - 52 C ’44 E. outer slope to 27 ni. rtansect 20, 5-

6.1.1993: I ,3, I 9 (RMNH D 47256), P. eydouxi,

1 d. 1 9 (RMNH D 47257): Mahé, îlot de l’Islctte,

stn 615, 4°40\S - 55"25'E, 2-5 m, 13.X11.1992, B.

Hoekscma coll.: 1 <3 (RMNH D 47253).

Aldabra. “Calÿpso". 1954: 2 6 6. 1 9 (MNHN-

B 23060).

As love I. 12 m, 27,11.1972, A. J. Bruce coll.: 2 6 6,

1 9 (MNHN-B 13332).

Farquhar Is. 12 ni, 25.11.1972, A. ). Bruce coll.:

2 6 6.6 5 9 (MNHN-B 13334).

Saya de Malha Bank. “OdIssey", cr. 33, 9.VI.1984:

2 6 6. 1 5 9 (ZMMU). — "Vitiaz II", cr. 17, 20 m:

I 6 (ZMMU Mj-4472).

Iles Glorieuses. 10 m, fanuary 1973, A. Crosnier

œil.; 1 6, 1 9 9 (MNHN- B 23046).

Mozambique. Coconur Bav, 17.V. 1973:2 6 6, 1 9,

1 juv. (SAM A43246). — Magaruque, 23.V.1973:

1 <3.1 9,1 juv. (SAM A43244); 25.V.I973, 1 6,

3 9 9 (SAM A43245).

South Africa. KsvaZulu -Natal, Kosi Bav: 1 9

(BMNH 1917.6.19.47). KwaZulu-Natal, Mtwa-

lume, 26.XII.1938: 1 6, 1 9 (SAM A43247). —

KwaZulu-Natal, Umpangazi, 25.IV.1967: 1 <3,4 9 9

(SAM A43248).

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1999 -21 (1)

111

Castro P.

Madagascar. Tuléar, 1921, G. Petit coll.: 2 3 3,

2 99 (MNHN-B 23085). — Tamsitave, 1880, De

Lartigues coll.: 1 2 (MNHN-B 23089).—Tamatave,

). Millot coll.: I 3 (MNHN-B 23086). — Port

Dauphin: 2 33 , 1 2 (MNHN-B 13331).

La Réunion. La Saline, outer reel slopc. S. Ribes coll.:

1 3, 1 2 (MNHN-B 25247); 5 m: l 9 (MNLIN-

B 8941); 10 ni; I 2 (MNHN-B 8943); 30 m,

18.XII.1976: 1 3, 1 2 (MNHN-B 8939); 15 m,

P verni,'osa, 25.1X.1976. 1 9 (MHNR-B 21); 10 m,

P. vemicma, 24.V1II. 19"“; 1 3 (MHNR-R 22), 1 3

(MHNR-B 23). La Saline, 16.IX.1982, M. de

Saint Laurent coll.: 1 3 (MNHN-B 16547). — La

Saline, reef Hat. 1 m, P. damicornis, 7.IX, 1996, P.

Castro & S. Ribes coll.: 1 â (MHNR-B 46); Saint

Gilles, reef Hat, 1 m, P. verructm , H.IX 1996: 1 9

(MHNR-B 47), I 9 (MHNR-B 48), 1 9 (MHNR-

B 49), 13.12 (MHNR-B 50), I 3, 1 2 (M11NR-

B 51), 1 3 (MHNR-B 52).

Mauritius. 1913, P Carié coll.: 1 3 , 1 9 (MNHN-

B 16882), 1 2 (MNHN-B 23083), 15 3 3, 18 2 2

(MNHN-B 25380): 1914: 12 3 3.20 22 (MNHN-

B 23041 ); récif du Grand Port, 1913: 7 3 3,5 2 9

(MNHN-B 230391, 21 3 3, 20 2 2 (MNHN-

B 25360); Le Chaland, 28.IX.19]2: 2 3 3, 7 2 9

(MNHN-B 25351); 1913: 2 3 3,2 29 (MNHN-

B 25344).

Maldives. Addu Atoll “Xarifa ", Seriatopora, 15 m,

Januarv 1958, S. Gerlach coll.: 2 3 3,1 9 (MNHN-

B 23044). —Miladummadulu Atoll. Acropom ,

27.11.1964 ,). S. Garthcoll.: 1 3, 1 ? (LACM); Malé

Atoll: 1 3, 1 9 (LACM); 18.111.1964: I 3. 1 2

(LACM), 19.1V.1964: l 3, I 9 (LACM); 21.111.1964:

1 3, 1 9 (LACM).

Chagos Archipelago. Peros Ban ho.s ls. Coin !.. Pcrcv

Sladen Trust Expédition, 1905; 1 leminized 3, 1 2

(USNM 41323); Salomon ls, 20-28 m, 15.VI.1905:

1 9 (USNM 41321 );7"21’45"S-72"28’17"E, 0-2 m,

23.VI.I967: 1 2 (LACM). — Diego Garcia, "Vitiaz”,

cr. 35, 1 2.X. 1962: 13,12 (ZMMU Ma-

2188). Speakers Bank, 10-15 m, “Odissey”, cr. 33,

18-2I.V1.I984: 12 3 3,7 9 2 (ZMMU Ma-44l2).

Sri Lanka. Galle, 5.111.1964, |. S. Garth coll.: 1 9

(LACM).

Cocos (Keeling) ls. 1945, C. A. Gibson-Hill coll.:

4 3 3, 6 9 9 (ZRC 1965.11.22.136-45). — V. Orr

coll.: 2 33,6 99 (LACM). — Flving Fish Cove, 10-

15 m, 11.11.1987-. C. Morgan coll.': 1 9 (WAM 600-

87); North Keeling l.„ 17.11.1989: 1 3, 1 2 (WAM

701-89). — Home I., 1. Marsh coll.; 13,19 (WAM

836-89).

Christmas I. 1940, C. A. Gibson-Hill coll.: 2 3 3,

1 2 (ZRC 1970.7.13.27-32).

Western Australia. Kendrcw L. Dampier Archip.,

20.V.1974: 1 3, 1 9 (WAM 504-86).

Distribution. — Throughout die Indo-West Pacific

région except the Red Sea, Persian Gulf and the

Hawaiian Islands,

Rkmarks

The species was found in Indian Océan inaterial

that was originally identified as T. cymodoce.

The smaller live individuals collected from La

Réunion had snvall bladc granules throughout the

carapace, giving it a darker, ahnost hnown appea-

rance. La Réunion individuals also showed a

purple brown spot on the distal edge o( the pro-

podus oi the walking legs, wtiich lus not heen

ohserved in western Pacific Océan populations.

As in live individuals Iront the wesrern Pacific,

the tomentum on the chelipeds was either trans¬

parent, green or light to dark red brown. A

tomentum was also found on the walking legs of

some individuals, especially striall ones.

Trapezia punctipes Castro, 1997

Trapeziapunctipes Castro, 1997a: 87, fig. 4, pl. 2D.

Matériau examinhd. — Thailand (Andaman Sea).

Phtlket L, Cape Phanwa & Makhant Bay, 25-

26,VIII. 1980, P Castro coll.: 3 33, 3 9 9 (colour

phûtOgtaphs).

DlSTRI hutiom. — Recorded so far Iront the Andaman

Sea, Indonésie (Celebes and Molticcas Islands),

Saipan, Belau, eastern Australia and Fiji (see Castro

1999).

Trapezia richtersi Cîalil et Lewinsohn, 1983

Trapezia sp. — Richters 1880: 152, pl. 16, fig. 13

(Mauritius).

Trapezia richtersi Gaiil et Lewinsohn, 1983: 160,

figs 1-4 (Somalia, Kenya, Seychelles, Aldabra,

Mauritius). - Serène 1984: 274, fig. 181, pl. 39E

(Seychelles, Mauritius).

Trapezia rujapanciaia Miers 1884b: 536 (part)

(Seychelles). Not /. mjopunctata (Herbst. 1799).

Tnlpeziaferntyinen var. huermettiu - Alcock 1898: 220

(part) (Andaman Sea). - Sankarankutty 1962: 148

(Andaman ls). Not /.' intermedia Miers, 1886.

Trapezia eymodace intermedia - Rathbun 1911: 235

(Seychelles).

Trapezia rufopunctdta forme typica — Bouvier 1915:

271 (part) (Mauritius).

trapezia jhrugmea forme maculata - Bouvier 1915:

272 (part) (Mauritius).

Trapezia maculata - Gravier 1920: 470 (part)

(Madagascar).

112

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1999 • 21 (1)

Trapeziid crabs of the Indian Océan and the Red Sea

Tmpezia aff. danai — Serène 1971: 136, figs 14B, 15,

16, 21, 22, 24 (part) (Mauritius), - Garth 1974; 205

(Maldives, Sri Lanka).

Tmpezia datait Serène 1977:51 (Seychelles).

Tmpezia intermedia - Türkay 1981; 59 (Mauritius).

? Tmpezia sp. (“fine-dotted”) - Garth 1984: 120

(Seychelles).

MATERIAU EXAMINED. — Seychelles. Praslin l„ Percy

Sladen Trust Expédition, 1905; 1 $ (USNM

41331). Praslin L, baie Ste Anne, 17.11.1972, A. J.

Bruce coll.: 1 d (MNHN-B 8244). - Reves

2 Expédition, stn 27, 4"55.6'5 54"58.5'E, 52 m,

8.IX. 1980; 2 9 5 (MNHN-B 11630). 1 d (MNHN-

B 20662). — Déroché 1., “Akademik Petrovskv",

cr. 14, 21-24.XII.1983: 1 d (ZMMÜ Ma-4479). —

Mahé, North East Point, NIOP-E Tyro Expédition,

stn 604, 4°35’S - 55“28’E, reef fiat and slope, 2-4 in,

8.X11.1992, C, Fninscn coll.: 1 d, 1 9 (RMNH

D 47258); Mahé, cap Mayans/anse des Forbans,

stn 612, 4'46'S - 55“31 ’E, reef Hat, tinder rocks,

12.XII.1992: 1 6 (RMNH D 47259), reel fiat and

slope rn 5 m, Pocillopom vernir ma, 1 5 (RMNH

D 47260); Plâtre Atoll, stn 797, 5*49’$ - 55'21’E,

12 m, 7.1.1993: 1 6, I 9 (RMNH D 47261),

Aidabra. Gros Ilot, Royal Society Expédition,

14.X. 1967, J. D. Taylor coll.: 1 d. 1 9 (BMNII);

Passe Dubois, 18.X.I967: 1 d, I ? (BMNH).

Farquhar Is. 15 m, 24.11.1972, A. |. Bruce coll.: 1 d

(MNHN-B 8243).

Madagascar. Nosy Komba, 5 tn. Octobcr 1960, A.

Crosmer coll.: 1 ? (MNHN-B 16919). —Tamatave,

J. Millot coll.: 1 d, 2 9 V (MNHN-B 16511). 1 d

(MNHN-B 16614). — Diego Suarez, May 1919, R.

Decary coll.: I d, 2 9 9_ (MNHN-B 23069).

La Réunion. Outer reef slope, 30 ni, 5.XI.1976, S.

Ribes coll.: I 6, I 9 (MNHN-B 1.39.32): 10 tn, 1977:

1 d, I 2 (MNHN-B 13928), ! d. 1 9 (MNHN-

B 13929); 20 m. 1977: 2 dd, 2 2 2 (MNHN-

B 13931); 40 m, P. damicomu , 6.V1IEI977: I d

(MNHN-B 13934), 10 m, 18.VUI.1977: 1 2

(MNHN-B 33930); 30 tn, 3.X.1977: 1 d, 1 2

(MNHN-B I 3933); l a Saline, 10 m, P. verrucosa : 1 d

(MHNR-B 4); 5 m: I o, I 9 (MHNR-B 5); 30 m.

Stylophorn mordax, 14.XII.1976: I d, 1 2 (MHNR-

B 6); 15 m, P. eyémxi: 2 d d, 1 2 (MHNR-B 7). -

La Saline, reel liât, I ni, P. damiomih , 7.IX.1996, R

Castro & S. Ribes coll.: I 2 (MHNR-B I); P, brivi-

cornis, 9.IX. 1996: 2 d d . 2 9 5 (MHNR-B 3)! outer

reef slope, 20 m, 8.IX.1996: 7 d d, 9 2 9 (Ml INR-

B 2).

Mauritius. 1913, P. Carié coll.: I d, I ? (MNIIN-

B 16610), 1 d (MNHN-B 16611), 2 dd (MNHN-

B 16612), 1 d. 1 2 (MNHN-B 23040); récif du

Grand Port, 1913:4 dd,3 9 9 (MNHN-B 16613),

5 dd, 3 9 9 (MNHN-B 25346), 2 dd, 10 9 9

(MNHN-B 25358); Le Chaland, 1913: 1 d, 1 9

(MNIIN-B 23068), 2 dd, 5 9 2 (MNHN-

B 2309.3), 8 d d, 13 2 9 (MNHN-B 2534.3).

Thailand (Andaman Sea). Phuket 1., Makham Bay,

26.VIII. 1980, P. Castro coll.: colour photographs. —

Phuket I.. Cape Phanwa, 20.X.1990, E Komai coll.:

1 d, 1 9 (CBM ZC 2248).

DISTRIBUTION. — Known only from the western

Indian Océan (Somalia to Madagascar) to the

Andaman Sea.

Tmpezia rufopunctata (Herbst, 1799)

Cancer rufopuncuuus Herbst, 1799: 54, pk 47, fig. 6.

Grapsilius maculatus MacLeay, 1838: 67 (South

Africa).

Tmpezia ntjàpnmtain - I lilgoodorl 1869: ”5, p|. 2,

fig. 3 (part) (Zanzibar). - Miers 1884b: 536 (part) (îles

Glorieuses). Henderson 1893: 336, 366 (India, Sri

Lanka). - Ortmann 1894: 44 (Tanzania). Alcock

1898: 222 (Sri Lanka). Borradaile 1902: 265

(Maldives). - Caïman 1909: ”05 (Christ mas

I.). - Rathbun 1911: 235 (Chagos Archip.). Chen

1933: 110 (Sri Lanka). - Ward 1942b: 99 (Chagos

Archip.). — Barnard 1940: 278 (Mozam¬

bique). — Twcedje 1950: 126 (Cocos IKccling]

1s). - Michel 1964: 31 (Mauritius). - Serène 1977: 51

(Seychelles); 1984: 276. fig. 184. pl. 39A (Seychelles,

Cuinoro Is). - Calil & Ixwiiisolm 1985: 209, figs 1-6

(Somalia, Seychelles, îles Glorieuses, Madagascar,

Maldives, Sri Lanka, Chagos Archip.). - Kalk 1995:

228 (Mozambique) - Joues 1992' 234, unrnimb. fig.

(easiern Indian Océan).

? Tmpezia ntfoptttu lata — Wcdenissow 1894: 413

(Somalia). - Vatova 1943: 22 (Somalia).

Tnlpezul rufopunctata forme typica - Bouvier 1915:

273 (part) (Mauritius).

Tmpezia rufopunctata var. maculata — Guinot 1962a:

240 (part) (Maldives).

intpezia aff. maculata - Serène 1971: 130, figs 2, 6,

10, 13A, 13B (Maldives, Sri Lanka).

Tmpezia maculata - Sercne 1984: 277, pl. 39B

(Seychelles). Tsareva, 1980: 119 (Western Austraiîa).

Mai l Kl Al I-XAMINI-D. — Kenya. Mombasa,

26.1. ! 974, J. Wond col!.. I d (MNHN-B 16822).

Seychelles. Praslin L, 17-11.1972, A. |. Bruce coll.:

1 d, 1 9 (MNHN-B 8262); baie Ste Anne,

19.11.1972: 1 d. I 9 (MNIIN-B 8261), - Reves

2 Expédition, stn 27, 4”55.6 S - 44°58.4'E, 52 m,

8.IX.1980: 2 5 V (MNHN-B 11629). — Mahé,

NIOP-E Tyro Expédition, stn 612, 4°46'S - 55”33’E,

10 m, Pocillopora verrucosa , 24.XII.1992, C. Fransen

coll.: 1 9 (RMNH D 47262); Aride I., stn 711,

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1999 -21 (1 )

113

Castro P.

4°13’S - 55°40’E, P. verruma , I8-I9.XI1.1992: 1 d

(RMNI I D 47263): ile Desnœufs, stn 783, 6°I2’S -

53°02'E, P. eydouxi, reef slope to 10 m, 2.1.1993: I 9

(RMNI1 D 47264).

Comoro Is. Mayotte, 10 ni, Scptember 1959, A.

Crosnier co11.: ! V (MNEIN-B 8260).

îles Glorieuses. "Alert", srn 219, 14-20 m, R. W.

CoppingercolI.: 1 d (BMNH 1882.24).

Mozambique. Coconut Bay, 17.Y'. 197.3: 2 6 d (SAM

A43249).

South Africa. Eastern Cape Province, Mbotye,

13.VII. 1956: 1 d (SAM A39647).

Madagascar. Tamatavc, 1880. De I.strtiguescoll.: 1 d,

1 9 (MNHN-Ü 23072); 1905: 1 d (MNHN-

B 16541).

Mauritius. 2 6 6 (MNHN-B 16532). — 1913, P.

Carié co!).: 1 d, 1 S (MNHN-B 16528); récif du

Grand Port: 3 9 9 (MNHN-B 25347).

Maldives. Addii Atoll, "XarilV, 9 m, Seriatopora,

30.XII.1957, S. Gcrlach coll.: 1 d (MNHN-

B 16529); 15 m, lanuarv 1958: 2 dd (MNHN-

B 16530).

Chagos Archipelago. .Salomon Is, Percy Sladcn Trust

Expédition, 1905: 1 d, I 9 (USNM41334); Egmont

Is: 1 d (l.:SNM 41333).

Christmas 1. 1940. C. A. Gibson-Hill coll.: 2 d d

(ZRC 1970.7.13.49-50).

Cocos (Keeling) Is. 1941, C. A. Gibson-Hill coll.:

1 d (ZRC 1965.11.22.124), 4 dd, 2 9 9 (ZRC

1970.7.1.3,39-48).

DISTRIBUTION. — Throughout rhe Jndo-West Pacific

région exccpt rhe Red Sea and the Persian Gulf.

Rbmarks

The type locality ol 7. rufopunctata was not given

in its description (Herbst 1799). Galil (1984)

présents evidence that Grapsilius maculants

MacLeay, 1838 is a junior synonym of T, rufo¬

punctata, not of T. ligrina Eydoux et Souleyet,

1842.

Trapezia septata Dana, 1852

Tmpezia septata (var.) Dana. 1852b: 260.

Trapezia areolata - Heller 1865: 25, 256, 261

(Nicobar 1s). - Henderson 1893: 336. 366 (Sri

Lanka). - Tweed ie 1950: 126 (Cocos [Keeling!

Is). - Sankarankutty 1966a: 351,360 (India). - Carth

1974: 205 (Sri Lanka). — I.untloer 1974: 7 (Andaman

Sea). - Tsareva 1980: I 20 (Western Australia). - Black

& Prince 1983: 140 (Western Australia). Not 7. areo¬

lata Dana, 1852.

Trapezia ferruginea var. areolata — Alcock 1898: 221

(Sri Lanka, Andaman Sea, Andaman Is, Nicobar

ls). - Laurie 1906: 410 (Sri Lanka). — Caïman 1909:

705 (Christmas I.). — Gravely 1927: 144

(India). - Chen 1933: 109 (Sri Lanka). - Chopra &

Das 1937: 410 (Andaman Sea). - Sankarankutty

1962: 148 (Andaman Is).

Trapezia septata - Galil 1985: 288, fîgs 2, 5, 6 (Sri

Lanka). Morgan 1990: 52 (Western Australia).

M,VI l.RIAI liXAMJNEP. Thailand (Andaman Sea).

Phuket 1., Cape Phanvva & Makham Bay, 25-

26.V1U. 1980, P. Castro coll.: colour photographe —

Phuket I., Cape Phanvva, 18.X.1990. T. Komai coll.:

3 dd, 4 es (CBM ZC 2344).

Cocos (Keeling) Is. 1941, C. A. Gibson-Hill coll.:

5 dd, 3 9 9 (ZRC 1965.11.22.49-56), 1 d, 1 9

(ZRC 1978.7.14.1-2).

Distribution. — Known only from the northeastern

Indian Océan (Sri Lanka to Western Australia) to the

Pacific Océan (Japan to Samoa).

Trapezia speciosa Dana, 1852

Trapezia s périma Dana, 1852a: 83. - Richlers 1880:

151, pl. 16, figs 9-12 (Mauritius), - Türkay 1981: 59

(Mauritius). - Serène 1984: 278, fig. 186, pl. 3HE (La

Réunion). - Castro 1997b: 129, pl. 11 (Seychelles, La

Réunion).

Trapezia digttalis forme speciosa - Bouvier 1915: 273

(Mauritius).

Trapezia digital is speciosa - Michel 1964: 31

(Mauritius).

MaTF.KIAI. EXAMINER. — Seychelles. Praslin I.,

17.11,1972, A. | Bruce coll.: 2 dd, 1 ? (MNHN-

B 23048).

La Réunion, Outer reef slope, 5 m, S. Ribcs coll.:

1 d, I ? (MNHN-B 16093); 5 m; 2 d d, 1 9

(MNHN-B 24305), 1 9 (MNHN-B 25311), 1 d

(MHNR-R 27); 10 m: 1 d (MNHN-B 25307);

Pocillùpara da ta ion n is, 5 m: I d, 1 9 (MHNR-R 28);

P. eydouxi-. 2 dd, l 9 (MNHN-B 25.302); 15 m,

P. iydmixi, 30.IX. 1976: l d, 1 9 (MHNR-B 29);

30 in. Siylopbora, 25.X1.1976; 1 d, 1 9 (MNHN-

B 8328): 4 m, 28.XI.1976: 2 9 9 (MNHN-B 8327);

28.XIT 19 7 6: 1 d. 1 9 (MNHN-B 24.310); 20 m,

13.111.1977: ! d (MNHN-B 25308); La Saline. 5 m,

Styhphom: 2 d d, 1 9 (MNHN-B 25304): 20 m,

,9 monter. I d. 1 9 (MNHN-B 8326), 5 m- 1077:

2 d d (MN1 IN-B 25309); Stylophont. 24.1.1977: 1 9

(MNHN-R 25303); 10 m, 18.VIII.1977: 2 d d, 1 9

(MNHN-B 25306). — M. Peyrot-Clausadc coll.: 1 9

(MNHN-B 25301). — Saint Cilles, reef fiat,

17.IX.I982, M. de Saint Laurent coll.: 4 dd, 4 9 9

(MHNR-B 30). — La Saline, outer reef slope, 20 m,

P. brevicornis, 8.IX. 1996, P. Castro & S. Ribes coll.:

114

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1999 • 21 (1)

Trapeziid crabs of the Indian Océan and the Red Sea

4 3 3, 4 2 9 (MHNR B 31); Saint Gilles, reef flat,

1 m, P. dumicornis, 11.IX.1996: 4 3 3, 4 9 ?

(MHNR 11 32).

Mauritius. Récif du Grand Port, 1913, P. Carié coll.:

1 3 (MNHN-B 25348).

Chagos Archipelago. Diego Garcia. South Point,

Royal Society Expédition. 11.V1I.ID67. J. D. I’aylor

coll.: 2 6 d, 3 9 9 (BMNH 1969. 1124. 5).

DlSTRIBl 1 1 ION. — Only known trom the western and

central Indian Océan (Seychelles to the Chagos

Archipelago) and the Pacific Océan (South China Sea

to French Polynesia).

Trapezia tigrina Eydoux et Soiilevet, 1842

Cancer rufopunctatus — Rüppell 1830: 27 (Red Sea).

Nor T. rufopunctaut (Herbst, 1799).

Trapezia tigrina Eydoux et Soulevet. 1842: 232, pl. 2,

fig. 4. - Serène 1984: 275. lig. 182, pl. 39C, D (Red

Sea, Seychelles, Mauritius). — Galiî & Lewinsohn

1984: 166 (Red Sea, Aden. Somalia, Seychelles,

Maldives). — C.ilil 1988b: 167. hg. 5 (Red Sea). -

Hogarth 1989: 106 (Oman); 1994: 103 (Oman).

Trapezia rufopunctata - Hellet 1861a: 13 (Red Sea);

1861b: 348. 350 (Red Sca). - Milne Edwards 1868:

71 (Zanzibar). - Hilgendorf 1869: 75, pl. 2, fig. 3

(parc) (Zanzibar). - Kossmann 1877: 44 (Red

Sea). - De Man 1880: 176 (Red Sea): 1881: 94 (Red

Sea). — Miers 1884b: 536 (part) (Seychelles). -

Klunzinger 1913: 309, pl. 7, fig. 13 (Red Sea). - Garth

1971: 188 (Maldives). Not T. rufopunctata (Herbst,

1799).

?Trapeziapunctata Coulon, 1864: 569 (Red Sea).

Trapezia ferruginea vat. rufopuncMttt - Paulson 1875:

7, 54. 57, pl. 7, figs 3. 3a (Red Sea).

Trapezia tnaculaia — Henderson 1893: 336, 366 (Sri

Lanka). — Alcock 1898: 221 (Andaman 1s). - Nobili

1901: 16 (Red Sca); 1905: 10 (Tanzania); 1906b: 293

(Red Sea, Gulf of Aden), - Cravici 1920: 470 (part)

(Madagascar). - Balss 1924: 13 (Red Sea). - Pesta

1928: 72 (Red Sca). - Ramadan 1936: 35 (Red

Sea). - Monod 1938: 142 (Red Sea), - Stella 1953: 65

(Red Sea). Sankarankiirry 1961: 130 (Laccadive Is).

Trapezia ferruginea var. mandata - Borradaile 1902:

265 (Maldives).

? Trapezia mandata - Lenz 1905: 351,390 (Aldabra). -

Laurie 1906; 410 (Sri Lanka). — Stebbing 1910: 304

(South Africa).

? Trapezia ferruginea maculata — Lenz 1910: 553

(Europa I.).

Trapezia cymodoce maculata - Rathbun 1911: 235

(Chagos Archip.).

Trapezia ferruginea maculata - Lenz 1912: 4 (Red

Sea). - Michel 1964: 31 (Mauritius).

Trapezia ferruginea forme maculata — Bouvier 1915:

272 (part) (Mauritius).

Trapezia cymodoce var. maculata - Laurie 1915: 415,

462 (Red Sea).

Tntpezia guttata - Barnard 1950: 277 (Mozambique).

Nnt 7. gurtata Rüppell, 1830.

Trapezia rujopurictata var. maculata - Chen 1933: 110

(Sri Lanka). Gninot 1962a: 240 (part) (Maldives).

Trapezia alî. danai - Serine 1971: 136, lig. I4A (part)

(Maldives ?), — Tsarcva 1980: 119 (Western Australia).

Trapezia mardi Serine, 1971: 140, figs 7,8, 11, 12, 17,

18, 19, 20, 23, 25 (Red Sca, Mauritius, Maldives, Sri

Lanka). Edwards & Lmberton 1980: 237 (Red Sea).

Trapezia aff. maculata - Garth 1974: 205 (Maldives).

Trapezia aff. mardi - Garth 1974: 205 (Maldives, Sri

Lanka); 1984: 120 (Seychelles).

Trapezia aff. tigrina - Garth 1974: 205 (Sri Lanka).

Mai K R IM. tXAMlNll). — Red Sea. No location: I $

(MNHN-B 2964). — Jiddah, M. Botta coll.: 1 <3,

2 9 5 (MNHN-B 2962). Hofun, 1929. L. Ninni

coll.: I 3 (MT HN-B 23058). — Jubal. 20.X1.1928,

R. Dollfus coll.: I 3, I 9 (MNHN-B 8348):

29.X1I 1928: 1 9 (MNHN-B 16510). — "Calypso”,

1952: 1 9 (MNHN-B 8288); Abu Lar I I 9

(MNHN-B 16545), 4 <3 <3, 2 9 9 (MNHN-

B 16534). — Port Sudan, August-September 1978, H.

Emberton coll.: I 3 (KMNH D 47328). — Dalilak

Archip., "Akademik Petrnvsky”. cr. 14, 28.1.1984:

2 9? (ZMMU Ma-4468).

Gidf of Aden. Djibouti, 1897, H, Cornière coll.:

3 3 3,4 9 9, 1 juv. (MNHN-B 16514). — Obock,

189'', P, Joussenumecojk: 1 9 (MNHN-B 16514).—

Musha ]., 27.1.1904, C. Gravier coll.: I 9 (MNHN-

B 25342). — Aden, Simon coll.: I 3 (MNHN-

B 16533). — Aden, L. M. McCormick coll.: 2 9 9

(USNM). — Sikhu ]., ‘'Akademik Petrovsky”, cr. 14,

29.xi.1983: 2 3 3 (ZMMU Mu-4491). —

“Odis.se/’, cr. 34, I3°59.4'N - 48°24.7’K, 3-4 m,

23.IV.1985; 1 3,2 9 9 (ZMMU Ma-4435).

Oman. Pocillopora damicornis , P. W. Clynn coll.:

2 9 9. 1 juv. (LACM); ofF Christian Cemerery,

28.IX. 1982: 3 3 3. 1 9 (1ACM).

Persian Gulf. Homiuz, 25“56,5 N - 56 ,J 28.2'F., 10-

25 m. P. damictirnis, 29.VI.I995, M. Apel coll.: 1 3,

1 9 (SMF 24081); 25"49’N - 56°28.2’L, 3-15 m: 1 3

(SMF 24082).

Somalia. Near Bcrbera, “Akademik A. Kovalewsky”,

19.ix.1962: 2 3 3 , 3 9 9 (ZMMU Ma-2233).

Kenya. Bambuni Beach, 19-26.XI. 1969, L.B.

Holthuis coll.: 1 9, 1 juv. (RMNH D 47329).

Tanzania. Zanzibar. G. Grandidier coll.: 1 3

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1999 -21 (1)

115

Castro P.

(MNHN-B 2966), 1 9 (MNHN-B 2965). —

Zanzibar. A. J. Bruce cnil.: I 2 (RMNH D 34988).

Seychelles. No location, 1972, A. ). Bruce coll.:

2 ââ, 2 9 9 (MNHN-B 8246). — Reves

2 Expédition, stn 27- 4°56.6'S - 54"58.5'E, 52 m,

8.IX. 1980: 3 (Sd, 2 92 (MNHN-B 11631).

Saya de Malha Bank, “Odissey”, cr. 33, 12-13 m,

9.VI. 1984: 2 6 6, I 2 (ZMMU). — “Vilia/ IF,

cr. 17, 20 m; 2 ââ (ZMMU Ma-4478).

Mozambique. Eourenço Marques |- Maputo], lune

1920: 1 d, 1 9 (SAM A43243). — Delagoa [=

Lourenço M arques! Bay, 1912: 2 2$ (SAM

A8331).—Jangamo, July 1968: I 2 (SAM Al 3515).

Madagascar. Diego Suarez, May 1919. R. Dccary

coll.: 2 ââ (MNHN-B 16513). — Tamatave,

October 1880, De lartigues coll.: I i, 2 Î2

(MNHN-B 23091).

La Réunion, La Saline, outer reef slope, 10 m, S.

Ribes coll.: I d, 1 9 (MNHN-B 23050); 5 m,

P. eydouxi :. I â . I 9 (Ml INR-B 24).

Mauritius, 1*. Carié coll.: 1 9 (MNIIN-B 23054);

1913; I d, 3 29 (MNHN-B 8245), I d, I 2

(MNHN-B 8247), I d, I 9 (MNHN-B 16509), 1 d

(MNHN-B 16609); 1914: I d, I 2 (MNHN-

B 23043); récit' du Grand Port, 1913: I d (MNHN-

B 16536). I â (MNHN-B 16611), 11 dd, 9 99

(MNHN-B 25345); le Chaland, 1913: 1 d

(MNHN-B 16512).

Maldives, Addu Atoll, “Xarifa", S. Gerlach coll.: 1 d ,

1 9 (MNHN-B 16535); lanuary 1958: 3 9 9

(MNHN-B 23051). — Male’Atoll, 21.111.1964, J. S.

Garth coll,: 1 d, 1 2 (LACM).

Chagos Archipelago. Diego Garcia, 1.5 m, “Vitiaz”,

cr. 35, 12.X. 1962: I â (ZMMU Ma-2197),

Nicobar Is. Galathea Expédition: ! 2 (USNM),

Distriiuj noN. Throughouc che Indo-West Pacific

région exccpt tbe Goral Sea and rhe 1 lavvaiian Islands.

BlOGEOGRAl’HY

Most Indian Océan and Red Sea species of

Quadrella, Tetra lia, Tetraloides and Trapezia are

widely distributed across tbe Indo-West Pacific

région. Thrce of thèse. Trapezia digitales, T. for-

mosa and T. ferruginea , even reach inro rhe cas-

tern Pacifie région. The only species of chese

généra rhat are endemie to the Indian Océan are

Tetralia cavimana , whieh is resrricted fo rhe Red

Sea and the nofthwestern Indian Océan, and

Trapezia richtersi, Unown only front rhe Indian

Océan as far east as rhe Andaman Sea. Very few

species (one ol Quadrella, rwo of Trapezia and

one of Tetralia) and no endemics are so far known

from the Persian Gulf, one of rhe few marginal

régions of the Indian Océan. In contrast, peri-

pheral endemism is more common in the Pacific

Océan. Pour species ot Trapezia seem to be endé¬

mie to soucheastern Pulynesia (Castro 1997b),

one to the Hawaiian Islands and the north-cen-

tra! Pacific (Castro 1998a) and one to the eas'tern

Pacific (Castro 1996).

Sonie colour variations exist when Indian Océan

populations ot some of rhe species are compared

to populations of the saute species from the

Pacific. Although morphologically idenrical,

thèse populations may prove to be geographically

isolated gene pools.

Acknowledgeinents

My sincere thanks to those who welcomed me to

their institutions or sent material on loan:

P. Clark & M. Lowe (BMNH), L. Eldredge

(BPBM). 1. Komai (CBM), J. Martin (LACM),

S. Ribes (MHNR). M. Marumura (NHS),

A. Crosnier & D. Guinot (MNHN), P. Ng &

C. M. Yang (ZRC), C. Fransen (RIV1NH),

M. van der Merwe (SAM), M. Türlcay &

A. Allspaeh (SMF), R. Lemaître & R. Manning

(USNM), D. Jones (WAM), P. Hogarth (YU)

and V. Spiridonov (ZMMU). Spécial rhanks to

D. Guinot (MNHN) for her support.

REFERENCES

Alcock M. B. 1898. — The Brachyura Cyclometopa.

Part I. The Family Xanrhidac. Materials for a carci-

nologic.il lauit.t ol India. No. 3. Journal ofthe Asiatic

Society of Renvoi 67 (2): 67-2,33.

— 1899. — Crustaceu. Part VII. Illustrations of the

Zoology of the Royal Indian Manne Snrrey Ship

hwestigator. under the eomwan/J o] Commander /. H.

Heming R . /V- pis 36-45 Clkutta.

Audouitt V. 1826. — Explication sommaire des

planches de crustacés de I Egypte et de la Syrie...:

~7-98, in Savigny J. C-, Description de /Tigypre ou

recueil des observations ci des recherches qui ont été

faites en Égypte pendant l'expédition de tannée fran¬

çaise, volume 1, Histoire naturelle, Paris.

Baks H. 19-24. — Die Parthenopïden. Cycle- und

Catometopcn. Decapoden des Roten Meeres. III.

Expédition S. M. Schifl ‘l’ol.t" in das Rote Meer.

Nôrdliche und südlichc H.ïlfte. 1895/96-1897/98,

Zoologisclte F-tgebnissc, XXXlV. Denkschriften der

Akademie der Wissemchafien in Wien, Matbemttiscb-

.Natnrwisscr/si lM.jil.it lie Tinsse 99: 1-18.

— 1935a. — Brachyura of tbe Hamburg Muséum

Expédition to South-Western Australia, 1905.

1 16

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1999 - 21 (1)

Trapeziid crabs of the Indian Océan and che Red Sea

Journal of the Royal Society of Western Australia 21:

113-151.

— 1935b. — Die brachyurcn Dekapodcn der Reisc

Michaelsen-Hartmeyer nnch Südwesraustralien

1905. Eîne geographische Übersicht nebst

Beschreibung einiger netier Formen. Zoologischer

Anzeiger I 11: 35-42,

Barnard K. H. 1947. — Description of new species of

South Afriçan decapod Crustacea. Armais and

Magazine of Nurttral History set. Il, 13: 361 -192.

— 1950. — Descriptive catalogue ni'South AITican

decapod Crustacea. Armais of the South Africa a

Muséum SH: 1-83C

Black R. & Prince J. 1983. — Fauna associatcd with

the coral Potillo/’ora damieornis at the Southern limit

of its distribution in Western Australia. Journal of

Biogeography 10, 135-152,

Borradaile l„ A. 1902. — The Xanthidae and sonie

other crabs. Marine Liiistuoe.ms, III: 237-271. in

GardinerJ. S (ed.), The 1-atina and Geography of the

Maldine and I aecadwc Archipclagoes oeing the

Account of the Work carried on and of the Collections

marie by an Expédition during the Years 1899 and

1900, mîunie 1. Cambridge Université Press.

Bouvier E. !.. 1915. — Décapodes marcheurs

(Raptanüa) et siomuopodes recueillis à Elle

Maurice par M. Paul Carié. Bulletin Scientifique de

la France et de la Belgique sc-r. 7, 48 : 178-318.

Caïman W. I 1909. — Ou decapod Crustacea Iront

Christmas island, collectée! by Dr C. W. Andrews,

ER.S., F.Z.S. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of

London 1909: 703-713.

Castro P. 1996. —Eastern Pacific species ot Trapezia

(Crustacea, Brachyura: Trapeziidae), sibling species

symbiotic with reef corals. Bulletin of Marine

Science 58: 531-554.

— 1997a. —Trapeziid crabs (Brachyura: Xanthoidea:

Trapeziidae) of New Caleannia, eastern Australia,

and the Coral Sea, in Richet de forges B. (ed.), Les

fonds meubles des lagons de Nouvelle-Calédonie

(Sédimenfologie, Bentlios). F.tudes & Thèses 3 : 59-

107.

— 1997b. — I râpez iid crabs (Brachyura: Xanthoidea:

Trapeziidae) ol Trench Polyncsia, jn Richer de

Forges B. (ed I, Les londs meubles des lagons de

Nouvelle-t alédonie (Sédimentologie, Bentlios).

Études & Thèses 3 : ! 09-139.

1998a. I lie Hawaiian species of Trapezia

(Crustacea, Brachyura, Trapeziidae), symbionts of

Pocillopora (Sdernctinia). Bishop Muséum Occasion-

al Paper No. 55: 73-76.

— 1998b. — Systematic status and géographie distri¬

bution of Trapezia fhrrnosa Smith, 1869 (Crustacea,

Brachyura. Trapeziidae), a symbiont of reef corals.

Zoosystenta 20 (2) : 177-181.

— 1999. — The Trapeziidae (Crustacea: Brachyura:

Xanthoidea) ol Indpnesia. Results ot the Rumphius

Biohistorical Expédition to Ambon (1990), part 6.

Zoologische Mededelingen (in press).

Chcn P. S. 1933. — Zur morphologie und Histologie

der Respirations-organe von Grapstis grapsus L.,

nebst einer Liste Krabben der Sutnmiung Plate von

Ceylon und Siidindien. Jenaische Zeitschrift fur

Naturwissenschàfi 68: 31-1 16.

Chopra B. Sx. Das K. N. 1937. —On three collections

of crabs from Tavoy and Mergui Archipelago.

I in thcr notés on Crustacea in the Indian Muséum.

IX. Records oj the Indian Muséum 39 (4); 377-434.

Couloll E. 1864. — Crustacés de la Mer Rouge.

Bulletin de la Société des Sciences Naturelles de

Neuchâtel 6 : 569, 570,

Dana, J. D. 1852a. - Conspectus Crusraceorum, etc.

Con specrus of the Crustacea of the Explonng Expé¬

dition under Capr. Willces, U.S.N., induding rhe

Crustacea Cancroidea Corystoidea. Proceedings of the

Academy ofNatural Sciences of Philadelphia 6: 73-86.

— 1852b. Crustacea, Part I, in United States

Explonng Expédition, during the years 1838, 1839,

1840. 1841, 1843, under the command oj Charles

Wilkes, U.S.N. 13: vtit + 685 p.. C. Sherman,

Philadelphia.

Day J. H. 1969. — A Guide to Marine Life on South

African Sham. A. A. B.ilkema, Cape Town, 300 p.

Del Prato A. 1896. I erostacei délia collezione

Eritreu Bottego. Atti délia Societh haliana di Scienze

NemmliMs (2): 181 186.

Do Ile in F. 1904. — Brachyura: xiv + 1-314, in

Wùsenschajt/icbc Ergehnisse der Deutsche» Tiefice-

Fxpedition aufdem Datnpfcr “ Valdivia” 1898-1899

6. G. Fischer, Jena.

Edwards A. & Emberton H. 1980. — Crustacea asso¬

ciatcd with the scletactinian coral, Siylophom pis-

tillata iFsper), in rhe Sudanese Red Sea. Journal of

Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology 42: 225-

240.

Eydoux F. & Souleyet E A. 1842. Crustacés, in

Voyage autour du monde exécuté pendant les années

1836 et 1837 sur la canette La Bonite, commandée

par M. Vaillant. Zoologie I (2) : 107-328; Atlas, pis

1-150.

Fourrnanoir P. 1954. — Crabes de la cote ouest de

Madagascar. Naturaliste Malgache 6 : 1-16,

Galil R 1985.—On che taxonomie status ol Trapezia

areobwt Dana and Trapezia seftata Dana

(Decapoda, Brachyura), Cntstacutna 48: 286-29.5.

— 1986a. Tetraloid.es a new geiius of cnral-inha-

biting crabs. Cntstaeeana 50 [ 1985): 68-77.

— 1986b. — On rhe identity of Tetralia cinctipes

Paulson. 1875 (Decapoda. Brachyura). Cntstaeeana

51: 97-102.

— 1986c. — Quadrella (Brachyura: Xanthoidea:

Trapeziidae) - review and révision. Journal of

Crustacean Biology 6: 275-293.

— 1988a. — Eurther notes on spedes of Tetralia

(Decapoda, Trapeziidae) Cntstaeeana 54: 57-68.

—- 1988b. Trapeziidae (Decapoda: Brachyura:

Xanthoidea) of the Red Sea. Israël Journal ofZoology

34 [1986/87]: 159-182.

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1999 - 21 (1)

117

Castro P.

Galil R. & Clark P. F. 1988. — On a collection of

AcropoM- i n habi t i ng trapeziids (Crustacea Bra-chyu-

ra Xanthoidea) fronl Eust Africa. IroptcalZoology 1:

137*151.

Galil R. & Lewinsohn C. 1983, — Irapezia richtersi

n.sp., a nevv trapeziid crab (Dccapoda, Brachyura).

Researches on the coxst of Somalia. A fonitore

Zoologiea Italiano n.s.. suppl. 18 (4): 159 166.

— 1984. — On thc taxonomie status of Irapezia

tigrina Eydoux A' Soulever, 1842 (Decapoda,

Bracliyura). Crustauwta 46: 166-P5.

— 1985, — On thc taxonomie starusof Trapettia rttfn-

p un eut t o (Herbst) and Irapezia flavopunctata

Eydoux Si Souleva (Dccapoda, Bracliyura).

Crusutceana 48: 204-217.

Galil B. & Takeda M. 1985. — Crabs of thc genus

Quadrilla (Crustacea, Decapoda, Trapeziidae) Irom

Japanese waters. Bulletin of the National Science

Muséum- Tokyo, sa. A, 2: 197-207.

Garth ). S. 1971 — Borradaile’s Maldivian collections

revisited. fournit! of thc Marine Bio/ogicalAssociation

of India 11 [1969]: 182-190.

— 1974. —Decapod crustaccans inhabiting reef-huïl-

ding coral.s of Ccylon and the Maldive Islands.

Journal oflht Marine Bio/ogical Association oj India

15 [1973]: 195-212.

— 1984. Brachyuran decapod crustaceans of coral

reef communities of the Seychelles and Amirauté

Islands: 103-122, in Stoddart D. R. (ed.),

Biogfugmphy and Ecology oj the Seychelles Islands. Dr

W. Junk, The Hague.

Gravely h H. 1927, — Orderx Decapoda (except

Pagurideâ) and Stomatopoda, in The littoral fauna

of Krusadai l.sland in the Gulf ol Munaar wirh

appendices on the vertebrates and plants. Bulletin of

the Madras Government Muséum. Natnral Hit tory

n.s., 1 (1): 135-155.

Gravier C. 1920. — Sur une collection de crustacés

recueillis à Madagascar pat M. le lieutenant Decarv.

Bulletin dtt Muséum nationaldilatoire naturelle 26 :

376-383, 465-472,

Guinot D. 1962a. — Sur une collection de crustacés

décapodes brachynures des iles Maldives et de mer

Rouge (Expédition "Xu ri fa’’ 1957-1958). Kieler

Meeresfursclmngeti !8; 231-244,

— 1962b. Sur quelques crustacés décapodes bra-

chyoures indo-pacifiques des collections du Musée

de Munich. Opusrula Zoologtca n° 60: 1-14.

— 1967. — La faune carcinologique (Crustacea

Bracliyura) de l'océan Indien occidental et de la Mer

Rouge. Catalogue, remarques biogéographiques et

bibliographie. Réunion de spécialistes C.8.A. sur les

Crustacés, Zantibar 1964. Mémoires de /‘Instintt

Fondamental d Afrique N&ht n' ? 77 : 237-352,

Gurnev R- !938 — Notes ou sonie decapod

Crustacea front thc Red Sea. VI-VIII, Proceedrngs of

the Zmilogical Society àfliindon xer. B, 108: 73-84.

Heller C. 1861a. — Synopsis der im Rothen Meere

vorkommenden Crustaceen. Verbandlungen der

Zoologiseh-Bptanischen Gesellscbafi in Wien 11: 3-32.

— 1861b. — Retirage /.tir Crustaceen-Fauna des

Rothen Meeres. I. Thell. Sitzungsberiehtc der

Alathetnatisch-Natunoissenscbajilichen Classe. Akade-

mte der Wtssemchafien, Wien 43 (1 ): 297-374.

— 1865. — Crustaceen: 1-280, in Reise der osterrei-

chisehen Fngdttç Nouant um die Erde, Zoo/ogtscher

The il 2 (3). Wien.

Henderson J. R, 189,3 .—‘A contribution to Indian

carcinology. Tr/titsilctiotts of the Linnettn Society of

London. Zootogys.es, 2, 5: 325-458.

Hcrhsi ]. 1. VP. 1782-1804'. — Versuch einer

Naturgesehichtc der Krabben hnd Krebse nebst einer

Systematischcn Beschrcibttng titrer Versdnedenen

Arten. volumes 1-3. Cottlieb Aiigust lange. Berlin

Si Stralsund.

Hess W. 1865. — Battage /tir Kenntniss der

Dccapodcn-Krebse Ost-Australiens. Archiv für

Naturgeschichte 31 (IF 127-173.

Hilgendorf F. 1869. — Crustaceen: 67-116, in von

tier Decken C. (cd.). Reise in Ost-Ajrika in den

Jahmi 1859-1 <865 3 (1). Heidelberg Si l.cip/.ig.

— I8' 7 9, — Die von 1 Ira. W. Peters in Mozambique

gesammelten Crustaceen, Monatsberieht der

Akademie der Wissenschafien ztt Berlin 1878: 782-

851.

Hogarth P. J. 1989. — The marine Crustacea ol

Dholar. Southern Oman, Journal of Oman Sludies

10: 99-124.

— 1994. — Brachyuran crabs (Xanthoidea:

Xanthidae, Pilurnnidae, Menippidae and

liapeziidae) of Southern Oman. Tropical Zoolvgy 7:

93-i 08.

lunes F). A. 1997. — Infraordei Bracliyura - crabs, in

Richmond M, E>. (cd.), A Guide to the Seashores of

Tintera Africa and the Western Indian Océan Blonds.

SIDA, Stockholm.

K.tlk M. 1995. — Coral reefs: 211-246, in Kalk M.

(cd.). A Naturel / History of Inhaca Island,

Mozambique. Witwatcrsr.tnd University Press,

Johannesburg.

Kensley B. 1970. — A small collection of decapod

Crustacea from Mozambique. Aimais of the South

African Muséum 57 (5): 10.3-122.

Klunzinger C. B. 1913. Die Rundkrabhcn (Cyclo-

metopa) des Roten Meeres. Nova Acta Academiae

Caesarea l.evpo/dino-Cttroliriac 99 (2): 9’’-402.

Kosstnann R, 1877. — Malacostraca (I. Theil:

Bracliyura): 1-66, ht Kossmann R., Zoologische

Frgebnisse einer im Auftrt/ge der Kintigïichen

Academie der Wissenschafien eut Redit/ ausgcfuhrten

Reise in die Küstengcbietc des Rothen Meeres 3.

Wilhelm Fngclmann, Leipzig.

Krauss G. 1843. Die Siidafrikanischen Crustaceen.

F. Schiveizerbartsche, Stuttgart, 68 p.

Latreille P. A. 1828. — Trapé/îe : 695, 696, in

l'utomologic. ou Histoire Naturelle des Crustacés, des

Arachnides et des Insectes. Encyclopédie Méthodique,

Histoire Naturelle 10 (2). Paris.

118

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1999 -21 (1)

Trapeziid crabs of the Indian Océan and the Red Sea

Laurie R. D. 1906. — Report ou the Brachyura col-

lected by Professer Herdman, al Ceylon, in 1902:

349-432, in Herdman W. A., Report to the

Government of Ceylon on the Peur/ Oyster Fisherics of

the Gulf of Metmtar, part 5. Harrison and Sons,

London.

— 1915. — On the Brachyura. Reports on the mari¬

ne biology of the Sudanese Red Sea. XX1. Journalof

the Linnean Society, Zoo/ogy 31: 40 T -475.

Lenz 11. 1905. — Ostafrikatiische Dekapoden und

Stomatopoden, Abhandlungen von der

Senckttrl/erqischtn Nitturjorsehrtidtn Gesellschafr 27:

341-392.

— 1910. — Crnstaceen von Madaga.sk.tr, Osrafrika

und Ceylon; 539-576, in Voeltzkow A., Rase in

Ostaffika in den Jahren 1903- I 9(75 mit Mitteln der

Hermann und hlisegeh. Hecltnwnn Wentzel-Stifiung

ausgeführt von Prof essor pr Alfred Voeltzkow.

Wissenschaftlit he F.rgebnisse, volume 2. Systematische

Arbeiten. Stuttgart.

- 1912. — Afrikanische Cruvtaccen aus schwedi-

schen Sarnmhmgcn. Atkiv fin Zuûlogi 7 (29): 1-10.

Lundoer S. 1974. — A eheeklist ol the marine

Brachyura in the référencé collection at PMBC,

Thailand. Research Bulletin , Phttket Marine

Biological (Venter 4: 3-11.

MacLcay NX - S. 1838. — On the brachyurous decapod

Crustaccâ. Brooght Iront the Cape by Dr Smith:

53-71, in Smith A., Illustrations of the Zaôlogy of

South Africa. London.

Man J. G de 18R0 — On sortie podoph thaï mous

Crustacea, presented to the Leyden Muséum by Mr.

J. A. Kruyt, eollected in the Red Sea near the cîty of

Djeddah. Notes front the leyden Muséum 1: 171-185.

- 1881. — On a nevv collection of podophthalmous

Crustacea, presented by Mr. J. A.. Kruyt, eollected

in the Red Sea neai the town of Jeddah. Notes front

the Leyden Muséum 3: 93-107.

— 1887-1888. - Report on the podophthalmous

Crustacea of the Mergui Archipclago, eollected for

the Trustées of the 1 iidian Muséum, Calcutta, by r Dr

John Anderson. F.R.S.. Superin tendent of the

Muséum, pmi nul of the Un titan Society, Zoo/ogy 22:

1-312.

Michel C. 1964. Check lisi of the Crustacea

Brachyura (crabs) reair ded from Mauritius.

Bulletin of the Mauritius Institute 6 (1 ): I -48.

Miers E. ). 1878. — On a small collection of

Crustacea triade bv Major Rurton in the Gui! of

Akaba. Armais and Magazine of Nalitral Histary ser.

5, 2: 406-411.

— 1884a. — On sonie crustaceant from Mauritius.

Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1884:

10-17.

— 1884b. — Crustacea. Part 11. Collections Iront the

Western Indian Océan: 513-575, in Report of the

zoological collections ruade in the Indo-Pacific Océan

during the voyage of H.M.S. “Alert" 1881-2. British

Muséum, London.

Milne Edwards A. 1868. —Description de quelques

Crustacés nouveaux provenant des voyages de M.

Alfred Grandidier à Zanzibar et à Madagascar.

Nouvelles Archives du Muséum d’Histoire naturelle ,

Paris 4 : 69-92, pis 19-21.

Monod P. 1938. - Decapoda Brachyura. Mission

Robert Ph. Dollftts en Egypte, VIII. Mémoires de

linstitut d'Fgypte 37 : 91 -162.

— 1979. — Crustacés associés à un ancipathaire des

îles Marquises. Cahiers de l'fndo Pacifique 1 : 1-23.

Morgan C. J. 1990. - A collection ol Thalassinidea,

Annmura and Brachyura (Crustacea. Decapoda)

front the Kiniherly Région of uorthwestern

Australia. Zoologischc Verhandelingen 265: 1-90.

Nobili C. 1901. — Drcapodi e stornatopodî critrts del

Mttseo Z.oologîcn diU’Umvcrsità di Napoli.

Annuario del Mttseo Z.oo/ogieo délia Université! di

Napoh n.s.. 1 (3k 1-20.

— 1905. — Crostacci di Pondichéry. Malté. Bombay,

etc. Bolletino dei Musei di Zoulugia ad Atnttoinia

Comparant délia R. Un/versità di Torino 18 (452): 1-

24.

— 1905 —Crostacci di Zanzibar. Bolletino dei Musei

di Zoologie/ ad Anatoniia Compara la délia R.

Université,i di Torino 20 (506): 1-12.

— 1906a. — Crustacés décapodes et stomatOpodcs.

Mission |. Bonnier et Ch. Pérez (Colle Persique

1901). Bulletin Scientifique de Li France et de la

Belgique M): 13-159. '

— 1906b. — l aunc carcinologique de la mer Rouge.

Déi apodes et Jiiomatopodes. Annales des Sciences

Naturelles, Zoologie ser. 9.4:1 -347.

Ortmami A. 1893. — Die Decapodcn-K relise des

Strassburger Muséums. VII. Theil. Abhteilung:

Brachyura (Brachyura genuina Boas) 11.

Unterabtcilung: Callcroidea, 2. Section: Cancrinea,

1. Gruppc: Cyüomelopa. Zoologischc Jabrbiichcr,

Systcmatik 7: 41 1-495.

— 1894 — Cruslaccen: 1-80, in Sentent R. (ed.),

Zoologischc Purschungsrcisen in Australien und

dem Malayistben Archipel. Detikscbtiften der

Mediciiiisch-Naturivissenschajilii'hen Gescl/schaft &u

Jetai 8.

Paulson O. 1875. [Studies on Crustacea of the Red

Srw], English translation, 1961, Israël Program for

Scietuilic Translations, Jérusalem, 164 p.

Pesta G. 1928. — Dekapoden aus dent Hafcn von

Port Sudan, iu Wisscnsch.iltliche Ergebrti.ssc der mit

Untcrstüt/ung der Akadcmic der Wissenschaften in

Wien aus der Erbschaft lreitl von I. Warner unter-

tiommcn zoologischen Expédition itach dem

Anplo-Agyptischen Sndan (Kordofan) 1914.

Miscellanca Sudanica, XXIV, Altadettiie der

Wisscttschaficn in Wien, Matheniatisch-Naturwissen-

sebafi lie.be K bisse 101: 71. 72 .

Poupin. J. 1996. — Crustacea Decapoda of Prench

Polyncsia (Astacidea, Panilut idea, Anomura,

Brachyura). Atoll Research Bulletin No. 442: 1-114.

Ramadan M. M. 1936. — Report on a collection of

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1999 -21 (1 )

119

Castro P.

Stomstopoda and Decapoda from Ghardaga, Red

Sea. Bulletin of the Faculty of Science, Egyptian

University 6: 1 -43.

Rathbun M, J. 1911. — Marine Brachyura. The Percy

Sladen Trust Expédition to the Indian Océan in

1905. under the leadership of Mr. J. Stanley

Gardiner, Vol. 3, No. 11. transactions of ihe

Linnetm Society of London. Zrmlogy ser. 2, 14 (2):

191-261

Richters F. I880. Decapoda: 139-178, in M obi us

K. A.. Britràgr zur Meeretfhuna der Intel Mauritius

undder Seychellen. Berlin,

Riippell E. 1830. Beschreibung und Abbilding von

24 Arten kurzse.hwiinzigen Krabben, als Beitrag zur

Naturgeschichte des Rotben Mitres. H. E. Brônner,

Frankfurt, 28 p.

Sankarankutty C. 1961. On sortie crabs

(Decapoda-Brachyura) from the Laccadive Archipe-

lago. Journal of the Marine Biotogical Association of

India 3: 120-136.

— 1962. On Decapoda Brachyura from the

Andainau and Nicobar Islands: 2. Family

Xatithidae. /ourndl of the Marine Biological

Associa lion of India 4: 121-150.

— 1966a. — On Decapoda Brachyura from the Gulf

of Manaar and Palk Bay: 347-362 in Proceedings of

the Symposium on Crustacea held at ErnalniLun front

January 12 to 15 1965, part 1. Marine Biological

Association ol India, Mandapam Camp.

— 1966b. — On Brachyura collccted during croise of

U.S. research vessel 'Anton Bruiin", Journal of the

Zoologrcal Society of India 16; 48-52.

SavignyJ. C. 1817- — Crustacés, in Description de l'E¬

gypte, ou recueil des observations et des recherches tjni

ont été faites en Egypte pendant l'expédition de l'armée

française, volume 2, Histoire Naturelle. Paris.

Serène R. 1968. I he Brachyura of the Indo-West

Pacific région: .33-1 12 in Erodromus for a chcck lisr

of the non-phtnctanic marine foutra of South hast

Asia. Singapour Acadcmy ol Science, spécial publi¬

cation I.

— 1971. — Observations on specics of the group

Trapezia mfopttuctaia-mandata, wiih a provisional

key for ail the specics of Trapezia. Journal of the

Manne Biological Association of India 11 [1969]:

126-148.

— 1973. — Observations sur les espèces des genres

QuadtvUa Dana, 1851 et Sphenonterides Rathbun

1898 (Decapoda-Brachyura). Bulletin de ht Société

Zoologique ae Erance 98 ; 191 209.

— 1975. Note additionnelle sur les espèces indo-

pacifiques de Quadre/hi Dana, 1851 (Crustacea,

Decapoda, Brachyura). Bulletin de la Société

Zoologique de France 100 : 809-521.

— 1977. — Crustacés hippidé.s et brachyourcs des îles

5 échelles (l re partie). Revue Zoologique Africaine 91

(I): 45-68.

— 1984. — Crustacés décapodes brachyourcs de

l'océan Indien occidental et de la mer Rouge,

Xanthoidca : Xanlhidae etTrapeziidae. Addendum :

Carpiliidae et Menippidae pat A. Ctosnier. Faune

Tropicale 24 : 1 -400.

Serène R. & Dat P. T. 1957. — Note sur Trtralia nigri-

frons Dana, 1852, Annales r de la Faculté des Sciences,

Université de Saigon 1957 r 107-121.

Smith S. 1. 1869. — Noies on new or lirtle known spe-

cics of American cancroid Crustacea. Proceedings of

the Boston Society of Natnral Histury 1 2: 274-289.

StebbiugT. R. R. 19] 0. — General catalogue of South

African Crustacea. S. A, Crustacea. Part V. Armais of

the South African Muséum 6: 281-599,

Stella F- 195.3, — Croÿtacei deeapodi e stomatopodi.

Spcdi/ione subaequea itubma uel Mar Rosso.

Ricerclie /oologicbe. Rivista di Biofogia Coloniale

13: 51-70.

Stephcnseti R. 1945. — I lie Brachyura of the Iranian

Gulf wirli an appendix: file male pleopoda of the

Brachyura: 57-237 in Danish Investigations in Iran,

part 4. F. Munsksgaard, Copenhagen.

Tamia M. tV M arumura M. 19%. — [Rare crabs

front ihe vvc.st coasl of the kii Peninsula, central

Japan (111)]. Nankiseibutu 38: 4-10.

Tsarcva P A. 1980. — (Specics composition and eco-

logy of crabs of Scott reef|: 113-130 in Biology of

Cura! Recfs. Morphoiogy, Systematies, Ecology

Science Publishcrs, Moscow.

Ttîrkay M. 1981. — Brachyura exd. Dromiacea, mit

Beschreibung von Menaethiops mot-bit. Die

Expédition von Karl Mobius nach Mauritius und

den Seychellen (1874-75) und die gesammelten

Decapoda Raptantia. 1. Mitteilungen ans dem

Zoolugrsclten Muséum der Univenitdt Kud I (7): 35-

64.

Tweed le M. \V. F. 1950. —The Faïuui of the Cocos-

Keeling Islands, Brachyura and Stornatopoda.

Bulletin of the Rafles Muséum 22: 105-148.

VatovaA. 1943. — 1 deeapodi délia Somalia. Thalassia

6 (2): 1-37.

XXard M. 1942a. — A new gen.us and eight new spe-

cies of Brachyura Itum Mauritius and the Chagos

Archipelago. Bulletin of the Mauritius lnstitute 2:

39-48.

— 1942b. — Notes on the Crustacea of the

Desjardins Muséum, Mauritius lnstitute. vvith des¬

criptions of new gênera and specics. Bulletin ofthe

Mauritius lnstitute 2: 49-1 13.

Wedenissow T. 1894. — Di alcuni crostaceî raccolti

ne! paese dei Somali dall’Ing. L. Bricchetti-

Robecchi. Bolletino délia Società Entomologica

Italiana 26: 408-424.

Submitted on 21 April 1998;

accepted on 18 furie 1998.

120

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1999 -21 (1)

First neotropical record of the genus

Hormopeza Zetterstedt, 1838

(Diptera, Empididae)

Christophe DAUGERON

Laboratoire d’Entomologie, Muséum national d'Histoire naturelle, EP 90 du CNRS,

45 rue de Buffon, F-75231 Paris cedex 05 (France)

Daugeron C. 1999 — First neotropical record of the genus Hormopeza Zetterstedt, 1838

(Diptera, Empididae). Zoosystema (21 ) 1 :121-126.

KEYWORDS

Diptera,

Empididae,

Hormopeza ,

new species,

neotropical région.

ABSTRACT

The genus Hormopeza Zetterstedt (Empididae, Oreogetoninac) is recorded

for the first tinte front the neotropical région, with the description of a new

species, Hormopeza dureti n.sp., front Brazil. This species is defined by the

combination of the following male characters: the eyes are dichoptic with

face broader than frons, the epandri.il lameliae are fornted of rwo characteris-

tic processes, a single membrations processus arises front between post-

gonites, and the apical filament of phallus is short. A narrow relationship

between the three Southern hemisphere species known now is inferred on the

basis of the présence of dichoptic eyes in the ntale.

MOTS CLÉS

Diptera,

Empididae,

Hormopeza,

nouvelle espèce,

région néotropicale.

RÉSUMÉ

Première mention néotropicale du genre Hormopeza Zetterstedt, 1838

(Diptera : Empididae).

Le genre Hormopeza Zetterstedt (Empididae, Oreogetoninac) est pour la pre¬

mière fois répertorié en région néotropicale, et une espèce nouvelle provenant

du Brésil, Hormopeza dureti n.sp., est décrite. Cette espèce est définie par la

combinaison des caractères mâles suivants : les yeux sont dichoptiques, avec

la face plus large que le front, les lamelles épandriales sont formées de deux

processus caractéristiques, un unique processus membraneux est présent

entre les postgonites, et le filament apical du phallus est court. Une relation

de parenté étroite entre les trois espèces de l’hémisphère sud à présent

connues est supposée par la présence d’yeux dichoptiques chez le mâle.

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1999 • 21 (1)

121

Daugeron C.

INTRODUCTION

The genus Hormopeza Zetterstedt, 1838, was

previously known from rhe Nearctic, Palearctic

and Oriental régions (Frey 1953; Melander

1965; Sreyskal 1969; Chvâla N Wagner 1989;

Smith 1975) witli nine xecognized species, of

which rwo are Ilolarctîc in distribution.

Recenrly, Sinclair (1995a) added rwo Southern

hémisphère species respectively Irorn South

Africa (Natal) and Australia ( Tasmania) (see

Appendix), I add here a rwelfth species,

Hormopeza durcti n.sp., from Brazil (Minas

Gérais).

Species of Hormopeza are commonJy recognized

by the particular shape of the rhird segment of

the anrenna; the firsr flagellomere being very

broad vvith a short style (Collin 1961 ; Sinclair

1995a, b); this style bearing a further apical seg¬

ment présent as a small brisrle. An apical bristle-

like segment is also found in othec F.mpidoidea

(e.g. in the rribe Hilarini and the généra of the

Dryodromia group). Unlortunately, the antennae

of the single male spécimen iront Brazil are mis-

sing, luit the combination of the following cha-

racters allows assigmeni ol this species to

Hormopeza-. the wing venadon (R h - forked with

R 4 and R, strongly divergent, rhe obtuse junc-

tion ol Gu A, and A|, and the slighrty sclerotized

veins on rhe posterior hall ol rhe wing, e.g. see

Collin 1961, lig. 105), the absence of rhe tarsal

claws of fore legs (Collin 1961 ; Sinclair 1995a)

and the structure ol male génitalia (Fig. 1), espe-

cially the presence of postgonites (Fig. IB, C)

and a phallus ending in an apical filament

(Sinclair 1995a, b; Fig. IC).

MATERIALS AND METHODS

The single male of Hormopeza dureti n.sp. was

found in the Neorropical Duret collection

recently acquiréd by rhe Muséum national

d’Histoire naturelle, Paris (MNHN). The speci¬

men is glued to a pièce of cardboard.

The morphological ternis follow McAlpine

(1981), excepr for the male genir.ilia for which

the homologies and terms of Sinclair (1996),

Sinclair et al. (1994) and Cumming et al. (1995)

are preferred. Since the epandrium of the

Empidoidea is deeplv clefr mediodorsally, the

terni of epandrial lamella for the latéral sclerites

of the epandrium is used (Daugeron 1997a).

The male genitalia were macerated in hot 10%

KOH. Chlorazol black was used to stain some

parts of hypopygium. Specimens were drawn in

glycerin usîng a caméra lucida.

SYSTEMATICS

Hormopeza dureti n.sp.

(Fig. 1)

TYPE MAI I’. RI AL. - Holotype $ [red label], Christophe

Daugeron dét., 1998, Brésil, Minas Gérais, Ing.

Dolabella réc., 13.VE 1964 (MNHN, Duret collection,

788: 93).

Distribution. — Brazil (Minas Gérais).

ETYMOLOGY. — The species is dedicated to Dr Pedro

Durer.

Male Description

Head

Occiput dark gtey with pair of distinct yclluwish

paravertical bristles. Ocellar triangle prominent

with only hristly hairs. Pedicel and flagcllum of

antennae missing, scape very shorr. Proboscis

verv shorr. oblique, palpi lighter than lahella.

Eyes dichoptic but face broader than frons, facets

ail of equal size.

Thorax

Dusted greyish to blackish, ail bristles brownish

ro yellowish. Prosternum and proepisternum not

fused, conscquentlv prosternum small, isolated

berween rhe Iront coxae. Postpronotum with at

least two distinct rather strong and long bristles.

Acrostichals biserial, short. Dorsoccnrrals irregu-

larly biserial, a litrle longer than acrostichals,

ending with long, strong prescurcllar bristle.

Several short presurural intraaiars. One strong,

rather long prcsutural supraalar. J liree strong,

long notopleurals. Scutcllum with two pairs of

srrong, long, apical bristles, two pairs of shorter,

latéral bristles and fringe of very short bristles.

Laterotergite bare.

122

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1999 • 21 (1)

A Neotropical Hormopeza

Ugs

Hindlegs missing on the type specimen. Coxae

blackish to brownish in the lower part, with dis¬

tinct yellow bristles anteriorly. Femora, ribiae

and tarsi blackish to brownish, somewhat shi¬

lling, covered with numerous very short bristles

or bristJy hairs. Tibiae with Sonic bristles dis-

tinctly stronger and longer. Pulvilli dLstinct, tar-

sal claws ot forelegs absent.

Wings

Hyaline, veins brownish to yellowish on anterior

half of wing, becoming faintly sclerotized and

thus very faîne on posterior half. Ail veins com¬

plété except A,, indistinct towards the margin of

wing. R. j>f fbrked with R, t and R, strongly diver¬

gent and R 4 almost invisible at base. Costa

ending at R v Anal lobe well developed with right

angled. One halter not visible, second one broken.

Abdomen

Greyish dusted at base, otherwise shilling black¬

ish with distinct yellowish bristles on latéral and

hind margins of segments, especially in the ante¬

rior part of abdomen. Tergite 8 descleroti/ed

mediolaterally.

Fig. 1 . — Male hypopygium of Hormopeza dureti n.sp. A, dorsal view; B, ventral view; C. latéral view. Abbreviations: cer, cercus;

epd, epandrium; gonex apod. gonocoxal apodeme; hypd, hypandrium; pgon, postgonites; ph, phallus; sub sel, subepandrial scie-

rite. Scale bar: 0.2 mm.

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1999 • 21 (1)

123

Daugeron C.

Hypopygium (Fig. 1)

Cerci long, almost unsclerotized and bearing

some fine and short bristly hairs especially at the

apex (Fig. IA). Epandrium not paired but deeply

cleft mediodorsally, each latéral epandrial lamella

formed ol two prouesses, the First One long, the

second one shorter, respective!)' rounded and

pointed apieally (Fig. IA, R). F [ypandrium vvith

fringe of distinct, rather long bristlcs on apical

margin (Fig. IB), postgomtes perpendicular to

the hypandrial plate, arising from between them,

a single membranous process (Fîg. IC). Phallus

rather short, with short apical Filament (Fig. IC).

Female unknown.

DISCUSSION

Although the genus Hormopeza is rarely collec-

ted, especially in the Southern hemisphcre, ils

présence in the Neotropica! région allovvs to

recognize it as distributed worldwide.

In the male of H. duretL the tarsâl claws of tore-

legs are absent as in the males of the two other

species of the Southern hemisphcre (Sinclair

1995a) and the Holarcric species H. oblitenua

Zetterstedt, 1838 (Collin 1961). This is proba¬

ble a generic character, as Sinclair noted (1995a),

and thus another autapomorphy of Hormopeza

(in addition to the particulàr structure of the

antenna), although its prcsence must be ascertai-

ned in ail the known remaining species.

The dichoptic eves in male being only présent in

the three Southern hemisphcre species, it is pos¬

sible thaï Hormopeza dur eu ^ H. hadrocerca

Sinclair (front Tasfrtania) and H. naialensis

Sinclair (front South Africa) form a monophyle-

dc group within the genus. Nevertheless, eyes of

H. dureti are more w idely separated on face than

on frons. On the other hand, tliis character must

be used with caution ou account of its homopla-

sic tendency in the F.mpidoidea (Sinclair 1995a).

By the shape of postgonites and I lie présente of a

single process arising Ironi between them

(Fig. lC), H. dureti seems doser to //. hadrocerca

Sinclair than H. nett'dlensis Sinclair (see Sinclair

1995a, figs 1, 4). This hypothesis is in agreement

with known biogeographical data. Indeed the

séparation between Africa and South America is

anrerior to that between South America and

Australia which bave remained in contact via

Antarctica until at least the Maastrichtian

(- 70 Ma); the séparation between Australia and

Antarctica occurring between this period and the

Eocene (- 50 Ma) (Matile 1990).

Little is known of the life history of the genus

Hormopeza as the species are rather tare in

nature, but frequcntly encountered swarming in

stnoke (they are also called empidid smoke Aies)

(Collin 1918; Kessel 1952, 1958, 1965). Species

of Hormopeza are predators, found lo prey upon

the swatms ol the platypezid smoke Flies of the

genus MicrùZftnia Zetterstedt, 1837 (Collait

1953; Kessel 1965).

On the other hand, it is not sure that mating

obligatory takes place in swatms, contrary to

w'har Sinclair indicated (1995a), because only

one mating pair has been observed by Kessel

(1965) close to a swarm; further observations are

thercforc urgently required. In fact, in the

F.mpidoidea. it seents that only species of the

subfamily F.mpidinae form obligatory mating

swamis, except species of some subgenera belon-

ging to the genus Etapes 1 innaeus, 1758 or

Itha tn phom y ta Meigen, 1822, fot instance

lundstroeviiella Frey, 1922 (Rhamphomyia

Meigen), Xanthempis Bczzi, 1909 and probably

lusemph Bez/i, 1909 ( F.mph L.innaeus) (Chvala

1994; Daugeron 1997b and in prep.).

Acknowledgements

1 thank L. Matile (MNFIN, Paris) and two ano-

nymous reviewers for their helpful comments.

This work has been partly supported by the

Société entomologique de France (SEF) grant

Cousin.

REFERENCES

Chvala M. 1994. — The Empidoidca (Diptera) of

Fennoscandia and Dennurk. III. Genus hmpis.

l'a mut L'ntortwlogica Scandinavie!» 29: 146-174.

Chvala M. K Wagner R. 1989. F.mpididae;

228-336, in Sous A. & Papp L. (eds). Catalogue of

Palearctic Diptera 6, Therceidae-F. mpietidae.

Elsevier, Amsterdam.

Collai t A. 1953. — Hormopeza oblitentta Zetterstedt

en Belgique (Diptera Empididae). Bulletin de l'Ins-

124

ZOOSYSTEMA - 1999 • 21 (1)

A Neotropical Hormopeza

titut royal des Sciences naturelles de Belgique 29 : 1 -4.

Collin J. E. 1918. — Honnopeza obliterata Zetterstedt

associated with Melanuphilrt aeuminata De G. on

burning pi nés in Berkshire. Entotnologist’s Motithly

Magazine 54: 278-280.

— 1961. Empididae: 1-782, in Bristish F lies 6.

Cambridge Univcrsitv Press, Cambridge.

Cumming J. M.. Sinclair B. J. & Wood D. M.

1995. — Homology and phylogcnetic implications

of male ge ni tafia in Diptera-F.rcmoneura.

Entornologica Scandinavie» 26: 120-151.

Daugeron, C. 1997a. — Découverte du sous-genre

Xanthempis Bezzi en Afrique du Nord et descrip¬

tion de trois espèces nouvelles (Diptera : Entpi-

didae). Annales de la Société eutomologicjue de France

33: 155-164.

— 1997b. — Evolution of feeding and mating beha-

viors in the Empidoidea (Diptera: Ercmoneurd)'.

163-182, in Grandcolas P (ed.), The Origin of

Biodiversiry in Insects: Phylogcnetic Tests of

Evolution.try Scénarios, Mémoires du Muséum

national’dHistoire naturelle 17.3: 354 p.

Frev R. 1953. Sudien iiber ostasiatische Dipteren.

II. Hybotinae, Ocydroiniin.te, Hormopeza Zett.

Notulac Enwmolovicae 33: 57-71.

Kessel E. L. 1952. — Another American flv attracted

to smoke (F.mpididae). Pan-Pacific F.ntomologist 28:

56-58.

— 1958. — The smoke fly, Honnopeza copulifera

Melander (Diptera: Entpididae). Pan-Fa cific

Entornologirt 34; 86.

— 1965. - Microsunia as prey for Hormopeza

(Diptera: Platypczidae and Empididae). Wasmann

Journaloj Biology 23: 225-226.

Loew H. 1864. — Diptera Americae septentrionalis

indigena. Cenuiria quinta. Berliner Entomologische

Zeitschrift 8: 49-104.

Matile L, 1990. — Recherches sur la systématique et

l’évolution des Keroplatidae (Diptera, Myceto-

philoidea). Mémoires du Muséum nationald'Histoire

naturelle (A) 148: 1-682.

McAlpine J. F. 1981, — Morphology and terntinolo-

gy — adults: 9-63, in McAlpine J. F. et al. (eds).

Manual of Nearctic Diptera 1. Agriculture Canada

Monograph 27.

Melander A. E. 1902. — A monograph of the North

American Empididae. Part. I. Transactions of the

American EntomalogicalSociety 28: 195-367.

— 1928. — Diptera Empididae: 94-97, in Wystntan

P. (ed.), Genent fnsectorur», Fascicule 185. I.ouis

Dcsmet-Verteneuil, Bruxelles.

— 1965. Family Empididae: 446-481, ht Srone A.

et al. (eds), A Catalog of the Diptera of America

North of Mexico. United States Department of

Agriculture, Agriculture Flandbook, Washington.

Sinclair B, ). 1995a. — New species of Hormopeza

Zetterstedt front South Africa and Tasmania

(Diptera: Empididae), Aimais of the Natal Muséum

36: 203-208.

— 1995b. — Gcneric révision of the Clinoccrinae

(Empididae), and descriptions and phylogcnetic

relationships of rhe Trichopezinae, nevv status

(Diptera: Empidoidea). Canadian Entomologist

127: 665-752.

— 1996. — Review of the genus Acartems Loew front

Southern Africa, with description of seven new spe-

cics (Diptera: Empidoidea. Hybotinae). Armais of

the Natal Muséum 37: 21 5-238.

Sinclair B. J.. Cumming J. M. &T Wood D. M.

1994.— Flotnology and phylogenctic implications

of male genîtalia in Diptera Lowcr Brachycera.

Entornologica Scandinavie» 24: 407-432.

Smith K. G. V. 1975. — F.mpididae: 185-211, in

Dell inado M. D, & Hardy D, Fi. (eds), /I Catalog

oj the Diptera v/ the Oriental Région. Volume II,

Saborder Brachycera througb Division Asehisa,

Saborder Cyclorrhapha. The Univcrsitv Prc-ss of

Hawaii, Honolulu.

Steyskal G. C. 1969. — New' species ot Empididae of

the généra Empis, Hilara and Hormopeza front

Georgia, with a synopsis of the North American

species of Hormopeza. Aimais of the Entomalogical

Society of America 62: 292-299.

Zetterstedt J. W, 1838. —Dipterologis Scandinavie.

Sect. 3. Diptera: 477-868, in Insecta Lapponica.

Leipzig.

Submitted on 17 February 1998;

accepted on 11 J une 1998.

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1999 • 21 (1)

125

Daugeron C.

APPENDIX

Catalog of species of the genus Hormopeza Zetterstedt, 1838

H. brevicornis Loew, 1864: 83. Nearctic (Cana¬

da: Northwest Territories; United States: Alaska to

California and South Dakota, New Hampshire).

H. bullata Melander, 1902: 274. Nearctic

(Canada: Ontario; United States: Wyoming).

H. copiilifera Melander, 1928: 96. Nearctic

(United States: Alaska to Washington and

Idaho); Palearctic (Finland, East Siberia, North

European Ierritory).

H. dureti Daugeron, n.sp. Neotropical (Brazil:

Minas Gérais).

H. fumicola Steyskal, 1969: 297. Nearctic

(United States: Georgia).

H. hadrocerca Sinclair, 1995: 206. Australasian

(Australia: Tasmania).

H. natalensis Sinclair, 1995: 204. Afrotropical

(South Africa: Natal).

H. nigricans Loew, 1 864: 83. Nearctic (Canada:

Alberta, Yukon Territory; United States: Alaska,

Idaho).

H. nitida Frey, 1953: 70. Oriental (Burma:

Kambaiti).

H. obliterata Zetterstedt, 1838: 540. Palearctic

(Belgium, Finland, Great Britain, North

European Territory, Sweden, West Siberia);

Nearctic.

H. senator Melander, 1928: 95. Nearctic

(United States: District of Columbia).

H. virgator Melander, 1928: 96. Nearctic

(United States: Idaho, Washington).

126

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1999 • 21 (1)

Instructions aux auteurs

Ligne éditoriale

Zoosystema est une revue trimestrielle consacrée à

l’inventaire, l’analyse et l’interprétation de la bio¬

diversité animale. Hile publie des résultats originaux

de recherches en zoologie, particulièrement en sys¬

tématique et domaines associés : morphologie com

parative, fonctionnelle et évolutive ; phylogénie ;

biogéographie ; taxinomie et nomenclature.

Un numéro de Zoosystema pourra être consacré à

un thème particulier sous la responsabilité d’un édi¬

teur invité.

Informations générales

Soumettre un article pour publication dans

Zoosystema implique que celui-ci n’ait pas été sou¬

mis dans une autre revue. Les droits de reproduc¬

tion de l'article, y compris les illustrations, sont

réservés à la revue. La reproduction de tout ou par¬

tie de l'article doit faire l'objet d'une demande écri¬

te préalable, adressée à la rédaction.

Les auteurs devront suivre strictement le Code

International de Nomenclature Zoologii/ue. Il est

recommandé que le matériel-type soit, au moins en

partie, déposé dans les collections du MNHN. La

revue porte une attention particulière aux dates de

publications ; une table est publiée dans le premier

numéro de chaque année.

I.es manuscrits, dont le nombre de pages n’est pas

limité a priori, devront suivre rigoureusement les

recommandations aux auteurs (voir ci-dessous) et

seront adressés à la revue :

Service des Publications Scientifiques du Muséum

Zoosystema

57 rue Cuvier

F-75231 Paris Cedex 05

Tel : (33) (0)1 40 79 34 38

fax: (33) (0)1 40 79 38 58

e-mail : z.oosyst@mnhu.fr

Tout manuscrit non conforme à ces instructions

sera retourné. Chaque manuscrit est évalué par

deux rapporteurs, ou plus.

Chaque manuscrit soumis (y compris les illustra¬

tions) doit être présenté en trois exemplaires au for¬

mat A4, avec un double interligne et des marges

d’au moins 3 cm ; chaque page sera numérotée. 1 es

illustrations originales seront jointes au manuscrit

définitif, ainsi qu’une disquette 3.5 de format

Apple Macintosh ou compatible IBM (traitement

de texte Word), qui devra contenir également les

tableaux (Word, Excel) et éventuellement les illus¬

trations (Adobe lllustrator, Photoshop ; Deneba

Canvas ; EPS).

Format

Les manuscrits, écrits en français ou en anglais de

style scientifique, doivent être structurés comme

suit :

— rirre en français ; le titre ne doit pas inclure de

nom de nouveaux taxons ;

— traduction exacte du titre en anglais :

— titre courant en français ;

— noin(s) et prénoin(s) dc(s) uutcur(s) suivis de

leur(s) adresse(s) professionnellc(s), en indiquant si

possible le numéro de télécopie et l'adresse électro¬

nique ;

— résumé en français, long de 200 à 250 mots ; les

nouveaux noms de taxons doivent être inclus ; le

résumé doit être précis et descriptif pour pouvoir

être reproduit tel quel dans les banques de don¬

nées t éviter les phrases vagues telles que « trois

nouvelles espèces sont décrites >• ou « les espèces

sont comparées aux espèces déjà connues » ; inclure

des caractères différentiels précis ;

— absrract en anglais, qui doit être la traduction

strictement exacte du résumé français ;

— mots clés en français (5 à 10);

— mots clés en anglais :

— texte de Particlc avec dans IOrdre : Introduction,

Matériels- et méthodes. Abréviations utilisées.

Observations, Discussion, Remerciements,

Références bibliographiques, Légendes des figures

et des tableaux. I .'organisation des parties ,, Obser¬

vations » et « Discussion » peut être modulée en

fonction de la longueur et du sujet de l’article ; les

articles très longs peuvent inclure un sommaire.

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1999 • 21 (1)

127

Instructions aux auteurs

- pour les descriptions systématiques, chaque des¬

cription doit suivre l’ordre suivant : nom du taxon

avec auteur et date, synonymie, matériel-type, éty¬

mologie, matériel examiné, distribution, diagnose

et/ou description, commentaires. Cet ordre peur

être adapté en fonction des groupes zoologiques :

consulter un numéro récent de Zoosystana ;

- utiliser n. sp., n. gen., n. fam., etc. pour les nou¬

veaux taxons ;

- utiliser les italiques pour les noms de genres et

d'espèces ;

- dans le texte courant, les références aux illustra¬

tions et aux tableaux de l'article seront présentées

ainsi : (Fig. 1 ), (Fig. 2A, D). (Figs 3 ; 6), (Figs 3-5),

(Tableau 1);

- indiquer dans la marge remplacement des illus¬

trations ;

- les légendes des figures, données sur une feuille

séparée, doivent comporter les indications d’échelle

(ex. : échelle : 1 cm) et la signification des abrévia¬

tions ;

- ne pas utiliser de notes en bas de page.

Illustrations

La revue porte une attention soutenue à la qualité

des illustrations.

Les illustrations au trait doivent être réalisées à

l’encre de Chine ou être fournies en impression

laser. Les photographies, bien contrastées, seront

sur font! noir ou blanc. Elles pourront être regrou¬

pées, et dans ce cas, identifiées par une lettre en

capitales (A, B, C...L Les planches photogra¬

phiques. de préférence placées dans le corps de

l’article et non regroupées à la fin de celui-ci, doi¬

vent être traitées et numérotées comme des figures.

Les illustrations pourront être assemblées sur une

colonne (70 X 100 mtn ) ou sur toute la largeur de

la justification (144 X 190 mm). Les légendes (et

lettrages) ne doivent pas figurer sur les originaux.

Ils seront disposes sur un calque joint à chaque

ligure, la rédaction sc chargeant de les placer.

Chaque figure doit comporter une échelle

métrique, sans aucun coefficient multiplicateur. Les

tableaux et graphiques, h inclure dans le manuscrit,

doivent pouvoir être imprimés sur une page et res¬

ter lisibles après réduction éventuelle. Des photo¬

graphies en couleur pourront être publiées

moyennant une participation financière des

auteurs ; contacter la rédaction pour connaître le

prix actuel.

Références bibliographiques

Dans le texte, les références aux auteurs d articles

seronr en minuscules, sans virgule avant ! année,

ex. : Duponr (20U1 ), Dupont (2001. 2002),

(Dupont 2001 ; Durand 2002), (Dupont &

Durand 2003, 2005), (Dupont, Durand &

Du pond 2003), Dupont (2001 : I ; 2003 : 4),

Dupont (2001 : fig. 2).

Les auteurs de taxons sont indiqués avec une virgu¬

le, ex. : Mursia coseli Crosnier, 1997 ;

Neoheligmonelhi mastompi Diouf, Bâ & Durette-

Desset, 1998.

Dans la bibliographie, les références seront présen¬

tées comme ci-dessous, dans l’ordre alphabétique.

Les noms de revues ne doivent pas être abrégés :

Hoeg J. T. &L Lützen J. 1985. — Comparative

morphology and phylogeny of lhe family

Thompsoniidae (Cirripedïa: Rhizocephala:

Akentrogonida) with description of rhree new

généra and seven new species. Zoologica Scripta

22: 363-386,

Riickel D., Korn W. & Kohn A. J. 1995. —

Manual oj lhe litang Coniclae, volume 1 : Indo-

Pacijic région. Christa Hemmen. Wiesbnden,

5I 7 p.

Schwaner T. D. 1983. — Population structure of

black tiger snakes, Notechis■ nier niger, on off¬

shore islands of South Australia: 35-46, in

Grigg G., Shine R. & Ehmann H, (eds),

Biology ofAtatralasian Frogs and Reptiles. Surrey

Beatry and Sons, Sydney.

Epreuves et tirés à part

Les épreuves seront adressées au premier auteur et

devront erre retournées corrigées sous huitaine. Les

corrections, autres que celles imputables à la rédac¬

tion ou à l'imprimeur, seront à la charge des

auteurs. Les auteurs recevront gratuitement vingt-

cinq tirés à part ; les tirés à part supplémentaires

seront à commander sur un formulaire joint aux

épreuves.

128

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1999 • 21 (1)

Instructions to authors

Scope of the Journal

Zoosystema is a quarterly journal devoted to the

inventory, analysis and interprétation of animal

biodiversity. lt publishes Original results of zoologi-

cal research, particularly in systematics and related

fields: comparative, functional and evolutionary

morphology; phylogeny; biogeography; taxonomy

and nomenclature.

A complété issue of Zoosystema may be devoted to

several papers on a single topic as the responsibility

of an invited editor.

General information

The submission of a ntanuscript to Zoosystema

implies that it is not being offered for publication

clsewhere. Copyright of published paper, including

illustrations, become.s rite property of the journal.

Requests to reproduce ntaterial front Zoosystema

should be addressed to the editor.

Papers should stricdy follow the International Code

of Zoologie al Nomenclature. We rccomtnend that

the authors should deposit in the MNHN collec¬

tions at least a part of the type material. The jour¬

nal pays spécial attention to publication dates; a

table is published with the first issue ofeach year.

Manuscripts, without limitation of the number of

pages, must conform strictlv with the instructions

to authors and will be sent to the Editor:

Service des Publications Scientifiques du Muséum

Zoosystema

57 rue Cuvier

F-75231 Paris cedex 05

Tel: (33) (0)1 40 79 34 38

fax : (33) (0) 1 40 79 38 58

e-mail: 7.oosyst@mnhn.fr

Manuscriprs which do not conform to instrucdons

will be retumed. Each manuscript is reviewed by at

least two referees.

Manuscripts must be submitted in triplicate in A4

format, double spaced, with margins of at least

3 cm and ail pages numbered. The original figures

should be sent with the révisée! manuscript, as well

as a 3.5” diskette Apple Macintosh or IBM-compa-

tible (Word) format, which will also contain tables

(Word, Excel) and possibly figures (Adobe

Illustrator, Photoshop; Dencba Canvas; EPS).

Format

Papers are to be written in simple and concise

Erench or English. Manuscripts in English should

be organized as follows:

- title in English; this should not include the name

of new taxa:

- title in Erench (exact translation);

- running head in English;

- name(s) of author(s), followed by their full pro-

fessional address(es) and, if possible, fax number

and e-mail;

- abstracts in English, 200-250 words long; new

taxa natnes should be included in the abstract; the

abstract should be précisé and descriptive, in order

to be reproduced as stich in data bases; avoid vague

sentences such as “ihree new species are described”

or “species are comparer! to species alrcady known”;

include précisé diffcrential characters;

- résumé in Erench (where feasîble), which should

be an exact translation of the English abstract; the

journal may provide help for translation;

- key words in English (5 to 10);

- key words in Erench;

- texr of rhe article, in the following order;

Introduction, Materials and methods,

Abbrcvialions used. Observations, Discussion,

Acknowlcdgcmems, Références, Lcgends lo Figures

and Tables; the arrangement of the parts “Obser¬

vations" and “Discussion" may be modulated

according to thé length and subjecl ol the article;

verv long papers may include a list of contents;

- for systematic description, each description

should follow the order: name ol taxon with author

and date, synonymy, type material, etymology,

material examined, distribution, diagnosis and/or

description, commems; this order may be adapted

according to the zoological groups: consult a recent

issue of Zoosystema ;

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1999 • 21 (1)

129

Instructions to authors

— use n. sp„ il. gen., n. fam., etc. for new taxa;

— use italics tôt généra and species names;

- référencés to illustrations and tables should be

indicated as follows: (Fig. 1), (Fig. 2A, D),

(Fig. 2A-C), (Figs 3; 6), (Figs 3-5); (Table I);

— captions to illustrations, on a separate sheet,

should Include abbreviations and scale values (e.g.:

scale bar: 1 cm);

- indicate in margin preferred placing of figures;

- do not use tootnotes.

Illustrations

The éditorial board will pay spécial attention to the

quality and relevance ot illustration.

Line drawings must be in Indian ink or high quality

laser printouts; high contrast photographs, placed

on white or black backgrounds, are required. These

can be grouped into composite plates rbe éléments

of whicli are identified by capital lerters (A, B, C...).

Plates are nor placed ar the end of die article: they

will be considered as figures and numbered as such.

Arrange Figures to fit ont (70 X 110 mm) or two

columns (144 X 100 mm). Letters, numbers, etc.,

for each figure, are to be indicated on an aecompa-

nying overlay, not on the original figure. They will

be inserted by the primer. A scale bar is required for

each figure. No diagram or table is to exceed one

page; longer tables should be divided. Color plates

may be accepted at the author s charge: contact the

éditorial office for current rates.

Référencés

In main cext, référencés to authors, in lower case,

should be presented without comma before year, as

follows; Smith (2001), Smith (2001, 2002), (Smith

2001), (Smith 2001; Jones 2002), (Smith &; Jones

2003, 2005), (Smith, Jones & Johnson 2003),

Smith (2001: 1; 2003: 5), Smith (2001: fig. 2).

Authors of taxa are indicated with a comma, e.g.:

A lursia coseli Crosnier, 1997; Neoheligmonella mas-

tomysi Diouf, Bâ & Durette-Desset, 1998.

Référencés should be presented as follows, in alpha-

betical order. Do not abbreviate journal names:

Fdoeg J. T. & Liitzen J. 1985. — Comparative

ntorphology and phylogeny of rhe Family

Thompsoniidae (Cjrripedîa: Rhizocephala:

Akentrogonida) wirh description of rhree new

généra and seven new species. Zoologica Scripta

22: 363-386.

Rôckel D., Korn W. & Kohn A. J. 1995. —

Manual ofthe living Canular, volume 1: Indo-

Pacifc région. Christa Flemmen, Wiesbaden,

517 p.

Schwaner F. D. 1985. — Population structure of

bktck tiger snakes, Notechis ater niger , on off¬

shore islands of South Australia: 35-46, in

Grigg G., Shinc R. & Ehmann H. (eds),

Biology ofAustralasian Frogs and Reptiles\ Surrey

Beatly and Sons, Sydney.

Proofs and repeints

Proofs will be sent to the first author for correction

and must be returned wiihin eight days. Authors

will be cliarged for excessive corrections. Authors

will reçoive twenty-five reprints free of charge; fur-

ther reprints can be ordered, at a charge indicated,

on a form supplied with the proofs.

130

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1999 • 21 (1)

« PARSYST»

Communauté Européenne

Programme Formation et Mobilité des

Chercheurs, « Accès aux Grands

Équipements »

Accès aux Collections de Systématique du Muséum

national d’Histoire naturelle Paris, France

Un financement est disponible pour les botanistes,

zoologistes, paléontologues, biologistes de l’envi¬

ronnement des quinze Etats de la Communauté

Européenne et des États associés ou partenaires

(Islande, Israël, Liechtenstein, Norvège) pour de

courts séjours de recherche (jusqu’à un mois) sur

des projets sélectionnés impliquant I utilisation des

collections de Systématique du Muséum.

Les informations et le formulaire de demande sont

disponibles sur le serveur Web du Muséum :

European Community

TMR programme “Access to Large Scale

facilities”

Access to Systematics collections, Muséum national

d’Histoire naturelle, Paris, France

Grants are available for botanists , zoologists , paleonto-

logists, environmental biologiste front the European

Community and Associated States (Iceland, Israël,

Nonvay, Liechtenstein) for research projects (up to one

month) involving access to the Paris Muséum

Systematics collections.

Application form and informations are available on

the Web site:

http://www.mnhn.fr/progsc/index.html

Fax : + 33 1 40 79 35 80

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1999 • 21 (1)

Mise en page

Noémie de la Selle

Packaging Éditorial

Achevé d’imprimer

sur les presses de l’Imprimerie Durand

28600 Luisant (France)

Mars 1999

Dépôt légal n° 11061

Printed on acid-free paper

Imprimé sur papier non acide

Date de distribution du fascicule n° 4, 1998 :

22 décembre 1998

Couverture: trichomes dorsaux de Polyxenus Lagurus (Linné, 1758),

Myriapode, Diplopode, Penicillate

Photographie R. Cleva (MNHN, Laboratoire Zoologie-Arthropodes)

zoosystema

1999 • 21 ( 1 )

.^MUSEÜM^

» NAT ION AL'

bmST.NAT»

Publication trimestrielle, mars 1999 / Quarterly March 1999

ISSN: 1280 9551

Vente en France

Muséum national d'Histoire naturelle

Diffusion Delphine Henry

57, rue Cuvier, 75005 Paris,

France

Tel. : 33 - 01 40 79 37 00

Fax : 33 - 01 40 79 38 40

e mail : dhenry@mnhn fr

Sales Office (France exduded)

Universal Book Services

Dr. W. Backhuys

P O. Box 321 2300 AH Leiden

The Netherlands

Tel. : 31 71 517 02 08

Fax : 31 71 • 517 18 56

e-mail : backhuys@euronet ni

Justine J.-L.

Éditorial/Editorial

N'Douba V. & Lambert A.

Un nouveau Macrogyrodactylus (Monogenea, Cyrodactylidae) parasite de Heterobranchus longifilis

Valenciennes, 1840 (Téléostéen, Siluriforme) en Côte d'ivoire

Smirnov A.

Some remarks on the subgenus Oligotrochus M. Sars, 1866 sensu Heding, 1935 (genus Myriotrochus,

Myriotrochidae, Hoiothuridoidea) with descriptions of two n ew speci es

Levy C. TÉrel

The lynx and nursery-web spider families in Israël (Araneae, Oxyopidae and Pisauridae)

Udekem d'Acoz d'C.

Redescription of Hippolyte ventricosa H. Milne Edwards, 1837 based on syntypes, with remarks on

Hippolyte orientalis Heller, 1862 (Crustacea, Decapoda, Caridea)

Saint Laurent M. de & McLaughlin P. A.

77 • A new genus and species of hermit crabs (Decapoda, Anomura, Paguridae) from the western Pacific

Castro P.

93 • Trapeziid crabs (Crustacea, Brachyura, Xanthoidea, Trapeziidae) of the India Océan and the Red Sea

Daugeron C.

121 • First neotropical record of the genus Hormopeza Zetterstedt, 1838 (Diptera, Empididae)